The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About1.3 Application Part 4Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan COUNTY PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Enterprise Pipeline Safety 1.1 Notify 1.2 Evacuate 1.3 Respond 1.3(a) Immediate Response Areas 1.3(b) Environmentally Sensitive Areas 1.3(c) Response and Mitigation Techniques 1.3(d) Control Zones 1.3(e) Supplies 1.3(f) First Aid 1.3(g) Monitoring Devices 1.3(h) Safe Work Practices 1.3(i) Personal Protective Equipment 1.3(j) Contractors 1.4 Follow-up 1.5 Control Centers 1.6 Pipeline Safety 2. National Incident Management System (NIMS) 2.1 Provides a brief description of the incident management system that will be employed at all Enterprise incidents. 2.2 Benefits 3. Incident Operating Guidelines Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 3 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan COUNTY PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) 4. Product Information Sheets 4.1 Natural Gas 5. Contact Numbers 5.1 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Personnel 5.2 Federal and State Agencies 5.3 Local Contacts 6. Pipeline Right of Way Warning Signs 7. Strip Maps 8. Acknowledgement and Compliance 9. Acknowledgement of Receipt 10. Document Change Log Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 4 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 1. ENTERPRISE PIPELINE SAFETY The Enterprise Products Operating LLC (Enterprise) Emergency Response Plan for Garfield County begins with safe and immediate actions in direct response to the onset or discovery of an emergency, such as notification, evacuation, site security coordination with any emergency response agency as members of the Incident Command System and implementation of the National Incident Management System. The plan then includes the actions to be taken after containment of the emergency, such as restoration of service and post -emergency reviews. SMALL RELEASES: Enterprise Products Operating LLC site personnel and Pipeline Control will mitigate small releases — 5 bbls or less. Procedures for Handling Small Releases The following procedures will be followed for handling small releases of hazardous materials/ flammables. Natural Gas and/or Natural Gas Liquids I Determine what is causing the leak and if it can be fixed while the equipment is in service (e.g. tightening a flange). If it is necessary to shut down the leaking equipment the development of a JOB PLAN will be required. The Job Plan will outline required tasks to control and perforin maintenance on the equipment or pipeline. EPCO EHS&T Policies, OEM Data and Equipment Maintenance Procedures will be followed. 2. Repair the Ieak and place the equipment back in service. 3. If the release has the potential of becoming more than a "Small Release" or has the potential of off site consequences the Emergency Response Plan shall be activated. LARGE RELEASES: A large release is defined a 5 bbls or more; or any product or chemical with characteristics that create immediate safety/health hazards or will migrate off site. The emergency response plan will be implemented. Enterprise will activate internal EOC as deemed necessary under the guidance of the EHS&T Policies. Enterprise site personnel, Pipeline Control, Local Emergency Response Personnel, and contract personnel deemed necessary will mitigate large releases. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan — QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE — otify PIPELINE CONTROL AT: 1-800-331-3032 / 1-800-546-3482 • Exit through the nearest gate not affected by the emergency & proceed to the primary assembly point. If vacate the primary assembly point is unattainable employees shall report to and remain at the secondary assembly area. Respond allow -up • Stay upwind/crosswind • Assemble at a safe distance • Report to your supervisor • Help evacuate the public • Secure the release site • Implement NIMS • Do Not Enter an area without first testing for hydrocarbons using a calibrated air monitor (LEL) prior to entry. • Incident Critique • Initiate Facility Repairs • Remediation/Site Clean -Up Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 6 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 1.1 NOTIFY Upon discovery or confirmed report of an emergency: • Call Pipeline Control at 1-800-331-303211-800-546-3482 Provide as much information about the emergency as time and conditions allow (i.e. product involved, size of release, wind direction, fire, etc.). Employees refer to the Enterprise Release Reporting Procedure Flow Chart. IMPORTANT: The Pipeline Controller will contact the local emergency response agencies and appropriate Enterprise personnel. The Controller will also begin the shut down procedures. Additional contact with regulatory agencies will be completed per Enterprise Release Reporting Policies. Use the following to notify employees and other personnel to evacuate: • Cellular Phones • Company Radios • Evacuation Alarm System 1.2 EVACUATE If the situation warrants, the evacuation alarm sounds (if applicable), or a supervisor advises you of an emergency, all personnel should: • Exit through the nearest gate upwind or crosswind from the emergency site using the best evacuation route. NOTE: Some employees may delay evacuation until critical functions have been performed such as closing valves, etc. However, these functions do not take precedence over the safety of an employee. If an employee feels they are in danger, they should evacuate immediately. While avoiding hazards (i.e. vapor cloud, fire), personnel should proceed to a predetermined meeting location, a safe distance from the emergency site while remaining upwind or crosswind. • All employees shall report to their supervisor as soon as practical and take a headcount to determine if anyone is missing. NOTE: For those employees who are unable to reach their supervisor due to distance, call Pipeline Control to report your location and condition. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 IN Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan • Supervisor(s) will then report the number, location, and condition of all personnel to Pipeline Control. • Employees will provide security to the emergency location, including evacuating people, establishing road- blocks or other safety measures until local authorities arrive to assume these responsibilities. NOTE: Employees will then be available to assist local authorities in these efforts. • Employees will immediately implement the National Incident Management System. 1.3 RESPOND NATIONAL INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (NIMS) The Incident Commander is the person in charge at the incident and must be fully qualified to handle the situation. If the incident grows in size or becomes more complex, an Incident Command System will be implemented, this may require an Incident Commander who is more qualified to manage the response to assume command. Emergency Responders are to operate within their SOP's. Implementation of the Incident Command System and NIMS, and determination of the Incident Commander will be determined by Local or State statue. However, Enterprise personnel may have to assume the role of Incident Commander until a more qualified official arrives on the scene to take command. NOTE: As public response agencies arrive on the scene, a multi -agency coordination system or Unified Command should be established as soon as practical. 1.3(a) Immediate Response Areas (HCA) Based on current Strip Map guidelines, this county is not located in an immediate response area. 1.3(b) Environmentally -Sensitive Areas Based on current information, special attention is not required for environmental significance when responding to an emergency in this county, 1.3(c) Response and Mitigation Technologies The Incident Commander will make the final determination of the mitigation technology used for an emergency in consultation with Enterprise Operations and Safety. Life safety and the protection of personnel and the public is the first priority and a shared responsibility of Enterprise and the emergency response agencies. Scene control, staging of equipment control and mitigation of secondary emergencies such as fires, product down stream of initial release site would be managed by the Incident Commander. Emergency Response Pian Revised 05108, Rev 0 8 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan Enterprise employees will operate company equipment provided the employees has the proper training and the situation is safe. A company employee may not enter any hazardous area unless the buddy system is utilized with proper backup. One or more of the following response and mitigation technologies may be used in containment and recovery of a release: • Motor Operated Valves • Manually Operated Valves • Stopples • Full -Encirclement Sleeves • Dikes • Dams • Air Movers • Water Curtains/Fogs/Tanks • Vapor Suppression • Foam 1.3(d) Control Zones In determination of exclusion zones, the Safety Officer shall ensure a buddy system is used and maintained at all times, with appropriate back-up. Personnel evaluating the site must don appropriate PPE until concentrations of contaminates and hazards have been fully evaluated. A job plan/ tailgate/task assessment shall be completed and understood by personnel. HOT ZONE — The area immediately surrounding the uncontrolled release in which monitoring has indicated that the hazardous material is present. WARM ZONE — Safety buffer between Hot Zone and Cold Zone. Extent of area in the Warm Zone will be determined by uncontrolled release status (liquid spill, vapor cloud, or fire), atmospheric conditions, terrain, rate of uncontrolled release, etc. COLD ZONE — Clean area outside the expected limits of a possible unconfined vapor cloud explosion, heat pattern as a result of ignition and fire, or other catastrophic event that could reasonably be anticipated as a result of the uncontrolled release. Every effort should be made with the resources available to restrict entry of anyone into the hazardous area other than authorized Company or Emergency Response Agency (ERA) personnel. Entry into and from the warm zone or hot zone shall be documented and by designated routes. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 9 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 1.3(e) Supplies The following supplies are available for employee use. Only employees that are trained in the proper use of a piece of equipment will be permitted to use it. Supply and equipment locations are as follows: • Mechanical Warehouse: respirators, fire extinguishers, ear protection, chemical goggles, rubber gloves, SCBA's, portable eye wash, hazardous & toxic gas monitors, ropes, safety harness, ladder, stretcher, first aid kit, generator, portable lights, wind socks, and air movers. • Company Vehicles: Fire extinguisher, respirators, chemical goggles, rubber gloves, hazardous gas monitor, first aid kit, fire retardant coveralls, safety glasses. • Burn gel blankets are located in the terminal office. • Fire extinguishers are available in various locations around the facility. Emergency Shutdown Device/Buttons (ESD buttons) are located in many Iocations around the facility. ESD buttons activate the employee alarm (if applicable) and will shut down all critical operations. 1.3(f) First Aid Enterprise employees which respond to an emergency as part of this ERP are trained in CPR and basic first aid. Employees may provide first aid for injured personnel until health professionals arrive. If an employee renders first aid, the employee should follow universal precautions for blood borne pathogens and other potentially infectious materials. Medical stand-by transport shall be available as determined by the Incident Commander. 1.3(g) Monitoring Devices The Safety Officer will ensure that proper monitoring devices, such as air monitors and/or other 02, combustible gas and toxic gas monitors, are used during the emergency response and remediation to evaluate atmospheric conditions. 1.3(h) Safe Work Practices The Incident Commander and Safety Officer will be responsible for ensuring that all safety measures are taken in all work practices. 1.3(i) Personal Protective Equipment Proper personal protective equipment (PPE) for response activities will be determined by the Safety Officer and Incident Commander on a case-by-case basis. Only employees properly trained in the use of a piece of equipment will be permitted to use it during the emergency response. NOTE: Enterprise employees shall not perform any task in response to an emergency that exceeds their level of training per 29 CFR 1910.120. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 10 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 1.3(j) Contractors If there is an incident that requires emergency response activities, Enterprise has the following qualified contractors on standby. The Area Coordinator of Maintenance will provide qualified contractors in response to an emergency. 1.4 FOLLOW-UP (Post Emergency Response Operations) Post emergency repairs/cleanup begins when the Incident Commander of the initial emergency response declares the site to be under control. Enterprise personnel and/or contractors will assist or perform repairs as safely and promptly as possible. NOTE: In a large release or release involving a waterway one area may be declared by the Incident Commander as under control with no safety or health hazard and begin Post Emergency Response Operations; however another affected area will still be operating as an emergency under the Command System. The Incident Commander must clearly define the boundaries between the two areas. NOTE: Field employees will coordinate with Pipeline Control to restore facility and pipeline operation. Pre -startup safety inspections will be conducted prior to returning affected processes back to service. After repairs have been made, Enterprise personnel will coordinate with the Safety and Environmental departments to conduct or assist in the proper remediation and cleanup activities. 1.5 CONTROL CENTERS Enterprise pipeline systems are monitored twenty-four (24) hours -a -day, three hundred and sixty- five (365) days per year by the Pipeline Control Center. The Pipeline Controllers constantly monitor flow and pressure conditions in the pipelines using electronic sensing and transmitting equipment strategically placed along the pipeline systems. Through this monitoring, deviations from normal operating conditions are easily detected, thus providing the Pipeline Controller with information that can be used to rapidly evaluate changes in flow and pressure. The Pipeline Controller can stop pumps, close valves, stop or divert flow and notify local employees about abnormal conditions on the pipeline. The Pipeline Controller can perform actions in the first minutes of an incident to limit its impact. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 11 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Pian FOR THESE REASONS, WE REQUEST THAT FIRST NOTIFICATION OF PROBLEMS BE MADE TO PIPELINE CONTROL AT: ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING LLC 1-800-331-303211-800-546-3482 We take our responsibility as a safe operator in every community of our pipeline routes very seriously. Unfortunately, even with the best -designed, constructed and operated pipeline system, the potential for an accident exists. In the event of a pipeline accident, it is very likely that local law enforcement and fire fighters, along with other local emergency response agencies, will be among the first to arrive at the scene. We recognize that we share in the responsibility for managing and terminating a pipeline accident. For this reason, we conduct these LEPC/ERA and Public Education meetings annually. 1.6 PIPELINE SAFETY Enterprise has designed and constructed their pipelines to meet the highest standards of safety. The following items are also performed and maintained to provide the highest level of safety for the communities, residence, landowners and emergency responders along the pipeline system: • Aerial Patrols discover unauthorized activities or abnormal conditions that could affect the safety of the pipeline system. • Pipeline right-of-way markers (road crossings, fence lines, etc.) • "Call Before You Dig" utility notification systems. Also referred to as "One -Call". • In Line Inspections Tools assess the integrity of the pipelines for corrosion pitting, dents, mechanical damage, etc. • Cathodic Protection systems prevent corrosion of underground pipelines by using impressed electrical current. • Emergency Response Plans and emergency response drills for employees. • Annual HAZWOPER training for all field employees to maintain current levels of training. 2. POST -INCIDENT INVESTIGATION An incident investigation will be conducted according to the investigation guidelines contained in the EPCO EHS&T Incident Investigation Program. In addition to the extent possible Enterprise will meet with first due company officers and agencies to conduct a post incident critique. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 12 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan INCIDENT OPERATING GUIDELINES Enterprise Products Operating LLC has adopted fifteen (15) standard Emergency Incident Operating Guidelines for response to incidents involving an uncontrolled release of product. 1. Notification -- the Pipeline Controller is notified first and he/she will then contact local emergency response agencies and local employees for assistance. 2. Safely Respond — upwind, uphill and upgrade of the incident 1/2 mile from reported release site. 3. Isolate and Deny Access/Entry — do not allow anyone to enter or access the hazard area by using banner tape, vehicles, or emergency response personnel. 4. Command — Incident Command System and appoint a Safety Officer; initiate perimeter control. 5. Identification of Material — consult with the Pipeline Controller or Local employees and MSDS 6. Assessment/Action Plan — a written action plan must be developed and communicated to the entire response team through a field briefing. 7. Protective Equipment — select PPE, establish control zones, and perform continuous air monitoring. 8. Control — eliminate ignition sources and consider confinement/containment options.. 9. Protective Actions — evacuation/shelter-in-place options, establish and maintain adequate safety zones for the duration of the incident. 10. Decontamination — establish and provide an adequate level of decontamination. 11. Disposal — ensure appropriate disposal of all recovered product(s) and contaminated soils. 12. Termination — emergency phase closure, equipment status evaluation, personnel debriefing and assignments for post incident analysis. 13. Medical — document exposures to personnel, give field medical evaluations to exposed personnel and recommendations for further medical attention. 14. Evaluation — a post -incident analysis within 48 hours with all personnel involved. 15. Documentation — all necessary emergency phase documentation is gathered and secured. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 13 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 4. PRODUCT INFORMATION SHEETS NOTE: Product sheets are not inclusive, For first response only. Please refer to Product MSDS, your NIOSH pocket guide, and DOT Emergency Response Guide Book. 4.1 Natural Gas Emergency Response Plan Revised 05108, Rev 0 14 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan Enterprise Products Operating, LLC In case of an emergency call 1-800-546-3482 DOT ID: 1971 / 1972 GUIDE: 115 NATURAL GAS (Fuel Gas) SYNONYMS/TRADE NAMES: Marsh Gas, Residue Gas, Fuel Gas Clear colorless liquid under pressure. Vapor at atmospheric conditions. First Response • Isolate spill or leak area for at least 100 meters (330 feet) in all directions • Stay upwind • Keep people away • Keep out of low areas • Many gases are heavier than air and will spread along ground and collect in low or confined areas • Keep out of low areas • Wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) • DO NOT EXTINQUISH A LEAKING GAS FIRE UNLESS LEAK CAN BE STOPPED Exposure Limits • Methane/Ethane: Simple Asphyxiant • Nitrogen: 5000 ppm 8 -Hr TWA (OSHA) • CO2: 5000 ppm 8 -Hr TWA (ACGIH) • Propane: 1000 ppm 8 -Hr TWA (OSHA) 2500 ppm 8 -Hr TWA (ACGIH) • Hydrogen: 20 ppm Ceiling (OSHA) 10 ppm 8 -Hr TWA (ACGIH) Exposure Routes • Inhalation • Eye contact (liquid) • Skin contact (liquid) • Ingestion Health • Vapors may cause dizziness or asphyxiation without warning • Some may be irritating if inhaled at high concentrations • Contact with gas or liquefied gas may cause burns, severe injury and/or frostbite • Fire may produce irritating and/or toxic gases Symptoms Of Exposure CALL FOR MEDICAL AID. VAPOR POISONOUS IF INHALED. • Rapid Breathing • Headache • Visual Disturbances • Muscular Weakness • Dizziness • Confusion • Excitation • Asphyxia LIQUID: • Frostbite Personal Protection & Sanitation • Skin: Frostbite • Eyes: Frostbite • Remove: When wet (flammable) • Provide: Frostbite First Aid • Move victim to fresh air • Eye: Treat for frostbite • Skin: Treat for frostbite • Breathing: Give respiratory support Evacuation LARGE SPILL • Consider initial downwind evacuation for at least 800 meters ('/ mile). FIRE • If tank, rail car, or tank truck is involved in a fire, ISOLATE for 1600 meters (1 mile) in all directions; also consider initial evacuation for 1600 meters (1 mile) in all directions. Fire • EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE • Will be easily ignited by heat, sparks, or flames • Will form explosive mixture with air. • Vapors from liquefied gas are initially heavier than air and spread along ground. • Vapors may travel to source of ignition and flash back. • Cylinders exposed to fire may vent & release flammable gaS through pressure relief devices. • Containers may explode when heated. • Ruptured cylinders may rocket. (?f) Product sheet is not inclusive. For first response only. Please refer to Product MSDS, your NIOSH pocket guide, and DOT Emergency Response Guide Book. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 15 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan PERSONNEL CONTACT NUMBERS FOR ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING LLC 5.1 MARATHON PIPELINE - GARFIELD, COLORADO Name Work Mobile Enterprise Products Operating LLC 1-800-331-3032 (24 hr) 1-800-546-3482 Meeker Gas Plant Control Room 713-381-7602 970-366-0479 Dennis Andrews Pipeline Manager 713-381-7507 575-631-6744 James Emerson Pipeline Supervisor 713-381-7629 907-355-4227 Steve Bartlett Maintenance Specialist 307-362-2703 ext. 102 307-871-1121 Taylor Whitaker Manager, Regional Safety 713-803-2452 713-504-7409 Guy Pelkey Safety/PSM Coordinator 713-381-7611 970-274-9514 James Emerson Technician 713-381-7629 970-355-4227 Mike Hudman Technician 713-381-7631 970-620-5186 Brian Adkins Technician 435-259-2437 435-260-1279 Rex Davison Technician 970-858-5022 435-260-1282 Todd Pfnister Technician 435-259-2437 435-260-1280 Robert Randall Technician 435-259-2437 435-260-1262 Rex Morgan Technician 435-789-0457 435-790-0363 Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 16 14 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 5.1 MARATHON PIPELINE - GARFIELD, COLORADO (cont.) Name Work Mobile Kim Stall Technician Lisa Dobel Sr. Environmental Scientist Christopher Gauthier Field Environmental Engineer 435-789-0458 303-820-5621 303-820-5616 307-871-1405 303-204-5350 303-330-7952 5.2 FEDERAL AND STATE AGENCIES Naive Federal Aviation Administration Pipeline Hazardous Materials Safety Administration Dept. of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, White River Field Office, Meeker, CO Phone Colorado Highway Patrol -- Colorado District 4 Dispatch National Response Center — Spill Reporting Environmental Protection Agency (Region 8) State of Colorado Department of Health and Environment Office of Pipeline Safety, Lakewood CO (DOT) Dept. of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, White River Field Office, Meeker, CO Colorado Emergency Manager 425-227-1389 (NW Mountain Region) 866-835-5322 (Federal) 202-366-4595 (Washington, DC) 303-969-5150 (Lakewood, CO) 970-878-3800 970-824-6501 800-424-8802 303-312-6312 (Denver, CO) 800-227-8917 (Region States Only) 303-692-2000 303-969-5150 970-878-3800 970-875-5023 (Office and 24 HR Contact) Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 17 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 5.3 LOCAL CONTACTS Name/Organization Address Phone Chris Bornholdt, Emergency Operations Commander Garfield Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC) 107 8th Street Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 970-945-0453 Lou Vallario, Sheriff Garfield County Sheriff's Department 107 8th Street Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 970- 945-0453 Nick Marx- Fire Chief Debeque Fire Protection District David Blair- Fire Chief Grand Valley Fire Protection District P.O. Box 352 Debeque, CO 81630 1777 Battlement Parkway Parachute, CO 81635 970-283-8632 970-285-9119 MAPL Pipeline Control Emergency 800-546-3482 (Ofc) 800-331-3032 (Regular Phone) Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 18 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan PIPELINE RIGHT-OF-WAY WARNING SIGNS DO NOT OIG GrBEFORE EXCAVATING OR IN EMERGENCY CALL NID•ANERiCA PIPELINE COMPANY, tlC EkTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING LP. 1.800.546.44132 HOUSTON, TEXAS WARNING: RemoldAi. OR DEFACmNri OF THIS SIGN !-S A FEDERAL CRIME! WARNING 1 NGL PIPELINE BEFORE EXCAVATING OR IN EMERGENCY CALL MID -AMERICA PIPELINE COMPA N Y, LLC 4 rENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P. 1-800.546.3482 HOUSTON, TEXAS Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 19 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan STRIP MAPS The following strip maps show the segments of Enterprise that operate in Garfield County. Based on the strip map guidelines and current regulations, there are no locations in Garfield County considered to be immediate response or high consequence areas. The map legend provides the identifier for these locations. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 20 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan Rio Blanco P 1 •cr N 8t /s 0 F. Continued on Shed RM•23 a' 11.11,74. 11..ffiiirt• W H 4a v 3 E8 0 4 9 k J7 2 3 i Epee 1111 Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 21 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan E Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 22 EPca, INC. Pipeline Integrity Department `EPOLLC - Liquids HCA Validation - Page Location 10 a 10 20 int., 2112004 nmrx KOS EPOLLC Liquid Pipelines Geography Active interstate Highway US Highway HCA/ Immedlate Respoflee Wats' Body Fsallitles - State Line Highly Populated Area � County Linea Other Popul etod Area tl ' Alrporta IIr. I. E Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 22 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan MEEKER P NT 16// IIS 1 21 I. 22 23 24 47W 27 76 4 17 16 15 I{ 11 YB 17 15 15 14 u le 9 10 21 -_ 2724 I9 1n 21 2 } }+ 19 19 x8 IS COW 16 73 ka IS95W 27 38 17 26 25 30 2 33 44 35 5 4 3 2 'GREASEWOOD ]4 29 30 29 31 32 S 2S 96W 21 22 23 2a 27 26 13 21002 • � 34 33 36 003 + 3 S 111 11 12 7 32 3.3 ,J IS 36 31 r 10 II 17 7 I, 62S 95W 11 19 3, 770 21 23 23 _I 19 70 70 28 71 26 25 23 29 13 30 10 II 36 31 11 17 16 13 35 97W IY 20 21 2i 10 30 21 11 31 32 23 4 3 8 9 lE IB 17 14 I. --4S 945 19 20 11 41 33 2 16 16 15 14 11 77 71 I5 94W 28 77 26 51 35 10 25 94W IGINITY MAP 13 18 I, 16 45 14 25 93W 21 23 73 34 19 20 24 27 23 28 27 13 23 30 29 33 21 26 31 3J 35RiD BLANCO Cl�iturryl lz 33 34 35 GARFIELD IT —��—CDLNTY6 9 3 10 II 13 15 14 13 18 17 6W 3S 95 1k 13 2x 17 02 11 I 38 01 Pe1E416 IB I 16 12 14 3S 93W 19 70 21 22 2+ 75 16 - 31 12 32 34 3713.12311.1615181.114301 6 Cq 31937319 II 12 7 9 - ++ 13 18 17 i6 15 14 13 18 17 -.� 21 14 49 70 .1 32 23 34 19 10 7 9 9 i0 II 12 8 II1- 43.391214.1143 PIPEUSS97 5 42 13 II 57 16 15 5S 97 .. Iff 55 96W 19 30 21 21 27 2. if x0 21 71 10 29 71 23 12 33 2 1 i L-\, .. 47 7 17 11 I_ 8 i. 16 II 2 7 tl � 9 10 Id 12 IJ 18 IT 13 IP is 3 16 11 i3 • 5505W 15 IL 13 IJ 13 Ir I 14 1. 33 19 23 17 72 z3 J4 1051594W 19 7'. 55 913W 22 2 77 ±I ,± n 7P '•, n z?'1n l0 29 28 27 22 23 33 29 21 27 26 25 10 73 38 36 1 5 fJ 1 2 I 6 9 '0 9 10 II Ik 1 16 I+ 11 id 17 16 IS 14 13 IR 6596W 6S 95W 21 22 23 34 14 20 71 27 23 ±4 19 10 21 PIC W K! Ma f.6114'e4.45Y81Eu f8Ili ills 14 2,. l0 : ±4 11 M .. mstikt p 8 li .1J 35 17 1 2 1221=1:121:1 _ 36 11 37 33 34 33 • l 35 21 26 10 11 12 i 8 44106910 84101140IMPru IS 14 17 r 14 I 65 98W 1r 42 166 14 (Il 18 6 22 23 ., 8 17 26 25.. - 24 21 22 �1 34 19 13 35 1 39 29 25 27 16 25 3e 2 _r 31 33 33 3 1 2 443 `R J 0 IJ 12 4N6C350 600 8 6 10 II 11 6MEle{ 3 14 13 1a 1 16 17 14 Iti 915W 75 97W 23 2429 1A 17 19 21 2? 7.3 .4 + 76 15 w e,POEM: 15 26 3' l9 18 27 26 27 31 41 12 7 1 14 17 9 Il 11 MEC Deana 113 514 16 1 5 4 1 13 1630 79 32 33 31 3.5 36 k 6 3 2 71 32 11 i3 e 9 10 9 10 16 16 75 96W 71 +2 6594W 12 8 9 ft .-17— 17 in fi5'49M1V`� 3V 29 20 34 33 36 33 3 33 chute6 9 IP 12 7 8 5 30 68U1612455 Mesa 12 13 19 17 16 15 14 13 IN 17 16 15 75 95W 3a75 94W 9 23 22 22 2, 2, 19 25 - 6 35 PIPEL816 31 31 33 6 5 6 5 SS 9S� 3 19 7 16 85 97W 14 7 89 I4 11 7 824 19 21 12 24 18 16 35 to 39 � 18 � 36 25 14 NI 9 28 21 26 4300110144 61 6491353 7esl dARFIELD 1 COUNTY SS 96W 18 MES,4 14—Is�--i1 COUNTY 3595W 16 15 1J 13 19 70 21 21 23 24 14 20 .I 32 23 24 39 29 28 37 26 23 I"63 FORERUNNER 16 29 34 35 36 31 32 33 6 • 5- -3 100 11 12 3 6 13 18 411 16 1. KS 6 8 8 3 17 16 13 40 7593W 72 21 E 221 PARACHUTE TO MEEKER PIPELINE Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 23 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 8.0 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE ACKNOWLEDGMENT This Emergency Response Plan has been developed to work in conjunction with existing emergency plans developed by federal, state and local authorities. To further coordination, this plan is presented to the local emergency planning committees or other local emergency agencies on an annual basis (refer to the Emergency Policy for more information). COMPLIANCE This Emergency Response Plan complies with the requirements for emergency plans from 49 CFR of the Department of Transportation, 29 CFR Part 1910 of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration to protect the health and safety of Company employees. PLAN INTEGRITY AND REVIEW The Facility Supervisor and/or Safety/PSM Coordinator for each location will ensure that the emergency response plan is reviewed and updated as needed, but at least annually. For additional information please contact: Guy Pelkey, SafetyJPSM Coordinator 713-381-7611 (office) 970-274-9514 (mobile) 970-625-2568 (home) Emergency Response Plan Revised 05108, Rev 0 24 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 9. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT ETM Please Read: ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN By signing below I am acknowledging that I have received, reviewed, and understand the Emergency Response & Action Plan provided by Enterprise Products Operating LLC. Date: Print Name: Print Title: Organization: Contact Person: Mailing Address: City: S tate: Zip: Phone Number: Fax Number: E -Mail: Signature: Distribution: After you complete this form, please return it to our office in the enclosed self-addressed, stamped envelope. This will help us maintain our records and the Emergency Response Database. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 25 Enterprise Products Operating LLC Marathon Pipeline - Garfield County, Colorado Emergency Response Plan 10. DOCUMENT CHANGE LOG DATE CHANGE LOCATION BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE 1/2008 Multiple Changes comply with recent regulator requirements — New plan distributed. Emergency Response Plan Revised 05/08, Rev 0 26 G;11 V ur1h Curer 'CMT oN MANac, � =N , f 1038 Courvry Rd 323. ° Ritic CO 82650 Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Pian Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 16- Traffic Impact 9.07.04 (15) Marathon Gathering System Pipeline Construction The primary staging areas and the pipe materials will be stored at the two following locations: A. 7 acre office and yard site located in the NE1/4 NE1/4 of Section 33, Township 7 South, Range 96 West of the 61h RM.- Garfield County Assessor Parcel Number 2409-324-00-138. B. 2E154 acre Pipe yard located in Sections 5 and 6, Township 8 South, Range 96 West of the 6`11 P.M.- Garfield County Assessor Parcel Number 2447-064- 00-057. These staging areas have access to Garfield County Road #300 for the 7 acre office and yard site and the 21.154 acre pipe yard has access to U.S. Highway 6&24. Please find copies of these access permits located in Tab 7- Regulatory Permit Requirements. It is anticipated that all of the pipe will be hauled to the construction right-of-way via Garfield County Road #215 and Garden Gulch Road to its point of installation. • Employee Parking —The work day will begin at 5:00 am and end at 8:00 pm, Monday through Saturday. All personal vehicles of employees will be parked at the primary staging area. Only Contractor vehicles will be allowed on to the pipeline right-of-way. • Employee Transportation — Each work day personnel will he transported to the work area in either Company vehicles or within a large capacity vehicle. Page 1 of 4 • Access from Public Areas — Vehicles will leave the primary staging area, travel north on County Road 215 from Parachute, Colorado, to Garden Gulch Road. Each vehicle must be recorded at the Marathon Oil Check Station at the eastern edge of Garden Gulch Road before proceeding to the top of the mesa. Vehicles will follow Garden Gulch Road to either the secondary staging area or will go directly to the pipeline right-of-way on top of the Mesa. Garden Gulch Road is the primary Access Road for this project. A secondary access to the pipeline right-of-way is as follows: travel north on State Road 13 from Rifle, Colorado, to the intersection of County Road 5 in the town of Rio Blanco. Travel west on County Road 5 approximately 20 -miles, turn south into the Marathon Oil Check Station. From there travel south 14.7 -miles and turn left, follow the field road down and around approximately 6 -miles to the North Tie-in Point (AP 1). All vehicle traffic is required to check in and check out of the each access point. • Access Roads Garden Gulch Road meanders in and out of the right-of-way and in some places parallels the pipeline. Several well pad roads will be utilized during construction to access the right-of-way. Access Roads are highlighted in orange on the Access Road Map supplied. • Access Points (AP) — Entrance from designated access roads to the pipeline right-of-way and staging areas is limited to specific Access Points. Access Points are shown on the Access Road Map. The following table lists each Access Point and its corresponding point on the pipeline alignment. AP # Mile Post Station Access Road AP 1 MP 0 0+00 Field Road AP 2 MP 0.32 16+97.4 Garden Gulch Road AP 3 MP 0.93 49+53.9 Garden Gulch Road AP 4 MP 1.52 80+46.2 Garden Gulch Road AP 5 MP 2.08 109+84.4 Garden Gulch Road AP 6 MP 2.45 129+45/ Garden Gulch Road AP 7 MP 2.59 136+76.0 Garden Gulch Road AP 8 MP 3.55 187+89.3 Garden Gulch Road AP 9 MP 8.14 210+07.5 Garden Gulch Road AP 10 MP 4.29 226+76.2 Garden Gulch Road AP 11 MP 4.67 246+66.0 Garden Gulch Road Page 2 of 4 AP12 MP5.20 AP 13 AP 14 AP 15 AP 16 AP 17 AP 18 MP 5.49 MP 5.71 _MP 6.17 MP 6.56 MP 7.04 MP 7.50 274+65.0 290+20.9 301+84.6 325+93.6 346+82.1 371+85.4 396+36.3 AP 19 MP 7.58 400+39.8 AP 20 AP 21 AP 22 AP 23 AP 24 MP 7.65 MP8.33 MP 8.74 MP8.96 MP 9.21 404+07.6 439+93.0 461+53.7 473+56.3 486+63.6 Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road Garden Gulch Road • Estimate Traffic Flow The majority of the traffic outlined above can be expected between the hours of 7:OOam and 8:OOam and from 5:30pm to 6:30pm. There will be 15 to 20 pickup trucks, welding trucks, X -Ray trucks, etc., along with 20 to 25 large heavy hauling type vehicles during that time. One may anticipate 6 to 10 large capacity vehicles curing the stated times. As many vehicles and equipment will be left at the secondary staging area as possible when not in use. Jackrabbit Compressor Station Construction • Employee Parking —The work day will be divided into 2- 12 hour shifts per day, totaling a 24 hour per day construction operation. All personal vehicles of employees will be parked at the primary staging areas noted above 24 hours per clay during the 2 shifts. • Employee Transportation — Each work day personnel will be transported to the work area in either Company vehicles or within a large capacity vehicle. • Access from Public Areas — Vehicles will leave the primary staging area, travel north on County Road 215 from Parachute, Colorado, to Garden Gulch Road. Each vehicle must he recorded at the Marathon Oil Check Station at the eastern edge of Garden Gulch Road before proceeding to the top of the mesa. Vehicles will follow Garden Gulch Road to either the secondary staging area or will go directly to the pipeline right-of-way on top of the Mesa. Garden Gulch Road is the primary Access Road for this project. Page 3 of 4 • Estimate Traffic Flow — The majority of the traffic outlined above can be expected between the hours of 5:OOam to 9:OOam and from 5:00 pm to 9:00 pm. There will be 10 to 15 pickup trucks, 6-8 welding trucks, 4-5 passenger vans, X -Ray trucks, etc., along with 20 to 25 large heavy hauling type vehicles during that time. One may anticipate 4-5 large capacity vehicles during the stated times. As many vehicles and equipment will be left at the secondary staging area as possible when not in use. Phil Vaughan will be in contact with Jake Mall with the Garfield County Road & Bridge Department regarding this application. Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page4of4 1038 Cnunay Rd 320RiEk, O 8 650 Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 17- Staging Areas 9.07.04 (16). The primary staging areas and the pipe materials will be stored at the two following locations: A. 7 acre office and yard site located in the NE1/4 NE1/4 of Section 33, Township 7 South, Range 96 West of the 6`i' P.M.- Garfield County Assessor Parcel Number 2409-324-00-138. B. 21.154 acre Pipe yard located in Sections 5 and 6, Township 8 South, Range 96 West of the 611) P.M.- Garfield County Assessor Parcel Number 2447-064- 00-057. These staging areas have access to Garfield County Road #300 for the 7 acre office and yard site and the 2I.154 acre pipe yard has access to U.S. Highway 6&24. Please find copies of these access permits located in Tab 7- Regulatory Permit Requirements. It is anticipated that all of the pipe will be hauled to the construction right-of-way via Garfield County Road #215 and Garden Gulch Road to its point of installation. • Employee Parking —The work day will begin at 5:00 am and enol at 8:00 pm, Monday through Saturday. All personal vehicles of employees will be parked at the primary staging area. Only Contractor vehicles will be allowed on to the pipeline right-of-way. • Employee Transportation Each work day personnel will be transported to the work area in either Company vehicles or within a large capacity vehicle. Page 1 of 2 • Access from Public Areas -- Vehicles will leave the primary staging area, travel north on County Road 215 from Parachute, Colorado, to Garden Gulch Road. Each vehicle must be recorded at the Marathon Oil Check Station at the eastern edge of Garden Gulch Road before proceeding to the top of the mesa. Vehicles will follow Garden Gulch Road to either the secondary staging area or will go directly to the pipeline right-of-way on top of the Mesa. Garden Gulch Road is the primary Access Road for this project. Jackrabbit Compressor Station Construction • Employee Parking —The work day will be divided into 2- 12 hour shifts per day, totaling a 24 hour per day construction operation. All personal vehicles of employees will he parked at the primary staging areas noted above 24 hours per day during the 2 shifts. • Employee Transportation — Each work day personnel will be transported to the work area in either Company vehicles or within a large capacity vehicle. • Access from Public Areas — Vehicles will leave the primary staging area, travel north on County Road 215 from Parachute, Colorado, to Garden Gulch Road. Each vehicle must be recorded at the Marathon Oil Check Station at the eastern edge of Garden Gulch Road before proceeding to the top of the mesa. Vehicles will follow Garden Gulch Road to either the secondary staging area or will go directly to the pipeline right-of-way on top of the Mesa. Garden Gulch Road is the primary Access Road for this project. Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact nye with any questions. Sincerely ,_ Philip BVaughan ,` President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page 2 of 2 trk illtoo/re:y\ASAi al iCIOINSill CtTION IMANACIEMEN1, 1038 Courrry Rd 323f ' RiFkE, CO 81650 VALC Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 19- Garfield County Assessor's Maps 9.07.05 (2). Please find attached the following Garfield County Assessor Maps that start from Mile Post 0 and extends to Mile Post 9. 1. Map 2135 2. Map 2169 3. Map 2411 Staging Areas 1. Map 2447- 21 acre staging area 2. Map 2409-331- 7 acre office/staging area 3. Map 2445- Adjacent parcels 4. Map 2409- Adjacent parcels 5. Map 2409-284 Adjacent parcels 6. Map 2409-273 Adjacent parcels These maps are provided as per the Garfield County development code. A clearer representation of the alignment and property owners can be found in Submittal Item Tab 2- Vicinity Map 9.07.04 (1). These alignment sheets have all of assessor parcel number for the property that the pipeline will be constructed through and the adjacent parcels. Page 1 of 2 Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page 2 of 2 ad�oins�a 1815. J' Adjoining 2162 R } '$___,--..... 1,,,I, s J+ ,P 353 003 3.__Y - f eonnaer r 1 ` 2 / ylir �. 7 rf 16 B o n ery ,�.... 6 L. Y....,.4, S. BL u. ' Ho 1 F� 5 f, eoJl 20 21 a. 0 19 J A IIS f rA J! _ 11 F z J` L — 130 29 z8 / 1 F r ',Lev...5 V 9 91 32 3 1 Adjoining 2162 R sl Adjoining 2137 9 17 1 M E. 19 95 32 ✓1 29 i1 P� M ELL, 8024 % /� ,�( J1 32` 33 F I I / A1 l A 131 I f 0 V � 21 Last Moles And Bounds Parcel Number Used Is 026 216'9- 24-C.-Oth 2169-2' 4 -CC -026 4d0^'9 216 -RAC' E6 -RACI 5< 5 A �,' V /"9'/I TRACT 62 'FACT BC T 11921 75 IL c,' -RAGA 76 ff ` 'f' 1 i 3 QPRf q4C;y I .•iCiadGTRC Vf/ ✓ i 6, BS 4 83 ,1.,TRACT B' _,!R4c1 4 . 3' Ip - 3[, 31 53 0 / "RAT 42 / 'i. 'RACT 9C f -R6.T 65354 rA ' I 1.. 61 // i-RAM " 41 y `f T/ 94 TRACT 92 TRAC- 91 f - 9 -AC• BS 1 1..` 1TRACT «' el - / t �! TAC- 95 vl 7392T 93 TRA[_ 'C4 v "'ter '4.291103 ®i j /% j ,QfW TRACT ,1, =/X/1�11�////////1/%/ I MAC- 104 R4Cr ICI I 1 / A' TRACT Ie .y%/)/� / 4' C. eye.' 84' % .•=0.9.--71 — S -RACT 116 18621 ' 05 Ka 606 iYpTRACT 4. /I/ • j FI -RAC1 114 01 � T� . v/ 0 //:,,,,,,,,,, A, ,- / /'-Y ---AA '6 / 2C / '5 "RAL" // s p' _ 7Ra27 i 0 i I 1I3 i I -RAC- 50 1 ge % -RAL- 124 V A :7,5,rRAr' 1 14620 52 f l /" v11 PIIIII .R40T 55 28 T0AC' 56 7' B. L. 1.'. BO. / ••'• s /////1//// / ..• e 1/11/// y 15 i < 11} f OS TRACT159 AL — c z<oID/ 'FACT c21 i 51 6 '/Y A0 51 % 2: 5-043-0b-202 - 1 p r 7 1 Adjo.Hrg 244- 9P,RCVED: EOU%—y ASSESSOR 41 v/ 9 2409-314-00--135 5I Adjoining 2445 7 APPROVED COLh1Y ASSESSOR 8 H-L.M / 2 2409-334-00-152 PARCEL 2 B L. M 4 Adjoining 2409 552 9 GARFIELD COUNTY MESA COUNTY 4 T5 Adjoining Z10.9-28 APPRO\IIJ 011 011 5- X11 TI C11 011 ELEV. 5158 % 12 2i 8I i B.L,41, 10 OPT l3 tir 'o 0 11 Dry n tit p N B.L_M 4 Li LAI. B.L.M. Bounds 953 10 APPROVED CO1TTY ASSESSOR Boundary 17 Adjoinitlg 2411 2 Boundary 10 —� GARFIELD COUNTY MESA COUNTY 16 15 1 O 5LM. 1 5 5 • 3 rj 19 028 77 Ad;c h 5.. u POJNCASr 1 952 5LN. 000::4.70: 20 - 7 5, L 85. 30 T a T ,I , 5 7 �1 eL f �Ib 21 51.0 50.0.0.0.4 7 9 k 29 0 28 550 MAP 5 MAP 2409-284 409-273 24<7-064-00-057 APPROVED_ COU,, 45005700 Adjoocg 2447 8 Adjoining 240 2409-21. 24OP-331-04-00] APPROVED couvri a 2400-33]-00-008 2409-9 Adjoining Ad)ninjl ze n 33 54 2400-279-00-002 li.5l Ar. APAROY£O- Ad .r7tAi °r MANAfr{Ef41FNT, 1038 Courrry Rd 323 N \ Rif1E, CO 81650 VAifi IAN CON5TR 'CFTI ON INC. Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 20- Listing of Adjacent Property Owners adjacent to or within 200 feet of the proposed right-of-way 9.07.05 (2) The following is a list of landowners adjacent to or within 200' of the proposed right-of- way for the Marathon Pipeline project and within 200' of the proposed pipeline staging yards. Private landowners are identified by Assessor's Parcel Number and public lands are listed by address. This information is accurate as of October 20, 2008. Garfield County planning staff has made a determination that only surface owners are to be identified and notified regarding the proposed right-of-way. Please see the attached "Proposed Marathon Pipeline Ownership Map" drawing 12499- 1800-703 Revision A noting ownership within 350 feet of the proposed right-of-way. Properties that the Pipeline and Compressor Station are being constructed upon. These property owners will receive a copy of the entire Development Plan Review for Right -of -Way Application that will be submitted to Garfield County. 1. Parcel #2135-073-00-003 Oldland, Reuben Gerald & Stephanie D. 14667 County Road 5 Rifle, CO 81650 Page 1 of 7 2. Parcel #2135-074-00-953 and 2135-184-00-956 Bureau of Land Management 50629 Highway 6 and 24 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 3. Parcel #2135-291-00-008, 2135-334-00-010 and 2169-122-00-012 Chevron USA Inc. c/o Chevron Texaco Property Tax PO Box 285 Houston, TX 77001 4. Parcel #2135-321-00-009 and 2169-011-00-027 Berry Petroleum Company & Marathon Oil Company 950 17th Street Suite 2400 Denver, CO 80202 5. Parcel #2447-064-00-057- Subject Parcel- 21.154 acre Staging Area Specialty Restaurants Corp 80PCT Stockton Restaurant 20PCT 8191 E Kaiser Blvd Anaheim, CA 92808-2214 6. Parcel #2409-324-00-138- Subject Parcel- 7 acre staging area Specialty Restaurants Corp 80PCT Stockton Restaurant 20PCT 8191 E Kaiser Blvd Anaheim, CA 92808-2214 Page 2 of 7 Adjacent Property Owners to the Marathon Gathering System All property owners noted below will receive a copy of the Public Notice regarding the project. 7. Parcel #2135-273-00-015 EnCana Oil and Gas (USA), Inc. C/O K.E. Andrews & Company 3615 S. Huron Street, Suite 200 Englewood, CO 80110 8. Parcel #2169-022-00-019 Savage Limited Partnership I Attn. John Savage 5953 County Road 320 Rifle, CO 81650 9. Parcel #2169-012-00-001 Thomas F. and Ginger L Latham P.O. Box 66 Debeque, CO 81630-0036 Adjacent Property Owners to the Staging Areas 10. Parcel #2447-062-00-069 Cera, Catherine A & Mara, Robert P.O. Box 276 Parachute, CO 81635 11. Parcel #2447-061-00-056 Specialty Restaurants Corp 80PCT Stockton Restaurant 20PCT 8191 E Kaiser Blvd Anaheim, CA 92808-2214 12. Parcel #2447-042-00-054 Jolley, M. Carter, Jr. P.O. Box 284 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 Page 3 of 7 13. Parcel #2409-334-00-152 Keinath, Steven PO Box 5628 Minneapolis, MN 55440-5628 14. Parcel 42447-043-00-053 Keinath, Steven W. & Sherry L. PO Box 5628 Minneapolis, MN 55440-5628 15. Parcel #2447-082-00-010 United States of America Address not listed on the Garfield County Assessor's records 16. Parcel #2447-072-00-957 Bureau of Land Management 50629 Highway 6&24 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 17. Parcel #2445-124-00-010 Specialty Restaurants Corp 80PCT Stockton Restaurant 20PCT 8191 E Kaiser Blvd Anaheim, CA 92808-2214 18. Parcel #2409-324-00-138 Specialty Restaurants Corp 80PCT Stockton Restaurant 20PCT 8191 E Kaiser Blvd Anaheim, CA 92808-2214 19. Parcel #2409-342-00-108 Patterson, William R 60 PCT Power, Rodney C 20 PCT ETAL PO Box 1329 Grand Junction, CO 81502 Page 4 of 7 20. Parcel #2409-334-00-152 Keinath, Steven PO Box 5628 Minneapolis, MN 55440-5628 21. Parcel #2409-342-00-107 Patterson, Williams & Power, Rodney & Tipping, Ronald E & Marie E P.O. Box 1329 Grand Junction, CO 81502 22. Parcel #2409-321-00-110 Williams Production RMT Co. Logan & Firming Inc. 3615 S Huron St Ste 200 Englewood, CO 80110 23. Parcel #2409-273.00-002 Strong, George P & Leslie J PO Box 808 Silt, CO 81652 24. Parcel #2409-331-00-002 Strong, John E. 1505 E 12th St Rifle, CO 81650 25. Parcel #2409-331-12-001 Parachute Commercial, LLC PO Box 700 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 26. Parcel #2409-331-11-001 Parachute Commercial, LLC PO Box 700 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 Page 5 of 7 27. Parcel #2409-284-10-001 Parachute Commercial, LLC POBox700 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 28. Parcel #2409-284-10-002 K&MLLC 1500 Cnty Rd 259 Rifle, CO 81650 29. Parcel #2409-284-10-004 Gardner, Kenneth Allan 1113 Cooper Avenue Glenwood Springs, CO 81601-3922 30. Parcel #2409-284-10-005 Parachute Commercial, LLC POBox700 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 31. Parcel #2409-284-10-006 Schaeffer, Nathan & Becky 171 County Road 340 Parachute, CO 81635 32. Parcel #2409-284-10-007 Schaeffer, Nathan & Becky (JT) 171 County Road 340 Parachute, CO 81635 33. Parcel #2409-284-10-008 Parachute Commercial, LLC PO Box 700 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 Page 6 of 7 34. Parcel #2409-273-09-001 Parachute Commercial, LLC PO Box 700 Glenwood Springs, CO 81602 35. Parcel #2445-101-00.951 Bureau of Land Management 50629 Highway 6&24 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division PVCMI Page 7 of 7 0 0 J 0 a ee 0 m 0 0 d z 0 U 0 I- gui Aqui U «Z Cl_ JZ Wad rnaz 0 0 K Or R ▪ • 110 w 0 U 0 D z rn LL N w it = 4 q0 U a 1 fl I ❑ o .1 4, Q O m0 W LA0 Z W N m <'� J W w W a z =� v O 0 O )0 n 4, 1.00 0 1 5 1Veod a 1b+ 'srrtt-d nos h Y-eeui'ad\oni 170.4 1 F1r tretea 6034 (17./01 a WW1* - )-44 0 )W1.0 EPCO, INC. October 24, 2008 Mr. Fred Jarman Director Garfield County Building and Planning Department 108 8th Street, 4th floor Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 Dear Mr. Jarman, By this letter Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC authorizes Phil Vaughan, PVCMI- Land Planning Division, to represent Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC in any and all matters related to the Development Plan Review for Right -of -Way application for the Marathon Gathering System and the associated Jackrabbit Compressor Station. This includes the preparation and submission of documents associated with the land use application and representation of the application before the applicable appointed and elected boards. Sincerely, berArch„ Richard Hutchison, P.E. Vice President — Project Management EPCO, Inc. P.O. Box 4735 Houston, Texas 77210-4735 713.391.6500 1 100 Louisiana Street Houston, Texas 77002-5227 P77'Ai I ffl VAU FlN COONSTR '€1'i@N ANA(-1EMENT, 1038 Counrry Rd 323 \ Riff, CO 81650 Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 22- Construction Management Plan Please find attached the following documents that comprise the Construction Management Plan for the project: 1. 07086- Marathon Compressor Station a.k.a. Jackrabbit Compressor Station "Construction Execution Plan". 2. Marathon Gathering System- Construction Management Plan for pipeline construction Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page 1 of 1 Jackrabbit Compressor Station Construction Execution Plan Construction, Schedule, Manpower, and Equipment — Construction of the Marathon Compressor Station will begin upon receipt of the necessary Garfield County approvals and permits, delivery of sufficient quantities of materials, and retention of qualified, available and economically viable sub- contractors to perform the work. The number and types of personnel vehicles and equipment employed for project construction will increase from a minimum at the beginning of the work, to a maximum about four months after start, stay more or less at this peak level until the start up of the compressor station and then decrease to a minimum through the clean-up and move out date. Job Title Quantity Surveyors 3 Inspectors 2 Construction Superintendents 3 Carpenters 10 Concrete Finishers 4 Craftsman 8 Crane Operators 3 Crew Foreman 4 Equipment Operators 6 Pipe Fitters 8 Rig Welders 8 Helpers 8 General Laborers 10 Site Safety Coordinators 2 Field Clerks 2 Truck Drivers 2 Insulators 20 Building Erectors 20 Electrical Technicians 35 *TOTAL 158 Includes day and night shift employees. Page 1 of 6 Vehicles & Equipment Quantity 4X4 Pickups and Personnel Pickups 15 Dozers 2 Scrappers 2 Cherry pickers 2 Hydraulic cranes 2 Welder Trucks 8 Water Truck 1 Track Backhoes 1 Wheel Backhoes 2 Front-end loader 1 Dump truck 1 Walk -behind roller 1 Ready -mix trucks 3 Portable batch plant 1 Construction forklifts 2 Aerial lifts 2 Gator— MUV's 4 Personnel and equipment required for a project of this size, type, and nature exist in adequate quantities 1 the regional area. The equipment and personnel will be staged and lodged in nearby locations to include but not limited to Parachute, Rifle, Meeker, Glenwood Springs, De Beque, Grand Junction and points between. Material storage and fabrication will be conducted at the 7 acre staging area and the 21.154 acre staging area and the Jackrabbit Compressor Station (primary staging area). The 7 acre and 21.154 acre staging areas are detailed in Tab 2, specifically on drawing P-13436 and are located near Una. Traffic impact Plan Employee Parking — The daily work hours will consist of two 12 -hour shifts starting at 7:00 am, Monday through Sunday. All personal vehicles of employees will be parked at the primary staging area. A minimum number of sub -contractor vehicles will be allowed on to the compressor station. Employee Transportation — Each work day personnel will be transported to the work area in large capacity vehicles. Two pickup trucks will be available at the site to transport injured employees to a medical facility when required. Access from Public Areas — Vehicles will leave the primary staging area, travel north on County Road 215 from Parachute, Colorado, to Garden Gulch Road. Each vehicle must be recorded at the Marathon Oil Check Station at the eastern edge of Garden Gulch Road before proceeding to the top of the mesa. Vehicles will travel approximately 12.5 miles of Garden Gulch Road to the compressor station. A secondary access to the compressor station is as follows: travel north on 5tate Road 13 from Rifle, Colorado, to the intersection of County Road 5 in the town of Rio Blanco. Travel west on County Road 5 Page 2 of 6 approximately 20 -miles, turn south into the Marathon Oil Check Station. All vehicle traffic is required to check in and check out of the each access point. Access Roads — Garden Gulch Road is the primary access road to the compressor station. Estimate Traffic Flow — The majority of the traffic flow can be expected between the hours of 5:OOam and 9:OOam and from 5:OOpm to 9:OOpm. There will be 10 to 15 pickup trucks, 6-8 welding trucks, 4 to 5 passenger vans, X -Ray trucks, etc., along with 20 to 25 large heavy hauling type vehicles during that time. One may anticipate 4 to 6 large capacity vehicles during the stated times. Project Survey Prior to the construction of the proposed project, various pre -construction activities will be completed. These activities include, but are not necessarily limited to, land surveying, soil core sampling, coordination and selection of qualified subcontractors, acquisition of permits, finalization of engineering design, and procurement of materials. Project Drawings, Engineering Specifications, and Standards Project drawings to be prepared for the work will include the following: • Process and Instrumentation Diagrams • Mechanical Flow Diagram • Isometric Fabrication Drawings • Plot Plan Drawings • Detailed Piping Drawings • Foundation Drawings • Electrical & Instrumentation Detail Drawings • Other special drawings as needed. Documents to describe and detail the work will include the following: • Marathon Compressor Station Construction Proposal • Construction Schedule The controlling standards for the designs and construction of the work will be the U.S. Department of Transportation Pipeline Safety Regulations 49 CFR 192 Transportation of Natural and other Gas by Pipeline: Minimum Federal Safety Standards and ASME B31.8. Where 49 CFR 192 does not address a particular designs, construction of operation requirements necessary for the work, the provisions of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME Code B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distributions Piping System will be incorporated into the work. Other applicable codes, regulations and standards will be applied to the work when referenced by the controlling 49 CFR 192 regulation and ASME B31.8 Code and as otherwise determined by the normal and customary standard of practice for this type and nature of work. Page 3 of 6 The provisions of any permit or license by Garfield County providing approval for the project will also be considered a controlling standard for the project. Grading Grading of the construction area will be performed in order to obtain the desired pad elevation and leveling required to begin the construction process. Vegetation and top soil removed during clearing and grading operations will be segregated from sub -soils. At a minimum, the first 6 -inches of surface soil would typically be separated. These top soils will be preserved for subsequent restoration activities at the site. Grading operations will incorporate erosion control means and measures necessary for storm water compliance, including reports and documentation of same, strategic materials placement, and associated maintenance. Side hill cuts will be carried out following sloping and grading recommendations outlined in the geotechnical investigation report for the site. Compaction activities will be completed in a method that ensures proper surface stability for the safe use of heavy equipment and support of structural loads. Boring & Drilling A subsurface exploration of 19 borings was conducted for the purpose of evaluating subsurface conditions at the site and to develop recommendations relating to the geotechnical aspects of project design and construction. Laboratory testing was performed on selected samples obtained during exploration to evaluate pertinent engineering properties of the native soil. Cleanup Upon completion of construction work and compression station start-up; clean-up activities will begin. Efforts will have been taken during the main construction phase to minimize erosion, re-establish plant growth, and allow natural drainage. In addition, a drainage plan will be developed to provide for proper drainage flow away from the pad and prevent the wetting of sub -grade soils. Any trash, brush, surplus material, or other debris will be cleared from construction areas and disposed of in an appropriate manner. Residential Areas and Private Property The construction of the compressor station will not be located within 50 feet of a place of residence or similar use. Livestock and Wildlife Concerns Adequate precautions will be taken to protect livestock and wildlife during construction of the compressor station. An 8 -feet tall chain link fence with two strands of barbed wire will be installed around the perimeter of the site to keep livestock and wildlife from entering the site. Page 4 of 6 Health and Safety The following health and safety measures will be taken to ensure the well-being of all employees, contractors, and visitors. • The work site will be covered with two construction tents that will shelter employees from the inclement weather conditions during cold -weather months. • These tents will be equipped with an adequate ventilation/exhaust system designed by a professional engineer. Drawings and designs will be prepared and will be submitted to Garfield County for building permits. • Emergency exits will be provided and clearly marked to evacuate employees, sub -contractors, and visitors in the event of an emergency. • All work activities will be conducted in accordance to OSHA CFR 1926 construction safety standards as well as OPD established safe work practices. • All equipment in the compressor station will be inspected and maintained to ensure compliance with applicable health, safety, and environmental regulations. Waste Disposal and Sanitation The following measures will be implemented and enforced in the performance of the project work: • Littering of any kind will not be allowed on the compressor station or adjacent areas. • The site will be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times during the construction process. • "Waste" means all discarded matter, including but not limited to, human waste, trash, garbage, refuse, oil and fuel drums, petroleum products, worn out parts, leftover materials, etc. • Excess or unsuitable materials will be returned to the supplier, sold to a commercial yard, turned in at commercial recycling center or delivered to public or private disposal site approved for project use. • Special implementation plans prepared for and made part of the work will be maintained and followed for the duration of the work. Such plans may include Hazardous Materials Management Plan, Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan and others. Page 5 of 6 • Portable chemical toilets will be provided and dispersed within the construction site. Other criteria notwithstanding, a portable toilet will be provided for each 10 people employed at the site. • Human waste stored in portable toilets will be removed from the site on a regular basis according to the capacity of the units and their monitored usage. Such human waste will be disposed of at an approved location in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Page 6 of 6 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PLAN ENTERPRISE GAS PROCESSING, LLC MARATHON GATHERING SYSTEM Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 1 of 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Topic Page 1. Vicinity Maps 9.07.04 (1) 2 2. Ownership 9.07.04 (3) 3 3. Project Facilities 9.07.04 (8) 4 4. Staging Areas 9.07.04 (16) 4 5. Garfield County Assessor's Maps 9.07.05 (2) 4 6. Adjacent Property Owners 9.07.05 (2) 4 7. Construction Management Plan 5 8. Design Specifications 18-19 9. Soils Conservation and Spill Prevention 19-20 1. VICINITY MAPS —Right-of-way alignment sheets and legal descriptions. Alignment Sheets — Forerunner Corporation has prepared pipeline alignment sheets with an overall size of 24" x 36" with aerial photography background. The plan scale of the alignment sheets shall be 1" = 500'. Four sheets are needed for the project length. Station distances reported on pipeline alignment sheets shall be in standard survey horizontal units of measure according to the survey datum selected for project work. Alignment sheets show the following information in horizontal bands, information boxes and title blocks in customary manner for this type of drawing: • Proposed natural gas pipeline centerline and PI's; • Project access roads; • Permanent ROW, construction ROW, extra workspace, staging areas and similar locations; • Landowners name with distance in feet and miles along right-of-way; • Utility crossings and parallel alignments, (including fences); • Highway, county road, field access and 2 -track crossings; • Wash, stream, canal and river crossings; • Environmentally sensitive areas (wetland boundaries, cultural resource sites, wildlife restrictions, etc.) when identified by environmental consultant. • Pipeline schematic and material summary to include: o Major line valves, fab assemblies and fittings o Pipe materials: OD WT Grade Coatings o PI deflections Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 2 of 20 o P1 side bend, sag bend and over bend locations requiring hot bends or field fittings o Foreign pipeline and cable crossings o Adjacent pipeline and cable parallel offsets o Pipe anchors o Cathodic test leads Project Alignment Sheets are: Drawing 12499-1801-001 Station 0+00 to Station 114+73.6 Drawing 12499-1801-002 Station 114+73.6 to Station 230.35.4 Drawing 12499-1801-003 Station 230.35.4 to Station 349+81.8 Drawing 12499-1801-004 Station 349+81.8 to 486+63.6 ROW Plats/Legal Descriptions - The survey information collected by DR Griffin is source for development of right-of-way acquisition parcel maps and legal descriptions. Drawings for right-of-way acquisition for parcels crossed by the pipeline will be prepared on legal size pages. Legal descriptions of the right-of- way for each parcel crossed will be incorporated onto the ROW plats. Project ROW plats have been developed for three private and one public landowner: Rueben Gerald and Stephanie Oldland Station 0+00 to Station 22+42.0 and Station 39+34.6 to Station 71+57.1 Bureau of Land Management Station 22+42.0 to Station 39+34.6 and Station 71+57.1 to Station 102+38.8 Chevron USA Inc. Station 102+38.8 to Station 222+71.3, Station 263+41.8 to 283.46.9, Station 321+24.5 to Station 329+49.8 and Station 380+54.4 to Station 486+63.6 Berry Petroleum/Marathon Oil Company Station 222+71.3 to Station 263+41.8, Station 283+46.9 to Station 321+24.5, Station 329+49.8 to 380+54.4 Jackrabbit Compressor Station Layout - Please refer to attached plan, latest revision. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 3 of 20 2. OWNERSHIP — Adjacent properties to proposed right-of-way within 350 feet of any area to be disturbed are noted on the pipeline alignment sheets plan view. 3. PROJECT FACILITIES — The project consists of approximately 48,663 feet or 9.2 miles of new natural gas pipeline. The pipeline project consists of approximately 3.7 -miles of new 20 -inch diameter pipeline, 500 psig, and approximately 5.5 -miles of new 16 -inch diameter pipeline, 1440 psig, and the construction of Jackrabbit Compressor Station all within Garfield County, Colorado. Starting at the Southern Termination Point in Section 13, T6S, R96W, consists of an aboveground valve setting, as shown on drawing 12499-1700-006. From the valve set a 20 -inch pipeline will travel north and enter the Jackrabbit Compressor Station. There will be a pig receiver for the 20 -inch suction line within the compressor station as described on drawing OPD P13436-976-300 The gas will be compressed from 500 psig to nearly 1,400 psig and then discharged into a 16 - inch pipeline. The discharge line leaves the compressor station, traveling north approximately 5.5 -miles to the Northern Tie-in Point within Section 7, T5S, R96W, as described on drawing 12499-1700-001. Pig launcher and receivers will be placed at both the beginning and receiving end of the 16 -inch discharge pipeline. 4. STAGING AREAS —Staging areas beyond the temporary construction work space will be needed for the project. Staging areas include a 7 acre and 21.154 acre parcel near Una. 5. GARFIELD COUNTY ASSESSOR MAPS — The following Garfield County Assessor Maps were used in this project. Map 2135 Map 2169 Map 2411 Map 2447 Map 2409-331 Map 2445 Map 2409 Map 2409-284 Map 2409-273 6. LISTING OF ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS — Adjacent properties to or within 200 feet of the proposed right-of-way are noted on the pipeline alignment sheets plan view. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 4 of 20 7. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PLAN Construction Schedule, Manpower and Equipment - Construction will begin upon the receipt of the necessary agency approvals and permits, acquisition of ROW grants from affected landowners, delivery of sufficient quantities of line pipe and other materials to start the work and retention of a qualified, available and economically viable contractor to perform the work. Estimated milestone dates for construction schedule events are as follows: Marathon Gathering System Pipeline Construction Event Description Milestone Date Mobilization 1/16/09-1/30/09 ROW 1/16/09-4/16/09 Ditch 2/3/09-5/1/09 String 2/3/09-5/1/09 Engineer and Bend 2/10/09-5/5/09 Weld 2/17/09-6/2/09 Coating 2/20/09-6/12/09 Lower and Tie -In 3/3/09-6/12/09 Pad and Backfill 3/3/09-6/12/09 Nitrogen Test 5/15/09-6/16/09 Special Area- Dirt Work 1/16/09-6/16/09 Special Area- Pipe Work 1/16/09-6/16/09 Clean Up and Demobilization 3/11/09-6/19/09 The number and types or personnel, vehicles and equipment employed for project construction will increase from a minimum at the beginning of the work, to a maximum about 1 month after start, stay more or Tess at this peak level until about 1 month from the end of the work and then decrease to a minimum. At the peak level of personnel staffing and equipment deployment, the following types and approximate numbers can be expected: Garfield County Development PIan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 5 of 20 Personnel Quantity Surveyors 4 Construction Managers 1 Construction Engineers 1 Chief Inspector 1 Inspection Manager 1 Inspection Clerical 2 Inspectors 10 X -Ray Technician 8 Construction Supervisor 1 Assistant Supervisor 1 Contractor Clerical 2 Foremen 6 Equipment Operators 24 Welders 14 Welders Helpers 14 Laborers 46 Truck Drivers 10 Total 114 Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 6 of 20 Vehicles and Equipment Quantity 4x4 Pickup 25 Large capacity vehicles 6 Bulldozer 2 Road Grader 2 Side Boom 8 Welding Trucks 14 Trucks with Flatbed Trailers 2 Stringing Trucks 4 Flatbed Trucks 2 Trackhoe 8 Rubber Tire Backhoe 2 Pipe Bending Machine 2 Dump Truck 2 X -Ray Van 4 Air Compressors 2 De -Watering Pumps 1 Side -Cast Seeder 1 Drill Seeder 2 Office Trailer 4 Equipment Trailer 4 Portable Toilets 4 Construction Sequence • Fabricated Assemblies — the 16 -inch pig launcher and pig receivers along with the 20 -inch pig receiver will be fabricated within the respective staging areas. Each fabricated assembly will be transported to its location during pipeline construction activities. • Construction Spread # 1 — Utilizing the Jackrabbit compressor station site as a Secondary staging area at MP 5.5 (Sta. 290+00), construction of the 16 -inch discharge line will proceed from there and continue to the north tie-in point at MP 0 (Sta. 0+00). AP 1 — 13 will be utilized for Construction Spread #1. The construction progress would then proceed sequentially to the north along the pipeline right-of-way executing clearing, grading, stringing, bending, setting up, welding, joint coating, Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 7 of 20 lowering pipe into the ditch, backfilling, tying the loose ends together, and cleaning up of the right of way. The pipeline route and construction information is shown on Alignment Sheets 12499-1800-001, 12499-1800-002, and 12499-1800-003. The 16 -inch pig launcher within Jackrabbit Compressor Station will be installed in accordance with the Site Plan shown on drawing 12499-1700-003. The 16 -inch pig receiver, connection piping, and mechanical hot -tap will be installed at the north tie-in location according to the Site Plan shown on 12499-1700-001. Once construction is complete clean up, regarding and seeding will take place along the pipeline right-of-way and at the above ground facility sites. The contractor will then demobilize the remaining equipment to the primary staging area. • Construction Spread # 2 -- Utilizing the Jackrabbit compressor station site as a secondary staging area at MP 5.5 (Sta. 290+00), construction of the 20 -inch suction line will proceed from there and continue to the south termination point at MP 9.2 (Sta. 486+63.6). AP 13 - 24 will be utilized for Construction Spread #2. The construction progress would then proceed sequentially to the south along the pipeline right-of-way executing clearing, grading, stringing, bending, setting up, welding, joint coating, lowering pipe into the ditch, backfilling, tying the loose ends together, and cleaning up of the right of way. The pipeline route and construction information is shown on Alignment Sheets 12499-1800-003 and 12499-1800-004. The 20 -inch pig receiver within Jackrabbit Compressor Station will be installed in accordance with the Site Plan shown on drawing 12499-1700-003. The southern termination point consisting of an above ground valve set will be installed according to the Site Plan shown on 12499-1700-006. Once construction is complete clean up, regarding and seeding will take place along the pipeline right-of-way and at the above Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 8 of 20 ground facility sites. The contractor will then demobilize the remaining equipment to the primary staging area. Personnel and equipment required for a project of this size, type and nature exist in adequate quantities in the regional area. The equipment and personnel will be staged and lodged in nearby locations to include but not limited to Parachute, Rifle, Meeker, Glenwood Springs, De Beque, Grand Junction and points in between. Pipe storage yards, equipment and materials warehousing, contractor yards and other project use areas will be at pre-existing locations owned or leased by the pipeline contractor or other industrial or commercial concerns. Traffic Impact Plan • Employee Parking —Unless the construction schedule needs to be expedited, the work day will begin at 7:OOam and end at 5:30pm, Monday through Saturday. All personal vehicles of employees will be parked at the primary staging area. Only Contractor vehicles will be allowed on to the pipeline right-of-way. • Employee Transportation — Each work day personnel will be transported to the work area in either Company vehicles or within a large capacity vehicle. • Access from Public Areas — Vehicles will leave the primary staging area, travel north on County Road 215 from Parachute, Colorado, to Garden Gulch Road. Each vehicle must be recorded at the Marathon Oil Check Station at the eastern edge of Garden Gulch Road before proceeding to the top of the mesa. Vehicles will follow Garden Gulch Road to either the secondary staging area or will go directly to the pipeline right-of-way on top of the Mesa. Garden Gulch Road is the primary Access Road for this project. A secondary access to the pipeline right-of-way is as follows: travel north on State Road 13 from Rifle, Colorado, to the intersection of County Road 5 in the town of Rio Blanco. Travel west on County Road 5 approximately 20 -miles, turn south into the Marathon Oil Check Station. From there travel south 1 4.7 -miles and turn left, follow the field road down and around approximately 6 -miles to the North Tie-in Point (AP 1). All vehicle traffic is required to check in and check out of the each access point. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 9 of 20 • Access Roads - Garden Gulch Road meanders in and out of the right-of-way and in some places parallels the pipeline. Several well pad roads will be utilized during construction to access the right-of-way. Access Roads are highlighted in orange on the Access Road Map supplied. • Access Points (AP) - Entrance from designated access roads to the pipeline right-of-way and staging areas is limited to specific Access Points. Access Points are shown on the Access Road Map. The following table lists each Access Point and its corresponding point on the pipeline alignment. AP # Mile Post Station Access Road AP 1 MP 0 0+00 Field Road AP 2 MP 0.32 16+97.4 Garden Gulch Road AP 3 MP 0.93 49+53.9 Garden Gulch Road AP 4 MP 1.52 80+46.2 Garden Gulch Road AP 5 MP 2.08 109+84.4 Garden Gulch Road AP 6 MP 2.45 129+45.2 Garden Gulch Road AP 7 MP 2.59 136+76.0 Garden Gulch Road AP 8 MP 3.55 187+89.3 Garden Gulch Road AP 9 MP 8.14 210+07.5 Garden Gulch Road AP 10 MP 4.29 226+76.2 Garden Gulch Road AP 11 MP 4.67 246+66.0 Garden Gulch Road AP 12 MP 5.20 274+65.0 Garden Gulch Road AP 13 MP 5.49 290+20.9 Garden Gulch Road AP 14 MP 5.71 301+84.6 Garden Gulch Road AP 15 MP 6.17 325+93.6 Garden Gulch Road AP 16 MP 6.56 346+82.1 Garden Gulch Road AP 17 MP 7.04 371+85.4 Garden Gulch Road AP 18 MP 7.50 396+36.3 Garden Gulch Road AP 19 MP 7.58 400+39.8 Garden Gulch Road AP 20 MP 7.65 404+07.6 Garden Gulch Road AP 21 MP 8.33 439+93.0 Garden Gulch Road AP 22 MP 8.74 461+53.7 Garden Gulch Road AP 23 MP 8.96 473+56.3 Garden Gulch Road AP 24 MP 9.21 486+63.6 Garden Gulch Road • Estimate Traffic Flow - The majority of the traffic outlined above can be expected between the hours of 7:OOam and 8:OOam and from 5:30pm to 6:30pm. There will be 15 to 20 pickup trucks, Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 10 of 20 welding trucks, X -Ray trucks, etc., along with 20 to 25 Targe heavy hauling type vehicles during that time. One may anticipate 6 to 10 large capacity vehicles during the stated times. As many vehicles and equipment will be left at the secondary staging area as possible when not in use. Project Survey And Pre -construction Staking - Prior to the construction of the proposed project, numerous pre -construction activities will be completed. These activities include, but are not necessarily limited to, land surveying, selection of final pipeline alignment and facility locations, coordination with land owners and other affected interests, coordination with users of existing utility corridors, procurement of ROW, acquisition of permits, finalization of engineering design, procurement of materials, and selection of construction contractors. Additional surveys will be conducted for construction staking purposes. Permission will be obtained, as necessary, prior to entering a property to conduct a survey. Pre -construction staking designates the centerline and outside ROW boundaries. These and the extra construction widths will be staked and flagged at 200 -foot nominal intervals or at other appropriate spacing required by conditions. Known existing utility locations will be flagged where the pipeline parallels or crosses existing utility corridors to avoid damage and disturbance. Additional staking will be provided as needed at meter stations, pigging facilities, side valves and other appurtenant facilities. The limits for all construction staging areas and the location of access road entry points will be suitably staked and flagged. Project Drawings, Engineering Specifications And Standards - Project drawings to be prepared for the work will include the following: • Pipeline alignment sheets • Mechanical flow diagram • Fabrication drawings • Crossing and permit drawings • Construction and environmental detail sheets • Other special detail drawings as needed. The design and construction of the pipeline system will be in accordance with applicable regulations, recognized industry codes and the normal and customary practice for this type of facility. These regulations and codes include the latest accepted editions of 49 CFR 192 Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline: Minimum Federal Safety Standards and ASME B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems and ASME B31.3 Process Piping Materials, Fabrication, Examination and Testing. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 11 of 20 The provisions of any permit or license issued by controlling agencies providing a required approval for the project will also be considered a controlling standard for the project. Clearing And Grading - Vegetation will be cleared and the construction ROW graded to provide for safe and efficient operation of construction equipment and to provide space for temporary storage of spoil material and salvaged topsoil. In general, the width of the ROW clearings will be kept to a practical minimum to avoid undue disturbance. Brush clearing will be limited to trimming and/or crushing to avoid disturbance of root systems, All brush and other materials that are cleared will be windrowed along the ROW. Where necessary, all brush and other debris cleared will be disposed of in accordance with instructions from the jurisdictional agency or landowner and all applicable laws and regulations. Topsoil removed during the clearing and grading operations will be segregated from subsoils. At a minimum, the first 6 -inches of surface soil would typically be separated. These topsoils will be preserved for subsequent restoration activities on the ROW. Three approaches to topsoil removal are provided in this project. These include: 1) full ROW width topsoil removal; 2) trench and spoil area only topsoil removal and 3) blade width only topsoil removal. ROW section details of these topsoil removal methods are provided in the project Construction and Environmental Detail Drawings. The method of topsoil removal to be utilized on the project may vary from location to location. This will depend upon landowner desires, government agency stipulations, conditions encountered on the ground during construction, advisement of any soil & reclamation specialist employed or involved on the work, and the preferences and requirements of the contractor in regard to his adopted plan for successful clearing, grading, restoration, reseeding and reclamation of the project. Grading of the construction area will be performed in order to create a suitable work surface for construction vehicles and heavy equipment. On flat to mildly or moderately sloping terrain, a uniform work surface will be graded across the entire ROW. A bi-level work surface may be necessary in more sloped areas. ROW section details for side hill bi-level construction are shown in the project Construction and Environmental Detail Drawings. Side hill cuts will be kept to a minimum to ensure resource protection and a safe, stable surface for heavy equipment use. When required by controlling agency or the landowner, construction activities will not be conducted during conditions when the soil on the ROW or access roads are too wet to adequately support construction equipment. In such instances and where construction equipment creates excessively deep ruts, construction activities will be discontinued until soil conditions improve. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 12 of 20 All survey monuments located within the ROW will be protected during construction activities. Survey monuments include, but are not limited to, General Land Office and BLM Cadastral survey corners, reference corners, witness points, U.S. Coastal and Geodetic Survey benchmarks and triangulation stations, military control monuments, and recognizable civil survey monuments. In the event of obliteration or disturbance of any of the above, the incident will be duly reported. Where such monuments are obliterated during construction, the services of a registered land surveyor will be employed to restore the monuments in accordance with established procedures. Each such survey would be duly recorded with the appropriate county and other jurisdictional agencies. Trenching - Pipeline burial depths will be in conformance with the requirements of 49 CFR 192 Pipeline Safety Regulations or ASME B31.8. Occasionally, the ditch will be excavated to depths greater than the general values specified. Such instances include where the ditch will be excavated to pass beneath railroads, roads, streams, drainages and other obstructions. As a minimum, the ditch will be excavated to a depth to allow a clearance of 24 inches between the project pipeline and other pipelines or underground facilities. Machine excavation will not be performed closer than 5 feet from any existing pipeline, communications cable or other such buried facility encountered in the ROW. Existing pipeline locations will be marked in the field and 48-hour prior notification given to the pipeline or other underground utility operator. Construction methods employed to excavate a trench will vary depending on soils, terrain, and related factors. Self-propelled trenching machines will be used where possible. Conventional mechanical backhoes will be used on steep slope areas, unstable soils, high water table, and where deep or wide trenches are required. Where rock or rock formations are encountered, tractor -mounted mechanical rippers or rock trenching equipment may be used to facilitate excavation. In areas where rippers or trenchers are not practical or sufficient, blasting may be employed. Strict safety precautions will be taken when blasting. Backhoes will then be used to clean the ditch after ripping or blasting. Unless otherwise required and agreed upon, pipeline crossings of non -surfaced, gravel, lightly traveled, and rural roads will be made using open trench "cut and cove' methods with mechanical ditching machine or backhoe. Installation at these locations, including cleanup and restoration of road surfaces, will usually be completed within one day. Provisions will be made to detour or control passage of traffic during the construction. Boring & Drilling — Drawing 12499-1801-301 "West Fork Parachute Creek Horizontal Directional Drilling Crossing Plan and Profile" details this work. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 13 of 20 Pipe installation - Pipe will be shipped directly from a manufacturer or supplier by rail and truck to offsite storage sites and then be hauled by truck to the pipeline ROW. Each individual joint of pipe will be unloaded by cranes or tractors equipped with side booms and slings, and strung parallel to the ditch. Sufficient pipe for road crossings will be stockpiled at staging areas near the crossing. Stringing operations will be coordinated with trenching and installation activities in order to properly manage the construction time at a particular tract of land. Gaps will be left at access points across the ditch to allow crossing of the ROW. As construction proceeds, some of the pipe and stringing equipment will be temporarily stored at approved staging and extra workspace areas along the ROW. After the joints of pipe are strung along the ditch but before the joints are welded together, individual joints of the pipe will be bent to accommodate horizontal or vertical changes in direction. Such bends will be made utilizing an approved cold, smooth bending machine having a hydraulically operated shoe that makes the bend. Where the deflection of a bend exceeds the allowable design limits for field -bent pipe, shop fabricated pieces (induction or "hot bends") or trimmed segmentable forged fittings will be installed. After the pipe joints are bent, the pipe is lined up end-to-end and clamped into position. The pipeline will then be welded in conformance with 49 CFR Part 192, Subpart D, "Construction", ASME B31.8 and API 1104, "Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities," latest edition. Welds will be visually inspected by a qualified inspector and will be subject to radiographic inspection in conformance with DOT requirements. A specialized contractor certified to perform radiographic inspection will be employed to perform this work. Any defects will be repaired or removed as required under the specified regulations and standards. Project specifications will require that the pipe be externally coated with fusion bonded epoxy coating prior to delivery. After welding, field joints will be coated with either a tape wrap or shrinkable sleeve wrap. Before the pipe is lowered into the ditch, the pipeline coating will be visually and electronically inspected and any detected faults or scratches will be repaired. Backfilling - Once the pipe coating operation has been completed, the pipeline will be lowered into the ditch. Side -boom tractors will be used to simultaneously lift the pipe, position it over the ditch, and lower it in place. Inspection will be conducted to verify that minimum cover is provided, the trench bottom is free of rocks/debris/etc., external pipe coating is not damaged, and the pipe is properly fitted and installed into the ditch. In rocky areas, padding material or a rock shield will be used to protect the pipe. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 14 of 20 Backfilling will begin after the pipeline has been successfully placed in the ditch and final inspection has been completed. Backfilling will be conducted using a bulldozer, rotary auger backfiller, or other suitable equipment. Backfill will generally consist of the material originally excavated. In some cases, backfill material from other areas (borrow material) may be needed. Backfill would be graded and compacted, where necessary for ground stability, by being tamped or walked in with a wheeled or track vehicle. The soils will be replaced in a sequence and density similar to pre -construction conditions. Subsoils will be backfilled first, followed by replacement of stockpiled topsoil. Once the excavation has been filled and compacted, the topsoil would typically be crowned in a berm, 12 -inches -high or less, and tapered outward from the center and/or spread uniformly over the disturbed ROW. The material in the berm is intended to compensate for normal settling of backfilled materials. Any excess excavated materials or materials unfit for backfill will be properly disposed of in conformance with applicable laws or regulations, and landowner or jurisdictional agency requirements. Where possible, these surplus materials will be spread out over the ROW to avoid off-site disposal. Where required by controlling agencies, landowners, other situations and good cause, controlled compacted backfill will be placed at road crossings and other such locations. Backfill material to be placed shall be inspected and determined suitable for use by a qualified person. The backfill shall be placed at a controlled water content range in level uniform layers not exceeding 8 -inches compacted thickness. The resulting backfill density shall not be less than 90% maximum density (or higher if prescribed by permit, agency or landowner) as determined by an established AASHTO or ASTM procedure. Nitrogen Testing - The entire pipeline will be tested without leakage in compliance with 49 CFR Part 192 Subpart E, ASME B31.8 and company operating procedures. This will be accomplished through pressure test with a nitrogen medium. Cleanup and Restoration - Upon completion of backfilling, construction work will commence to clean up, restore, and re -vegetate the ROW. Efforts will have be taken during the prior work to minimize erosion, restore the natural ground contour, account for trench settling, re-establish plant growth, and allow natural surface drainage. As agreed with the landowner or controlling agencies, all completed construction areas and temporary access roads will be returned as nearly as possible to their original condition and service. All restoration and re - vegetation will be completed to the satisfaction of the landowners, controlling agencies and other recognized parties. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 15 of 20 First, any trash, brush, surplus material, or other debris will be cleared from construction areas and disposed of in an appropriate manner. The ROW will then be graded and restored to nearly pre -construction grades. Final restoration of disturbed areas will be accomplished by whatever means are most suited for the particular soils, terrain, vegetation and climate at a specific site. In general, waterbars will be constructed to prevent erosion of unconsolidated soils and provide drainage away from the disturbed area and into existing washes or drainages. Where deemed appropriate, slash will be used to control erosion. Where necessary, terracing or other erosion control techniques may be employed. Reseeding will be accomplished using seed mix or plant species approved by the landowners or controlling agencies. Seedbed preparation and seeding operations will be conducted in accordance with accepted techniques for the particular area and task. In areas with difficult reclamation problems, restoration and re -vegetation will be considered a special management problem and will be resolved in coordination with the landowner and the respective authorities involved. Advice may be sought from specialty agencies or environmental consultants to fully determine the appropriate mitigation and reclamation measures needed. Residential Areas And Private Property - The construction ROW will not be located within 50 feet of a place of residence or similar use. Livestock Issues - Prior to construction, concems and issues of landowners, lessees and controlling agencies in regard to pipeline construction and livestock will be solicited and considered. Stipulations, requirements and reasonable requests developed from such inquires will be incorporated in the work. As a minimum, the following will be established for the work: • Fences crossing the ROW will be braced, cut, and temporarily fitted with gates to permit passage. • During construction, the openings will be controlled as necessary to prevent the escape of livestock. • Existing fences will be replaced and braces left in place upon completion of construction activities. • During construction, no gates or cattle guards on established roads over public or private lands will be obstructed or damaged by construction activities. • Adequate precautions will be taken to ensure that livestock and wildlife will not be prevented from reaching water sources because of open ditches or pipe strung along the ditch. Such precautions will include contacting Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 16 of 20 livestock operators, providing adequate crossing facilities, or other measures as needed. • All damaged livestock facilities will be repaired or replaced to a condition as good as or better than the pre -construction condition. The final facilities shall be acceptable to the landowner, lessee or other authorized person. Temporary fences shall be installed if original fences affected by the work do not provide adequate livestock control. • Temporary fences or other barriers shall be installed if pipeline construction destroys or eliminates natural barriers. Replacement of the natural barrier is desired upon the completion of construction if practical. Permanent fencing or artificial barriers shall be used if the natural barrier cannot be reasonably restored. Health and Safety - The following health and safety measures shall be made a requirement of the pipeline construction work: • Special precautions shall be taken when working on pipeline segments parallel to, crossing or near high voltage overhead electric power transmission lines. These precautions shall include: o Measuring the pipe -to -ground voltages on pipe sections each day at the commencement of work, prior to work involving pipe contact and when directed by a qualified person. o Rubber tired vehicles operating on a common pipeline and powerline ROW area shall be strap grounded to mitigate capacitive coupling. Grounding shall be made using a metal chain or conductive strap connected to the vehicle frame and contacting the ground. o Vehicles shall not be refueled on or near a electric powerline ROW. o The pipeline contractor shall coordinate with affected utilities to avoid utility disruptions. • A fire prevention and suppression plan shall be developed and implemented for the work. • When required, a job specific blasting plan shall be developed and implemented for the work. • Nighttime construction will be permitted as this proposed right-of-way is remote. • No camping will be allowed on the pipeline ROW. • When required, watering and other means of dust control will be provided. Dust control within 500 feet of residences, public roads and other gathering places will be diligently implemented and maintained. Standards and regulations pertaining to air quality emissions including particles other than dust will be made requirements of the project work. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 17 of 20 • Trenches left open overnight and within 250 feet of a residence, office building, commercial or industrial business site or similar area shall be fenced or barricaded to mitigate safety concerns. • All equipment used in the work shall be properly equipped and maintained to ensure compliance with applicable health, safety and environmental regulations. Waste Disposal and Sanitation - The following measures will be implemented and enforced in the performance of the project work: • Littering of any kind will not be allowed on the ROW. A daily litter -policing program will be employed in the work. • Construction and operating sites will be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times. Collected wastes will be disposed of promptly at an approved site. • 'Waste" means all discarded matter, including but not limited to, human waste, trash, garbage, refuse, oil and fuel drums, petroleum products, blasting boxes, worn out parts, abandoned equipment, leftover materials, etc. • Excess or unsuitable materials will be returned to the supplier, sold to a commercial salvage yard, turned in at commercial recycling center or delivered to public or private disposal site approved for project use. • Special implementation plans prepared for and made part of the work will be maintained and followed for the duration of the work. Such plans may include Hazardous Materials Management Plan, Spill Prevention and Countermeasure Plan and others. • Portable chemical toilets will be provided and dispersed within the project area. Their number and location will vary with the length of the project, the number of workers present and the work phase of the project. Generally, a portable toilet will be provided at each contractor yard, pipe yard or permanent staging area. Other criteria not withstanding, a portable toilet will be provided for each 40 people or fraction thereof employed on the work. • Human wastes stored in portable toilets will be removed from the ROW on a regular periodic basis according to the capacity of the units and their monitored usage. Such human waste will be disposed of at an approved location in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 8. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS — All work contemplated in this project shall be performed under the supervision and responsible charge of a Colorado professional engineer and a Colorado professional land surveyor. Where required by law or requested by Garfield County, final drawings and project Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 18 of 20 documents will be signed, stamped and dated by the supervising Colorado professional engineer and Colorado professional land surveyor. The controlling standards for the design and construction of the work will be the U.S. Department of Transportation Pipeline Safety Regulations 49 CFR 192 Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline: Minimum Federal Safety Standards. 9. SOIL CONSERVATION, SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN The following Stormwater Management Plans are attached: A. Enterprise Storm Water Management Plan- Piceance Basin Gathering System- Colorado Discharge Permit System- Stormwater Certification No: COR -03D733. This permit includes the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline construction and the Jackrabbit Compressor Station. B. EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc.- Collbran Pipeline Project- Colorado Discharge Permit System- Stormwater Certification No: COR -03D552. This plan includes the 21.154 and 7 acre staging areas. C. Please find attached a 9/29/08 CDPHE- Water Quality Control Division - Notice of Transfer and Acceptance of Terms of a Stormwater Discharge General Permit Certification. This effectively transfers the Stormwater Discharge Permit from EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. to Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. As a point of clarification, the applicant, Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC is a subsidiary of Enterprise Products Operating, LLC, thus, this transfer is legal and adequate. D. Please find attached a 10/10/08- CDPHE-Air Pollution Control Division 10/10/08 letter noting the transfer of ownership of the Fugitive Dust Permit for the 21.154 and 7 acre staging areas and the Collbran Pipeline Project from EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. to Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. As a point of clarification, the applicant, Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC is a subsidiary of Enterprise Products Operating, LLC, thus, this transfer is legal and adequate. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page I9 of 20 10. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT & SPILL PREVENTION A. Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan- Jackrabbit Compressor Station dated October 2008. This draft plan, as per EPA 40 CFR 112, is required to be in place after the startup of the Jackrabbit Compressor Station. This plan is a draft that is being presented as our working draft of the document that will ultimately be completed upon completion of the compressor station construction. B. Jackrabbit Compressor Station- Site Location Map- Figure 1 This is a draft plan as well to support the Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan. C. Jackrabbit Compressor Station- Site Map- Figure 2 This is a draft plan as well to support the Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan. D. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan- Una Bridge Pipe Storage Yard dated October 2008. This plan will apply to the 21.154 acre Staging Area. This draft plan, as per EPA 40 CFR 112, is required to be in place after the startup of this pipe storage yard. This plan is a draft that is being presented as our working draft of the document that will ultimately be completed upon completion of the compressor station construction. E. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasurses Plan- Una Bridge Construction Yard dated October 2008. This plan will apply to the 7 acre Staging Area. This draft plan, as per EPA 40 CFR 112, is required to be in place after the startup of this staging area. This plan is a draft that is being presented as our working draft of the document that will ultimately be completed upon completion of the compressor station construction. Garfield County Development Plan Marathon Gathering System Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Page 20 of 20 EPCO, Inc. ENTERPRISE STORM WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN PICEANCE BASIN GATHERING SYSTEM GARFIELD COUNTY, CO September, 2008 Storm Water Management Plan Prepared for: Enterprise Products Operating, LLC 1100 Louisiana Street Houston, Texas 77022 EPCO, iNc. September, 2008 Prepared by: HILL Compliance Solutions, Inc. 744 Horizon Ct. # 140 Grand Junction Co 81506 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION .1 1.1 Storm water Runoff Permitting Requirements .1 2.0 CONSTRUCTION SITE DESCRIPTION .2 2.1 Site Location 2 2.2 Site Area Characteristics 2 2.2.1 Runoff Characteristics .2 2.2.2 Existing Vegetation .3 2.3 Schedule of Construction Activities 3 3.0 POTENTIAL POLLUTION SOURCES .5 4.0 DESCRIPTION OF SOIL CONTROL MEASURES 6 4.1 Structural Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 6 4.1.1 Straw Bale and Rock Check Dams 6 4.1.2 Straw Wattles/Straw Rolls 6 4.1.3 Diversion Ditches 7 4.1.4 Road Bar Ditches .7 4.1.5 Culvert Inlet/Outlet Protection 7 4.1.6 Sediment Basins 7 4.2 Non -Structural Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 7 4.2.1 Vegetative Buffers 7 4.2.2 Seeding of Disturbed Areas .8 4.2.3 Mulching ,.8 4.2.4 Erosion Control Blankets 8 5.0 PHASED BMP IMPLEMENTATION 9 5.1 Construction „9 5.2 Interim Reclamation 10 5.3 Final Stabilization 10 6.0 MATERIALS HANDLING AND SPILL PREVENTION 1 I 6.1 Waste Management and Disposal 11 6.2 Fuels and Materials Management ..11 6.3 Construction Site Housekeeping ..12 7.0 DEDICATED CONCRETE OR ASPHALT BATCH PLANTS 13 8.0 VEHICLE TRACKING CONTROL 14 9.0 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 15 10.0 NON-STORMWATER DISCHARGES 17 11.0 CERTIFICATIONS 18 11.1 Owner/Applicant Certification 18 11.2 Storm water Management Plan Administrator 19 12.0 Additional BMP Reference 20 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Table 1 Table 2 LIST OF APPENDICES Site Maps Figure 1 Proposed Pipeline Figure 2 Proposed Compressor station Storm water Application Form and Permit Storm water Inspection Form BMP Descriptions and Installation Details Project Seed Mixes Site Descriptions SWMP Revisions Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 1.0 INTRODUCTION This Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP) is written to comply with the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment's (CDPHE) General Permit No. COR -03000 issued on July 1, 2007 and will expire on June 30, 2012, and related U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) storm water regulations. This SWMP addresses construction activities associated with the construction of the Pipeline Right of Ways between well pads in the Piceance Basin, a construction staging yard for the construction subcontractor IXP in the same area and a compressor station. This SWMP is intended to be periodically updated as needed to address planned developments, new disturbances, and other changes needed to manage storm water and protect surface water quality. This SWMP is written to contain general storm water management practices, as well as site specific information related to specific construction activities. Site specific information (i.e. Phased Best Management Practices (BMP) Implementation, Potential Pollution Sources, Final Stabilization Measures, etc.) found throughout the text of this document is also referenced in Table 1, Site Descriptions. 1.1 Storm Water Runoff Permitting Requirements The Federal Clean Water Act [Section 402(p)] requires that discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States from any point source be regulated by NPDES permits. In November 1990, the USEPA published final regulations that established application requirements for storm water associated with construction activity for soil disturbances of 5 acres or more be regulated as an industrial activity and covered by an NPDES permit. In December 1999, the USEPA published final Phase II NPDES regulations that established application requirements for storm water associated with construction activity for soil disturbances to be regulated as an industrial activity and covered by an NPDES permit. These regulations became effective July 1, 2002, and were updated in 2007. Storm water construction permits are required for oil and gas activities that disturb 1 or more acres during the life of the project, or are part of a larger common plan of development. CDPHE considers a common plan of oil and gas development to mean development of several well pads, access roads, pipelines, and/or other related infrastructure in a contiguous area either during the same time period or under a consistent plan for long-term development. Enterprise Products Operating (EPCO) will be in charge of all aspects of this project Contractor(s) will do the actual construction and grading but all work will be supervised by EPCO and all decisions will be made by EPCO. 1 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 2.0 CONSTRUCTION SITE DESCRIPTION 2.1 Site Location Pipeline The Project Area is located in Sections 12, 13 and 24, Township 5 S, Range 97 W, Sections 7, 17-20, and 28-35, Township 5 S, Range 96 W, Sections 1, 2, 11-15, 21-26 and 28 Township 6 S, Range 97 W, Sections 5, 6 and 18 Township 6 S, Range 96 W, Sections 1, 2, 11, 13, 14 and 24, Township 7 S, Range 97 W, Sections 7 and 18, Township 7 S, Range 96 W in Garfield County, Colorado. The site is approximately 10 miles north on County Road 215, and 1/4 mile west on Garden Gulch Road in an area that is currently used for oil and gas exploration and production activities. See Appendix A for site map. Receiving waters include West Fork Parachute Creek, unnamed tributaries of Willow Creek, Bear Run, Little Creek, House Log Gulch, Dot Gulch, Sheep Kill Gulch, Corral Gulch, McKay Gulch, Red Gulch, Garden Gulch, West Fork, and Parachute Creek, several unnamed, ephemeral drainages and the Colorado River. The ultimate receiving water is the Colorado River. Refer to Appendix A for the Site Maps and disturbed area boundaries. Compressor station Compressor station is located in SW 14 Section 33, Township 5 S, R 96 W in Garfield County. The community of Parachute is the nearest population center approximately 10 miles southeast. Receiving waters include West Fork Parachute Creek, House Log Gulch, and Red Dot Gulch. The ultimate receiving water is the Colorado River. Refer to Appendix A for the Site Maps and disturbed area boundaries. 2.2 Site Area Characteristics 2.2.1 Runoff Characteristics and Coefficient Runoff characteristics are based on site topography, soil type, and soil/vegetative cover. Drainage across the pipeline will vary along the length of the pipeline. Elevation ranges from 6,500 feet to 8,500 feet. Soils identified on this Project are highly erosive in nature, individual soil descriptions can be found below. The structural and nonstructural BMPs as outlined in this SWMP are specifically detailed to minimize erosion and sediment transport. According to the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), the soil types within the ROW of this Project consist of five general soil units. • Parachute-Irigul-Rhone (25 to 50% slopes): Mountain and ridge tops, Elevation for these soils ranges from 7,600 to 8,800 feet. Permeability is moderate in both the Irigul soil and the Parachute soil. The water capacity is very low. Runoff is rapid and erosion severe 2 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP • Parachute -Rhone foams (5 to 30% slopes): Ridge crests, upland slopes, mountain sides. Elevation for these soils ranges from 7,600 to 8,600 feet. The available water capacity is very low. Permeability is moderate in the Rhone soil. The available water capacity is also moderate. Runoff is medium or rapid and erosion is moderate to very severe. • Parachute-Irigul complex (5 to 50% slopes): Mountainsides and footslopes and in swales. Elevation for these soils ranges from 7,700 to 8,400 feet. Permeability is moderate and the water capacity is moderate to low. Runoff is medium or rapid, water erosion is severe. • Parachute-Irigul-Rhone association (25 to 50% slopes): Mountain tops, ridges, crests and sides of hills. Elevation ranges from 7,600 to 8,800 feet. Permeability is moderate and water capacity is very low. Runoff is rapid and water erosion is very severe. • Parachute -Rhone loams (5 to 30% slopes): Ridge crests, mountainsides, upland slopes and side slopes. Elevation ranges from 7,600 to 8,800 feet. Permeability is moderate and water capacity is very low. Runoff is medium or rapid. Water erosion is moderate to very severe. 2.2.2 Existing Vegetation Native vegetation in the higher elevations consists of Gambel Oak, Pinyon, Juniper, Aspen, Serviceberry, Snowberry, Elk Sedge, Bromes, needlegrasses, Lupine, and a variety of vetches. Vegetation in the lower elevations consists of Bitterbrush, Shadescale, Saltbush, Greasewood, Yucca, Galleta grass, and Sagebrush. Vegetative cover is approximately 65 percent. 2.3 Schedule of Construction Activities Pipeline The pipeline Project will disturb approximately 357 acres. Construction activities covered by this Storm water Management Plan are expected to last approximately 5 years. The scope of this project covers the construction and installation of 4 -inch, 6 -inch, 10 -inch and 20 -inch natural gas lines a construction yard to store material associated with the pipeline. The main objective of this project is to construct gathering pipelines and trunk lines that are necessary, to transfer gas from MARATHON's production wells to their main gas lines. Activities associated with construction of the Project that may affect Storm water include clearing and grading; access road modifications; vehicle operation, maintenance and fueling; coating pipe joints; and possible herbicide application to control noxious weeds. The location for the proposed and existing Pipeline Right of Way and the construction staging area for IXP are privately owned by Chevron Oil and Gas (USA) Inc. The staging yard is operated by the construction subcontractor IXP. Refer to Appendix A site map for location of compressor station and lay down yard. Compressor station The compressor station project will disturb approximately 18 acres. Construction activities covered by this SWMP are expected to last approximately 5 years. The scope of this project covers construction and BMPs that will be installed prior to, during, and immediately following 3 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP construction as practicable, with considerations given to construction staging, safety, access, and ground conditions at the time of construction. Soil and aggregate materials will be managed so that erosion and sediment transport are minimized. Nearby drainages and water courses will be protected in all cases by appropriate measures. Activities will include the development of pipeline ROW between well pad sites and maintenance of the construction staging area for IXP and the construction of the Jackrabbit compressor station. The construction site is surveyed and staked. The construction site will be cleared and grubbed, as applicable. Topsoil and/or other materials are salvaged or stockpiled as necessary. All stock piles will have storm water BMPs put in place to reduce sediment transport and erosion of top soil. Temporary seeding will occur. Sediment Basins, rock check dams and erosion control blankets will be implemented along the length of the pipeline to eliminate sediment transport. Diversion ditches, sediment basins, and Geotextile matting will be used as sediment control at the compressor station location. Road side ditches will be constructed where necessary to convey water along access roads. Check dams may be used in ditches to dissipate water flow energy. Facilities, roads and staging areas will be constructed utilizing standard cut -and -fill methods. Additional BMPs that may be needed include; but are not limited to; diversion ditches, sediment basins, retention ponds, swales or sediment traps. The laying of the pipe line process will include ditching and the installation of lines. Ditched material will be stockpiled up gradient of the trench, where feasible, to reduce the potential of sediment transport, and stock pile erosion. Open ditches will be backfilled as soon as feasible. Seeding and soil stabilizing will occur as construction of the pipeline is completed. Each activity in the project will be under routine inspection until final stabilization has occurred. Construction is expected to begin in the fall of 2008 through 2013. An inactivation notice will be filed for the Project once all of the construction activities have been completed and all areas have reached final stabilization as described in section 5.3. 4 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 3.0 POTENTIAL POLLUTION SOURCES Potential pollution sources associated with construction of the Project include: • Sediment resulting from erosion of soil stockpiles and other areas cleared of vegetation • Leakage of fuels and lubricants from equipment and spills from fueling or equipment failure. • Trash and debris from clearing activities, construction materials, and workers • Sanitary sewage associated with portable toilets • Produced water • Glycol • Condensate • Concrete washout activities related to the compressor station. The most common source of pollution from construction is sediment, which can be carried away from the work site with storm water runoff, and ultimately impact the water quality of a receiving stream. Clearing, grading, and otherwise altering previously undisturbed land can increase the rate of soil erosion over pre -disturbance rates. Petroleum products can also be potential storm water pollutants. These products are used in construction activities to power or lubricate equipment and include: fuel, gear oil, hydraulic oil, brake fluid, and grease. Debris from lay -down areas, residue from equipment cleaning and maintenance, and solid waste generated from land clearing operations and human activity (trees, brush, paper, trash, etc.) present other potential pollution sources within the construction site. For site specific potential pollution sources, refer to Table 1(Site Descriptions). For locations of potential pollution sources, refer to Appendix A (Site Map). Concrete washout activities are expected and to be installed as illustrated in Appendix A, Figure 2. All BMPs implemented throughout the project are intended to mitigate for the release of sediment and all other potential pollution sources described above, and listed in Table 1. Refer to Appendix A for site specific locations of potential pollution sources, and locations of BMPs implemented to mitigate for the potential release of the respective potential pollutants. EPCO spill prevention and response policies must be followed and include the following: • Notification procedures to be used in the event of a material release or accident. At a minimum, the field supervisor should be notified. Depending on the nature of the spill and the material involved, Enterprise corporate staff, the CDPHE, downstream water users, or other agencies may also need to be notified. The WQCD toll-free 24-hour environmental emergency spill reporting line is (877)518-5608. • Provisions for absorbents are to be made available for use in fuel areas. 5 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 4.0 DESCRIPTION OF SOIL CONTROL MEASURES The objective of erosion sediment controls is to minimize the release of sediments, and any other potential pollutants, by storm water runoff. This can be accomplished through the use of structural and/or nonstructural controls. This section describes erosion and sediment controls to be used during the pipeline, laydown yard and compressor station construction to minimize possible pollutant impacts to storm water runoff. Refer to Appendix D for implementation details of soil control measures. Refer to Appendix A for locations of soil control measures. 4.1 Structural Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Structural practices implemented to provide for erosion and sediment control can include temporary and permanent Best Management Practices (BMPs). Temporary structural BMPs include, but are not limited to, straw bale barriers/check dams and straw fiber rolls/wattles. When applicable, temporary BMPs will be implemented during construction and interim reclamation phases. All temporary BMPs will be removed and disposed of upon Final Stabilization. Permanent structural BMPs include, but are not limited to earthen berms, drainage dips, bar ditches, diversion ditches, sediment basins, culvert inlet/outlet protection, and rock check dams. 4.1.1 Straw Bale and Rock Check Dams Straw bale and rock check dams will be installed in areas of concentrated flow. The purpose of a check dam is to reduce the velocity of water enough to allow sediment to settle, while allowing the clean water to continue migrating. Some sediment will accumulate behind the check dam. Sediment should be removed from behind the check dams when it has accumulated to one-half of the original height of the dam and properly disposed of. Check dams will be inspected for erosion along the edges of the check dams and repaired as required immediately. For temporary ditches and swales, check dams should be removed and the ditch filled in when it is no longer needed. 4.1.2 Straw Wattles/Straw Rolls Straw rolls/wattles are intended to capture and keep sediment on a disturbed slope. Straw rolls are useful to temporarily stabilize slopes by reducing soil creep and sheet and rill erosion until permanent vegetation can be established. Straw rolls will last an average of one to two years. The slope needs to be prepared before the rolls are placed. Small trenches are created across the slope on the contour. The trench should be deep enough to accommodate half the thickness of the roll (about 3"-5"). The trenches need to be 10 to 25 feet apart. The rolls need to be installed perpendicular to water movement, parallel to the slope contour. Start by installing rolls from the bottom of the slope. The rolls need to fit snugly against the soil. No gaps should be between the soil and roll. Willow, wooden stakes, or staples need to be driven through the roll and into the 6 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP soil. There should only be 1 to 2 inches of stake exposed above the roll. The stakes should be installed every 4 feet. 4.1.3 Diversion Ditches Diversion ditches can be a temporary or permanent structural BMP installed to direct runoff or run-on storm water away from construction activity. Ditches slow velocity of water, and direct water into sediment basin, or other BMP structure designed to capture sediment while allow water to move through. 4.1.4 Road Bar Ditches Bar ditches are permanent structural BMPs installed at the base of an access road crown. Bar ditches may be installed on one or both sides of the access road, depending on construction specifications of the road. Roadside bar ditches shall be constructed to conform to the respective road cross section. All bar ditches will be excavated to a minimum depth of 1 foot below the road surface. 4.1.5 Culvert Inlet/Outlet Protection Inlets and outlets of culverts will be protected to prevent sediment build up within the culvert, thus maintaining culvert functionality. Temporary protection, during construction, can be implemented by installing straw bales or straw wattles around the inlet/outlet. For permanent protection, inlets/outlets shall be protected via rock armoring. Sediment accumulated at the inlet/outlet shall be removed as needed to ensure that there will be no blockage of the culvert. 4.1.6 Sediment Basins Sediment basins are structural BMPs installed to trap sediment that has been transported from other BMPs including, but not limited to, berms, perimeter diversion ditches, bar ditches, and drainage dips. Size and shape of each sediment basin shall depend on the specific location and surrounding topography of each site. 4.2 Non -Structural Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Non-structural practices implemented for erosion and sediment control will consist of permanent BMPs that will be utilized during all project phases, from construction to interim reclamation, and ultimately to final stabilization. Non-structural controls typically include, but are not limited to, vegetative buffers, mulching, seeding of disturbed areas, erosion control blankets, and surface roughening. 4.2.1 Vegetative Buffers Vegetative buffers are areas of existing vegetation stands that are utilized as a permanent BMP. Vegetative buffers are located on any or all edges of a project boundary. They provide a filtering 7 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP effect by minimizing velocity of storm water runoff enough to allow sediment to settle out, while along clean water to continue with its natural drainage route. 4.2.2 Seeding of Disturbed Areas Seeding of disturbed areas will be implemented as a measure taken to achieve final stabilization. Upon construction completion, all disturbed areas to undergo reclamation shall be seeded. As a disturbed area is seeded, it will remain in the interim reclamation phase until the site has reached a vegetative cover area of 70% of pre -disturbance conditions. At this point, the site will be at the final stabilization phase. Refer to Appendix E for the Project seed mixes and associate application rates. Seeding will be implemented via a rangeland drill seeder where accessible. In areas where the rangeland drill cannot access seed will be broadcasted and then raked or harrowed to provide adequate seed to soil contact. 4.2.3 Mulching Mulching is a non-structural BMP implemented to aid in seed establishment. After a disturbed area has been seeded, a certified, weed free straw mulch will be applied. Where accessible, the mulch will be crimped into the ground to provide additional soil stabilization. 4.2.4 Erosion Control Blankets Erosion control blankets are permanent, non-structural BMPs installed on steep slopes to provide soil stabilization and to keep seed in place. Erosion control blankets are a geotextile, biodegradable material that are implemented during the interim reclamation phase. 8 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 5.0 PHASED BMP IMPLEMENTATION The pipeline, laydown yard, and compressor station construction projects will consist of a construction phase, an interim reclamation phase, and a final stabilization phase. The following sections outline specifications of each phase. 5.1 Construction The construction phase of the project will consist of ROW clearing for pipeline construction, clearing, cut and fill procedures for compressor station, and backfilling/general grading. Appropriate BMPs will be installed for this phase of the construction. The following outlines the necessary steps of the construction phase: Pipeline • Vegetation Clearing: Vegetation will be removed and placed in a windrow on the up - gradient edge of the disturbed area when possible. • Topsoil Stripping: Topsoil will be removed and stockpiled in a windrow on the up - gradient edge of the disturbed area when possible. • Trench Excavation: The trench needed for pipeline installation is generally located near the center of the ROW and is created by track -mounted excavators. The trench will be excavated to a depth of 5-7 feet, with the soil being stockpiled via windrow at the up - gradient edge of the trench • Pipe welding and placement: The pipe pieces will be laid beside the trench and welded. Long segments of welded pipe are placed within the trench by sideboom dozers. • Pipe bedding: Trench spoils will be handled by excavators equipped with bedding boxes. The bedding boxes remove larger rocks and the fine material is placed beside, and over, the pipe to prevent potential damage to the pipe. • Trench backfill: Bulldozers will move soil from the trench spoils windrow to backfill the trench. • General grading: If general grading was conducted to facilitate pipeline construction, these materials will be replaced and graded to recreate the pre -construction topography. Compressor station • Vegetation Clearing: Vegetation will be removed and place around edge of disturbed area on down gradient side of fill slope. This will provide a brush barrier BMP for Construction. • Straw bale barriers will be installed as a temporary BMP while pad is being constructed. • Concrete and truck washout area will be established once construction begins as illustrated in Appendix A, Figure 2. Appropriate BMPs will be installed for washout. 9 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 5.2 Interim Reclamation Interim reclamation will be the phase of the project between construction and final stabilization. A project will enter into interim reclamation when construction is completed, disturbed areas have been seeded, and permanent BMPs have been installed. Temporary BMPs that were implemented during the construction phase may continue to be maintained during interim reclamation. Projects will remain in interim reclamation until disturbed areas have been reclaimed to 70% of pre -disturbance vegetation or otherwise permanently stabilized (i.e. graveled). The following steps will be taken to reach interim reclamation: Pipeline • Topsoil placement: Topsoil will be moved and redistributed across the surface of the disturbed ROW. • Vegetative material replacement/removal: Based upon landowner requirements, stripped vegetation may be hauled off-site or redistributed along the disturbed ROW. • Seeding: The disturbed ROW will be seeded post construction. The seed mix will vary depending on location and surface ownership and will generally match the surrounding vegetation. Refer to Appendix E for seed mixes and their respective application rate(s). • Mulching: All disturbed areas to be reclaimed will be mulched post seeding. A certified weed free straw will be crimped into the ROW to keep an adequate moisture level in the seedbed. Compressor station • Topsoil will be used as material for swales or berms around the pad location. • Topsoil stockpile will be seeded and mulched immediately. • Permanent BMPs will be installed, and temporary BMPs removed if no longer a viable BMP. 5.3 Final Stabilization Areas which have been disturbed are considered to be stabilized when a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent of the pre -disturbance levels has been established, or when an equivalent permanent, physical erosion reduction method is in place. Disturbed areas will remain in interim reclamation status until final stabilization is achieved. Storm water compliance inspections will be performed at required intervals until final stabilization is reached. Any temporary BMPs will be removed and disposed of. When final stabilization is achieved and all temporary control measures have been removed, Enterprise will apply for an Inactivation Notice to terminate the Piceance Basin Gathering System Project General Permit. 10 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 6.0 MATERIALS HANDLING AND SPILL PREVENTION 6.1 Waste Management and Disposal The construction activities mentioned in this SWMP will generate various other waste materials during the course of construction. These wastes typically include, but are not limited to, the following: • Trees and shrubs from clearing operations • Trash and debris from construction materials and workers • Sanitary sewage from temporary sanitary waste facilities Each of these wastes will be managed so as to not contribute to storm water pollution. Trees and shrubs will be piled along the up gradient side of ROW and at the base of fill slopes for the compressor station to provide additional sediment control. Construction trash and debris will be collected in appropriate containers and hauled off-site for disposal in suitable landfills. Sanitary waste will be contained in portable toilets or other storage tanks with waste materials regularly pumped and transported off-site for proper disposal at approved facilities. Portable toilets will be properly secured to the ground. 6.2 Fuels and Materials Management Petroleum Products Petroleum products which may be present at the construction site include: gasoline, diesel fuel, lubricant oils, hydraulic oils, used oils, and solvents. Gasoline and diesel fuel will be stored in portable storage tanks with secondary containment. Lubricant, hydraulic, and miscellaneous oils and solvents will be stored in containers up to 55 -gallons in volume. Pollutants from petroleum products used during construction activities adhere easily to soil particles and other surfaces. In case of a spill or leak, soils contaminated with petroleum products will be contained and removed to a proper disposal site. Proposed soil erosion and sediment control practices will aid in retention of spills or leaks. Use of secondary containment and drip pans will reduce the likelihood of spills or leaks contacting the ground. Proposed maintenance and safe storage practices will reduce the chance of petroleum products contaminating the site. Oily wastes such as crankcase oil, cans, rags, and paper containing oils will be placed in proper receptacles and disposed of or recycled. An additional source of petroleum contamination is leaks from equipment and vehicles. Routine daily inspections will be conducted to identify leaks and initiate corrective actions, if needed. The following guidelines for storing petroleum products will be applied. • All product containers will be clearly and properly labeled. • Drums will be kept off the ground within secondary containment and stored under cover when necessary. • Fuel tanks will be stored within areas containing secondary containment. • Lids of drummed materials will be securely fastened. 11 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP • Emergency spill response procedures will be available on-site. Persons trained in handling spills will be on call at all times. • Spill cleanup and containment materials (absorbent, shovels, etc.) will be readily available. Spills will be immediately cleaned up and contaminated materials will be properly stored on site until they can be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations. • Storage areas and containers will be regularly monitored for leaks and repaired or replaced as necessary. Construction personnel should be informed about proper storage and handling of materials during weekly subcontractor or safety meetings. Other Chemical Product Management Various additional materials will be used and stored on site for use in construction. These materials will be stored appropriately and managed to minimize spills and leaks. Storage areas will be regularly inspected, and any minor spills or leaks will be cleaned up immediately. Materials Management The construction contractor will maintain a lay -down or staging area for equipment and materials storage on site. These areas will be maintained with good housekeeping and will be inspected on a regular basis for spills, leaks, and potential contamination. 6.3 Construction Site Housekeeping Housekeeping will consist of neat and orderly storage of materials and containerized fluids. Wastes will be temporarily stored in sealed containers and regularly collected and disposed of at appropriate off-site facilities. In the event that a spill occurs, prompt cleanup is required to minimize any commingling of waste materials with storm water runoff. Routine maintenance will be limited to fueling and lubrication of equipment. Drip pans will be used during routine fueling and maintenance to contain spills or leaks. Any waste product from maintenance will be containerized and transported off site for disposal or recycling. There will be no major equipment overhauls conducted on site. Equipment will be transported off site when major overhauls are necessary. Cleanup of trash and discarded materials will be conducted at the end of each work day. Cleanup will consist of patrolling the road way, access areas, and other work areas to pick up trash, scrap debris, other discarded materials, along with any contaminated soil. Upon collection, these waste materials will be disposed of properly. 12 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 7.0 DEDICATED CONCRETE OR ASPHALT BATCH PLANTS Concrete or asphalt batch plants are not applicable to this Project at this time. 13 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 8.0 VEHICLE TRACKING CONTROL No vehicle tracking pads will be required during the Piceance Basin Gathering System construction project. Roads leading to and from are graveled for distances greater than 1 mile. 14 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 9.0 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES To meet requirements of the General Permit, inspection and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must occur during the project. Continued inspection and maintenance is required for specific structures after construction is completed. The inspection program will include the following: 1. A certified person familiar with the SWMP and control measures will conduct the inspections. 2. Inspections will cover the following items within construction site: • Disturbed areas without stabilization • All structural and non-structural BMPs (temporary and permanent) • Material storage areas • Surface water diversions • Down gradient areas • New access roads • Site vehicle entrance/exit locations. 3. Inspections will occur at least once every I4 calendar days (during construction) and after a significant precipitation event, or snow melt event that causes potential for erosion. Once all measures have been taken to reach interim reclamation, inspections shall occur at least once every 30 calendar days. 4. A log of inspections will be maintained. 5. Water quality will be visually assessed for all receiving streams and discharge areas during each inspection. 6. Disturbed areas and material storage areas that are exposed to precipitation will be inspected for evidence of pollutants entering nearby drainages. 7. Roads used for vehicle access will be inspected for evidence of off-site sediment transport. S. Following each inspection, the SWMP will be modified as necessary to include additional controls designed to correct identified problems. Necessary revisions to the SWMP will be made within 7 days of the inspection. 9. An inspection report summarizing the scope of the inspection, the name of the person conducting the inspection, the date of the inspection, and observations relating to proper implementation will be prepared. Inspection reports will be retained for at least 3 years from the date that the site is finally stabilized. 10. Actions taken to modify any storm water control measure will be recorded and maintained with the SWMP. 11. If no deficiencies are found during the inspection, the report will contain certification that the site is in compliance with the SWMP. Maintenance Procedures Maintenance will include prompt repairs and/or adjustments to any erosion and sediment control structures that are deteriorating or found to be performing inadequately. BMP conditions and dates of BMP maintenance will be documented within the storm water inspection checklists. Repairs are to be made as soon as possible and prior to the next anticipated storm event. 15 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP EPCO or a designated contractor(s) will maintain on-site all materials necessary to make any reasonably expected repairs such as silt fence, straw bales, and stakes. Inspection Forms Inspection forms shall be a part of this SWMP and with include information such as dates of maintenance/modifications of existing BMPs, installation of new BMPs, any site housekeeping requirements, and general comments. Refer to Appendix C for an example of the storm water inspection document. 16 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 10.0 NON -STORM WATER DISCHARGES No allowable sources of non -storm water discharges are anticipated from the project. Some possible exceptions include, but are not limited to, fire prevention/suppression or dust control activities. 17 Enterprise Products Operating, LLC. SWMP 12.0 ADDITIONAL BMP REFERENCES The structural and non-structural BMPs listed in this SWMP are intended to include all BMPs that may be used for gas gathering projects. However, there may be situations where a BMP is needed but not included in this SWMP, or project personnel may need additional information on the installation, use, specifications, andlor maintenance of BMPs. Additional information regarding various BMPs is available by referencing the following: • For oil and gas operations, the Bureau of Land Management and U.S. Forest Service have developed "Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development," "Gold Book." The most recent version (fourth edition) of this is available on the internet at: http://www.blm.govibrnp/GoldBook Draft v12.pdf. • For Construction BMPs the Urban Drainage and Flood Control District, a Colorado Front Range group of city and county agencies has developed a BMP manual that is available on the internet at: http://swcc.state.aI.us/pdf/ASWC June 2003 Alabama Handbook ConstructionE&S C ontro1.pdf. • For construction BMPs and surface stabilization methods, the Alabama Soil and Water Conservation Committee have developed "Erosion Control, Sediment Control and Storm Water Management on Construction Sites and Urban Areas, Volume 1 Developing Plans and Designing Best Management Practices." This information is available on the internet at: http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%o20guide.htm • For access roads, the US Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management have developed "Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide," which is available online at: http://www.blrn.gov/burp/field%a20guide.htm 20 APPENDIX A SITE MAPS Straw B Barrier Straw Bt a Banter o ut rl Inlet W lea Straw ala Barrier Rd own Water Bar Ater Bar atm Bar Water Bar Wier Bar EPCO. INC. Figure 2 Storm Water BMP Site Specific Map t N 6 m Conuale Washout - Stream S - 20 Pith suction - 16 loch discharge ® Jackrabbit Compressor Station Northam 16 inch BMP O Check Dam Ronk o Check Dam Saowba le 0 Coned Inlet o Given Duffel o Water Bar - Stream Struwluar 8MP Rundown Straw Sale Santer - - - Water Bar - Mites Structural OMP 1111 Goole/die Meiling ' Sediment Basin I H.:::!, COMPLIANCE 7.� '0 TIONS _INC Fnab'nmiwrla/rownAy rsw <,yw 0 ZS. tell @ar W es Rend Wel . ( Bar Rune b Proposed EPCO Marathon Pipeline Gathering System Straw Bale Barrier Check Dam Rock 1900 ---Rtingkwn Waimt Bar Wa it Bar Wafer B= Sedin 113 Geotex Matting traw Bale Banter Sed (Bash Sedim Basin We Bar Strew B. a Barrier Run wn Straw Bal- Barrier Geotexii Malting terea—Welerita Water B Wler Bar Straw B r Bawler GeolexkMalting Water Ba W les Wa-- Bar 0 rearm -km APPENDIX B STORM WATER APPLICATION FORM AND PERMIT GENERAL PERMIT APPLICATION STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH: CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY (Permit No. COR -030000) For Agency Use Only C 0 R - 0 3 Date Received: / 1 Month Usy Yeas Billing Code: 09 9B 00 ALL APPLICANTS MUST FOLLOW PART D OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLETE THIS FORM Please print or type. All items must be completed accurately and in their entirety, or the application will be deemed incomplete and returned to the applicant. Processing of the application will not begin until all required information is received. Please refer to the instructions for information about the required items. Original signatures for Items 8 and 9 are required. 1. Name and address of the permit applicant (legally responsible entity): Company Name Enterprise Products Operating, LLC Mailing Address PO Box 4324 City, State and Zip Code Houston, TX 77210 Legally Responsible Person (application signer) E-mail Address Phone Number (713) 880-6595 Local Contact (familiar with facility) Chris Gauthier Title Field Environmentai Engineer LWMaI[et@eprod.com Who is applying? Owner 0 Developer ® Contractor 0 Local Contact E-mail Address CAGauthier@eprod.com Phone Number (303) 330-7952 Location of the construction site: Street Address (or cross streets) Piceance Basin Parachute Creek Area City (if unincorporated, so indicate) Unincorporated County Gart'ield Name of plan, project, or development Piceance Basin Gathering System Latitude/Longitude (approximate center of the site) — use one of the following formats: Latitude 39 / 31 / 10 Longitude 108 / / 21 (e.g., 39°42'l 1", 104°55'57") degrees minutes seconds degrees minutes seconds Latitude Longitude . (e.g., 39.703°, 104.933°') degrees (to 3 decimal places) degrees (to 3 decimal places) 3. Legal Description (subdivision, block, and lot) or Map Indicating Site Location/Boundaries: If a map is attached to provide this information, this must be indicated below. Maps must be folded to 81/2 x 11 inches. Map Attached? "E- Yes, skip to item 4 0 No; include legal description per Instructions (use separate sheet if needed): Subdivision(s), Lot(s), Block(s): See Map 4. Area of the construction site: Total area of project site (acres) ""375 Area of project site to undergo disturbance (acres) "375 Total disturbed area of Larger Common Plan of Development or Sale, if applicable (i.e., total, including all phases, filings, lots, and infrastructure not covered by this application) Application - Page 1 of 2 Revised 7/07 Water Quality Control Division — Stormwater Program www.cdphe.state.co.uslwq/permitsunit 5. Nature of the construction activity: Check the appropriate box(s) or provide a brief description that indicates the general nature of the construction activitir (The full description of activities must be included in the Stormwater Management Plan.) O Single Family Residential Development 0 Multi -Family Residential Development O Commercial Development O Oil and Gas Production and/or Exploration (including pad sites and associated infrastructure) OHighway/Road Development (not including roadways associated with commercial or residential development) El Other, Describe: Pipeline Right of Way for Oil and Gas Development 6. Anticipated construction schedule: 5 18 2,008 12 31 2,011 Construction Start Date: _ / / Final Stabilization Date: _ / _/___ month day year month day year 7. The name of the receiving waters(s)7 (If discharge is to a ditch or storm sewer, also include the name of the ultimate receiving water) Parachute Creek and ultimately the Colorado River STOP! A Stormwater Management Plan (see Appendix A) must be completed prior to signing the following certifications! S. Stormwater Management Plan Certification: "I certify under penalty of law that a complete Stormwater Management Plan, as described in Appendix A of this application, has been prepared for my activity. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the syste or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the Stormwater Management PIan is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for falsely certifying the completion of said plMP, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations." j� .G" at e of Legally Responsible Person (submission must include original ink signature) Date Signed Leonard W. Mallet Sr. VP Engineering Name (printed) 9. Signature of Applicant Title "I certify under penalty of law that 1 have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this application and all attachments and that, based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, 1 believe that the information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine or imprisonment. "I understand that submittal of this application is for coverage under the State of Colorado General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity for the entirety of the construction site/project described and applied for, until such time as the application is amended or the certification is transferred, inactivated, or expired."/i� %/ //1/74 () tide of Legally Responsible Person (submission must include original ink signature) Date Signed LeonSr/d W. Mallet Sr, VP Engineering Name (printed) Title `TATE OF COLOFADO Bill Ritter, Jr., Governor James B. Martin, Executive Director Dedicated to protecting and improving the health and environment of the people of Colorado 4300 Cherry Creek Dr. S. Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 Phone (303) 692-2000 TDD Line (303) 691-7700 Located in Glendale, Colorado http://www.cdphe.state.co.us October 24, 2008 Laboratory Services Division 8100 Lowry Blvd. Denver, Colorado 80230-6928 (303) 692-3090 Leonard W. Mallet, Sr VP Engr Enterprise Products Operating LLC, PO Box 4324 Houston, TX 77210 713/880-6595 RE: Final Permit, Colorado Discharge Permit System — Stormwater Certification No: COR -03D733 Piceance Basin Gathering System Garfield County Local Contact: Chris Cauthier, Field Env Engr 303/330-7951 Dear Sir or Madam: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Enclosed please find a copy of the permit and certification which have been issued to you under the Colorado Water Quality Control Act. Your Certification under the permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. You are legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the permit. Please read the permit and certification. If you have any questions please visit our website at : www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/permitsunit/stormwater or contact Matt Czahor at (303) 692-3517. Sincerely, cot Kathryn Dolan Stormwater Program Coordinator Permits Unit WATER QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION xc: Regional Council of Governments Local County Health Department District Engineer, Technical Services, WQCD Permit File STATE OF COLORADO COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT WATER QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION TELEPHONE: (303) 692-3500 CERTIFICATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER CDPS GENERAL PERMIT COR -030000 STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION Certification Number COR03D733 This Certification to Discharge specifically authorizes: Enterprise Products Operating LLC LEGAL CONTACT: LOCAL CONTACT: Leonard W. Mallet, Sr VP Engr Chris Cauthier, Field Env Engr, Enterprise Products Operating LLC Phone # 303/330-7951 PO Box 4324 cagauthier@eprod.com Houston, TX 77210 Phone # 713/880-6595 lwmallet@eprod.com During the Construction Activity: Oil & Gas Production and/or Exploration - Pipeline ROW to discharge stormwater from the facility identified as Piceance Basin Gathering System which is located at: CR 215 & Parachute Creek Area , Co Latitude 39/31/10, Longitude 108/09/21 In Garfield County to: Parachute Creek -- Colorado River Anticipated Activity begins 05/18/2008 continuing through 12/31/2011 On 375 acres (375 acres disturbed) Certification is effective: 05/13/2008 Certification Expires: 06/30/2012 Annual Fee: $245.00 (DO NOT PAY NOW — A prorated bill will be sent shortly.) Page 1 of 22 Page 2 of 22 Permit No. COR -030000 CDPS GENERAL PERMIT STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AUTHORIZATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE COLORADO DISCHARGE PERMIT SYSTEM In compliance with the provisions of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act, (25-8-101 et seq., CRS, 1973 as amended) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.; the "Act"), this permit authorizes the discharge of stormwater associated with construction activities (and specific allowable non-stormwater discharges in accordance with Part I.D.3 of the permit) certified under this permit, from those locations specified throughout the State of Colorado to specified waters of the State. Such discharges shall be in accordance with the conditions of this permit. This permit specifically authorizes the facility listed on the certification page (page 1) of this permit to discharge, as of this date, in accordance with permit requirements and conditions set forth in Parts I and II hereof. All discharges authorized herein shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit. This permit and the authorization to discharge shall expire at midnight, June 30, 2012. Issued and Signed this 31st day of May, 2007 COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT Janet S. Kieler Permits Section Manager Water Quality Control Division SIGNED AND ISSUED MAY 31, 2007 EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT 3 1. Authority to Discharge 3 a) Applicable Sections 3 b) Oil and Gas Construction 3 2. Definitions 3 3. Permit Coverage Without Application — Qualifying Local Programs 3 a) Applicable Sections 3 b) Local Agency Authority 4 c) Permit Coverage Termination 4 d) Compliance with Qualifying Local Program 4 e) Full Permit Applicability 4 4. Application, Due Dates 4 a) Application Due Dates 4 b) Summary of Application 4 5. Permit Certification Procedures 4 a) Request for Additional Information 4 b) Automatic Coverage., 5 c) Individual Permit Required 5 d) General vs. Individual Permit Coverage 5 e) Local Agency Authority 5 6. Inactivation Notice 5 7. Transfer of Permit 5 8. Reassignment of Permit 5 9. Sale of Residence to Homeowners 6 10. Permit Expiration Date 6 11. Individual Permit Criteria 6 B. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 6 C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN — CONTENTS 7 1. Site Description 7 2. Site Map 7 3. Stormwater Management Controls 8 a) SWMP Administrator 8 b) Identification of Potential Pollutant Sources 8 c) Best Management Practices (BMPs) for Stormwater Pollution Prevention, 8 4. Final Stabilization and Long-term Stormwater Management 9 5. Inspection and Maintenance 10 D. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 10 1. General Limitations 10 2. BMP Implementation and Design Standards 10 3. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 11 4. Releases in Excess of Reportable Quantities 11 5. SWMP Requirements 11 a) SWMP Preparation and Implementation 11 b) SWMP Retention Requirements 11 c) SWMP Review/Changes 11 d) Responsive SWMP Changes 12 6. Inspections 12 a) Minimum Inspection Schedule 12 b) Inspection Requirements 13 c) Required Actions Following Site Inspections 13 7. BMP Maintenance 13 8. Replacement and Failed BMPs 14 9. Reporting 14 -2a- TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.) 10. SWMP Availability 14 11. Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) 14 E. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS .. 15 F. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 16 1. Signatory Requirements 16 2. Retention of Records 16 3. Monitoring 16 PART II A. MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 17 1. Amending a Permit Certification 17 2. Special Notifications - Definitions 17 3. Noncompliance Notification 17 4. Submission of Incorrect or Incomplete Information 18 5. Bypass 18 6. Upsets i8 7. Removed Substances 18 8, Minimization of Adverse Impact 18 9. Reduction, Loss, or Failure of Stormwater Controls 19 10. Proper Operation and Maintenance 19 B. RESPONSIBILITIES 19 1. Inspections and Right to Entry 19 2. Duty to Provide Information 19 3. Transfer of Ownership or Control 19 4. Modification, Suspension, or Revocation of Permit By Division 20 5. Permit Violations 21 6. Legal Responsibilities 21 7. Severability 21 8. Renewal Application 21 9. Confidentiality 21 10. Fees 21 11. Requiring an Individual CDPS Permit 22 -2b- PART I A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT 1. Authority to Discharge PART I Permit - Page 3 Permit No. COR -030000 Under this permit, facilities are granted authorization to discharge stormwater associated with construction activities into waters of the state of Colorado. This permit also authorizes the discharge of specific allowable non-stormwater discharges, in accordance with Part I.D.3 of the permit, which includes discharges to the ground. This includes stormwater discharges from areas that are dedicated to producing earthen materials, such as soils, sand and gravel, for use at a single construction site (i.e., borrow or fill areas). This permit also authorizes stormwater discharges from dedicated asphalt batch plants and dedicated concrete batch plants. (Coverage under the construction site permit is not required for batch plants if they have alternate CDPS permit coverage.) This permit does not authorize the discharge of mine water or process water from such areas. a) Applicable Sections: In accordance with Part I.A.3 of this permit, some parts of this permit do not apply to sites covered under a Qualifying Local Program, as defined in I.A.2.d. For sites not covered by a Qualifying Local Program, all parts of the permit apply except Part I.A.3. The permittee will be responsible for determining and then complying with the applicable sections. b) Oil and Gas Construction: Stormwater discharges associated with construction activities directly related to oil and gas exploration, production, processing, and treatment operations or transmission facilities are regulated under the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations (5CCR 1002-61), and require coverage under this permit in accordance with that regulation. However, references in this permit to specific authority under the Federal Clean Water Act (CWA) do not apply to stonnwater discharges associated with these oil and gas related construction activities, to the extent that the references are limited by the federal Energy Policy Act of 2005. 2. Definitions a) Stormwater: Stormwater is precipitation -induced surface runoff. b) Construction activity: Construction activity refers to ground surface disturbing activities, which include, but are not limited to, clearing, grading, excavation, demolition, installation of new or improved haul roads and access roads, staging areas, stockpiling of fill materials, and borrow areas. Construction does not include routine maintenance to maintain original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the facility. c) Small construction activity: Stormwater discharge associated with small construction activity means the discharge of stormwater from construction activities that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than one acre and less than five acres. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one and less than five acres. d) Qualifying Local Program: This permit includes conditions that incorporate qualifying local erosion and sediment control program (Qualifying Local Program) requirements by reference. A Qualifying Local Program is a municipal stormwater program for stormwater discharges associated with small construction activity that has been formally approved by the Division. Other Definitions: Definitions of additional terms can be found in Part I.E. of this permit. 3. Permit Coverage Without Application — for small construction activities under a Qualifying Local Program only If a small construction site is within the jurisdiction of a Qualifying Local Program, the operator of the construction activity is authorized to discharge stormwater associated with small construction activity under this general permit without the submittal of an application to the Division. a) Applicable Sections: For sites covered by a Qualifying Local Program, only Parts 1.A.1, 1.A.2, 1.A.3, I.D.1, I.D.2, I.D.3, I.D.4, I.D.7, I.D.8, I.D.11, I.E and Part II of this permit, with the exception of Parts II.A.I, II.B.3, II.B.B, and II.B 10, apply. PART I Permit - Page 4 Permit No. COR -030000 A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT (cont.) b) Local Agency Authority: This permit does not pre-empt or supersede the authority of local agencies to prohibit, restrict, or control discharges of stormwater to storm drain systems or other water courses within their jurisdiction. c) Permit Coverage Termination: When a site under a Qualifying Local Program has been finally stabilized, coverage under this permit is automatically terminated. d) Compliance with Qualifying Local Program: A construction site operator that has authorization to discharge under this permit under Part I.A.3 shall comply with the requirements of the Qualifying Local Program with jurisdiction over the site. e) Full Permit Applicability: The Division may require any operator within the jurisdiction of a Qualifying Local Program covered under this permit to apply for and obtain coverage under the full requirements of this permit. The operator must be notified in writing that an application for full coverage is required. When a permit certification under this permit is issued to an operator that would otherwise be covered under Part I.A.3 of this permit, the full requirements of this permit replace the requirements as per Part I.A.3 of this permit, upon the effective date of the permit certification. A site brought under the full requirements of this permit must still comply with local stormwater management requirements, policies or guidelines as required by Part LD.1.g of this permit. 4. Application, Due Dates a) Application Due Dates: At least ten calendar days prior to the commencement of construction activities, the applicant shall submit an application form as provided by the Division, with a certification that the Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) is complete. One original completed discharge permit application shall be submitted, by mail or hand delivery, to: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Water Quality Control Division WQCD-Permits-B2 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 b) Summary of Application: The application requires, at a minimum, the following: 1) The applicant's company name; address; telephone number; and email address (if available); whether the applicant is the owner, developer, or contractor; and local contact information; 2) Project name, address, county and location of the construction site, including the latitude and longitude to the nearest 15 seconds of the approximate center of the construction activity; 3) Legal description or map of the construction site; 4) Estimates of: the total area of the site, the area of the site that is expected to be disturbed, and the total area of the larger common plan of development or sale to undergo disturbance; 5) The nature of the construction activity; 6) The anticipated start date and final stabilization date for the project; 7) The name of the receiving water(s), or the municipal separate storm sewer system and the ultimate (i.e., named) receiving water(s); 8) Certification that the SWMP for the construction site is complete (see Part I.C. below); and 9) The signature of the applicant, signed in accordance with Part IF.1 of this permit. 5. Permit Certification Procedures If this general permit is appropriate for the applicant's operation, then a certification will be developed and the applicant will be authorized to discharge stormwater under this general permit. a) Request for Additional Information: The Division shall have up to ten calendar days after receipt of the above information to request additional data and/or deny the authorization for any particular discharge. Upon receipt of additional information, the Division shall have an additional ten calendar days to issue or deny authorization for the particular discharge. (Notification of denial shall be by letter, in cases where coverage under an alternate general permit or an individual permit is required, instead of coverage under this permit.) PART I Permit - Page 5 Permit No. COR -030000 A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT (cont.) b) Automatic Coverage: If the applicant does not receive a request for additional information or a notification of denial from the Division dated within ten calendar days of receipt of the application by the Division, authorization to discharge in accordance with the conditions of this permit shall be deemed granted. c) Individual Permit Required: If, after evaluation of the application (or additional information, such as the SWMP), it is found that this general permit is not appropriate for the operation, then the application will be processed as one for an individual permit. The applicant will be notified of the Division's decision to deny certification under this general permit. For an individual permit, additional information may be requested, and 180 days may be required to process the application and issue the permit. At the Division's discretion, temporary coverage under this general permit may be allowed until the individual permit goes into effect. d) General vs. Individual Permit Coverage: Any permittee authorized by this permit may request to be excluded from the coverage of this permit by applying for an individual CDPS permit. The permittee shall submit an individual application, with reasons supporting the request, to the Division at least 180 days prior to any discharge. e) Local Agency Authority: This permit does not pre-empt or supersede the authority of local agencies to prohibit, restrict, or control discharges of stormwater to storm drain systems or other water courses within their jurisdiction. 6, Inactivation Notice When a site has been finally stabilized in accordance with the SWMP, the permittee must submit an Inactivation Notice form that is signed in accordance with Part I.F.1. of this permit. The Inactivation Notice form is available from the Division and includes: a) Permit certification number; b) The permittee's name, address, telephone number; c) Name, location, and county for the construction site for which the inactivation notice is being submitted; and d) Certification that the site has been finally stabilized, and a description of the final stabilization method(s). 7. Transfer of Permit When responsibility for stormwater discharges at a construction site changes from one entity to another, the permittee shall submit a completed Notice of Transfer and Acceptance of Terms form that is signed in accordance with Part I.F.1. of this permit. The Notice of Transfer form is available from the Division and includes: a) Permit certification number; b) Name, location, and county for the construction site for which the Notice of Transfer is being submitted; c) Identifying information for the new permittee; d) Identifying information for the current permittee; and e) Effective date of transfer. If the new responsible party will not complete the transfer form, the permit may be inactivated upon written request to the Division and completion of the Inactivation Notice if the permittee has no legal responsibility, through ownership or contract, for the construction activities at the site. In this case, the new owner or operator would be required to obtain permit coverage separately. 8. Reassignment of Permit When a permittee no longer has control of a specific portion of a permitted site, and wishes to transfer coverage of that portion of the site to a second party, the permittee shall submit a completed Notice of Reassignment of Permit Coverage form that is signed in accordance with Part I.F.1. of this permit. The Notice of Reassignment of Permit Coverage form is available from the Division and includes: a) Current permit certification number; b) Identifying information and certification as required by Part I.A.4.b for the new permittee; c) Identifying information for the current permittee, revised site information and certification for reassignment; and d) Effective date of reassignment. PART I Permit - Page 6 Permit No. COR -030000 A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT (cont.) If the new responsible party will not complete the reassignment form, the applicable portion of the permitted site may be removed from permit coverage upon written request to the Division if the permittee has no legal responsibility, through ownership or contract, for the construction activities at the portion of the site. In this case, the new owner or operator would be required to obtain permit coverage separately. 9. Sale of Residence to Homeowners For residential construction only, when a residential lot has been conveyed to a homeowner and all criteria in paragraphs a through e, below, are met, coverage under this permit is no longer required and the conveyed lot may be removed from coverage under the permittee's certification. At such time, the permittee is no longer responsible for meeting the terms and conditions of this permit for the conveyed lot, including the requirement to transfer or reassign permit coverage. The permittee remains responsible for inactivation of the original certification. a) The lot has been sold to the homeowner(s) for private residential use; b) the lot is less than one acre of disturbed area; c) all construction activity conducted by the permittee on the lot is completed; d) a certificate of occupancy (or equivalent) has been awarded to the home owner; and e) the SWMP has been amended to indicate the lot is no longer covered by permit. Lots not meeting all of the above criteria require continued permit coverage. However, this permit coverage may be transferred (Part I.A.7, above) or reassigned (Part 1.A.8, above) to a new owner or operator. 10. Permit Expiration Date Authorization to discharge under this general permit shall expire on June 30, 2012. The Division must evaluate and reissue this general permit at least once every five years and must recertify the permittee's authority to discharge under the general permit at such time. Therefore, a permittee desiring continued coverage under the general permit must reapply by March 31, 2012. The Division will initiate the renewal process; however, it is ultimately the permittee's responsibility to ensure that the renewal is submitted. The Division will determine if the permittee may continue to operate under the terms of the general permit. An individual permit may be required for any facility not reauthorized to discharge under the reissued general permit. 11. Individual Permit Criteria Various criteria can be used in evaluating whether or not an individual (or alternate general) permit is required instead of this general permit. This information may come from the application, SWMP, or additional information as requested by the Division, and includes, but is not limited to, the following: a) the quality of the receiving waters (i.e., the presence of downstream drinking water intakes or a high quality fishery, or for preservation of high quality water); b) the size of the construction site; c) evidence of noncompliance under a previous permit for the operation; d) the use of chemicals within the stormwater system; or e) discharges of pollutants of concern to waters for which there is an established Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL). In addition, an individual permit may be required when the Division has shown or has reason to suspect that the stormwater discharge may contribute to a violation of a water quality standard. B. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. A SWMP shall be developed for each facility covered by this permit. The SWMP shall be prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. (The SWMP need not be prepared by a registered engineer.) PART I Permit - Page 7 Permit No. COR -030000 B. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (cont.) 2. The SWMP shall: a) Identify all potential sources of pollution which may reasonably be expected to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with construction activity from the facility; b) Describe the practices to be used to reduce the pollutants in stormwater discharges associated with construction activity at the facility; and ensure the practices are selected and described in accordance with good engineering practices, including the installation, implementation and maintenance requirements; and c) Be properly prepared, and updated in accordance with Part I.D.5.c, to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. 3. Facilities must implement the provisions of the SWMP as written and updated, from commencement of construction activity until final stabilization is complete, as a condition of this permit. The Division reserves the right to review the SWMP, and to require the permittee to develop and implement additional measures to prevent and control pollution as needed. 4. The SWMP may reflect requirements for Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plans under section 311 of the CWA, or Best Management Practices (BMPs) Programs otherwise required by a separate CDPS permit, and may incorporate any part of such plans into the SWMP by reference, provided that the relevant sections of such plans are available as part of the SWMP consistent with Part LD.5.b. 5. For any sites with permit coverage before June 30, 2007, the permittee's SMWP must meet the new SWMP requirements as summarized in Section II.I of the rationale. Any needed changes must be made by October 1, 2007, C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) — CONTENTS The SWMP shall include the following items, at a minimum. 1. Site Description. The SWMP shall clearly describe the construction activity, to include: a) The nature of the construction activity at the site. b) The proposed sequence for major activities. c) Estimates of the total area of the site, and the area and location expected to be disturbed by clearing, excavation, grading, or other construction activities. d) A summary of any existing data used in the development of the site construction plans or SWMP that describe the soil or existing potential for soil erosion. e) A description of the existing vegetation at the site and an estimate of the percent vegetative ground cover. f) The location and description of all potential pollution sources, including ground surface disturbing activities (see Part LA.2.b), vehicle fueling, storage of fertilizers or chemicals, etc. g) The location and description of any anticipated allowable sources of non-stormwater discharge at the site, e.g., uncontaminated springs, landscape irrigation return flow, construction dewatering; and concrete washout. h) The name of the receiving water(s) and the size, type and location of any outfall(s). If the stormwater discharge is to a municipal separate storm sewer system, the name of that system, the location of the storm sewer discharge, and the ultimate receiving water(s). 2. Site Map. The SWMP shall include a legible site map(s), showing the entire site, identifying: a) construction site boundaries; b) all areas of ground surface disturbance; c) areas of cut and fill; d) areas used for storage of building materials, equipment, soil, or waste; e) locations of dedicated asphalt or concrete batch plants; f) locations of all structural BMPs; g) locations of non-structural BMPs as applicable; and h) locations of springs, streams, wetlands and other surface waters. C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) — CONTENTS (cont.) 3. Stormwater Management Controls. PART Permit - Page 8 Permit No. COR -030000 The SWMP must include a description of all stormwater management controls that will be implemented as part of the construction activity to control pollutants in stormwater discharges. The appropriateness and priorities of stonnwater management controls in the SWMP shall reflect the potential pollutant sources identified at the facility. The description of stormwater management controls shall address the following components, at a minimum: a) SWMP Administrator - The SWMP shall identify a specific individual(s), position or title who is responsible for developing, implementing, maintaining, and revising the SWMP. The activities and responsibilities of the administrator shall address all aspects of the facility's SWMP. b) Identification of Potential Pollutant Sources - All potential pollutant sources, including materials and activities, at a site must be evaluated for the potential to contribute pollutants to stormwater discharges. The SWMP shall identify and describe those sources determined to have the potential to contribute pollutants to stormwater discharges, and the sources must be controlled through BMP selection and implementation, as required in paragraph (c), below. At a minimum, each of the following sources and activities shall be evaluated for the potential to contribute pollutants to stormwater discharges, and identified in the SWMP if found to have such potential: 1) all disturbed and stored soils; 2) vehicle tracking of sediments; 3) management of contaminated soils; 4) loading and unloading operations; 5) outdoor storage activities (building materials, fertilizers, chemicals, etc.); 6) vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling; 7) significant dust or particulate generating processes; 8) routine maintenance activities involving fertilizers, pesticides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils, etc.; 9) on-site waste management practices (waste piles, liquid wastes, dumpsters, etc.); 10) concrete truck/equipment washing, including the concrete truck chute and associated fixtures and equipment; 11) dedicated asphalt and concrete batch plants; 12) non -industrial waste sources such as worker trash and portable toilets; and 13) other areas or procedures where potential spills can occur. c) Best Management Practices (BMPs) for Stormwater Pollution Prevention - The SWMP shall identify and describe appropriate BMPs, including, but not limited to, those required by paragraphs I through 8 below, that will be implemented at the facility to reduce the potential of the sources identified in Part I.C.3.b to contribute pollutants to stormwater discharges. The SWMP shall clearly describe the installation and implementation specifications for each BMP identified in the SWMP to ensure proper implementation, operation and maintenance of the BMP. 1) Structural Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control. The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate all structural practices implemented at the site to minimize erosion and sediment transport. Practices may include, but are not limited to: straw bales, wattles/sediment control logs, silt fences, earth dikes, drainage swales, sediment traps, subsurface drains, pipe slope drams, inlet protection, outlet protection, gabions, and temporary or permanent sediment basins. 2) Non -Structural Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control. The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate, as applicable, all non-structural practices implemented at the site to minimize erosion and sediment transport. Description must include interim and permanent stabilization practices, and site-specific scheduling for implementation of the practices. The SWMP should include practices to ensure that existing vegetation is preserved where possible. Non-structural practices may include, but are not limited to: temporary vegetation, permanent vegetation, mulching, geotextiles, sod stabilization, slope roughening, vegetative buffer strips, protection of trees, and preservation of mature vegetation. PART I Permit - Page 9 Permit No. COR -030000 C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) — CONTENTS (cont.) 3) Phased BMP Implementation. The SWMP shall clearly describe the relationship between the phases of construction, and the implementation and maintenance of both structural and non-structural stormwater management controls. The SWMP must identify the stormwater management controls to be implemented during the project phases, which can include, but are not limited to, clearing and grubbing; road construction; utility and infrastructure installation; vertical construction; final grading; and final stabilization. 4) Materials Handling and Spill Prevention. The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate all practices implemented at the site to minimize impacts from procedures or significant materials (see definitions at Part I.E.) that could contribute pollutants to runoff. Such procedures or significant materials could include: exposed storage of building materials; paints and solvents; fertilizers or chemicals; waste material; and equipment maintenance or fueling procedures. Areas or procedures where potential spills can occur must have spill prevention and response procedures identified in the SWMP. 5) Dedicated Concrete or Asphalt Batch Plants. The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate all practices implemented at the site to control stormwater pollution from dedicated concrete batch plants or dedicated asphalt batch plants covered by this certification. 6) Vehicle Tracking Control. The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate all practices implemented at the site to control potential sediment discharges from vehicle tracking. Practices must be implemented for all areas of potential vehicle tracking, and can include: minimizing site access; street sweeping or scraping; tracking pads; graveled parking areas; requiring that vehicles stay on paved areas on-site; wash racks; contractor education; and/or sediment control BMPs, etc. 7) Waste Management and Disposal, Including Concrete Washout. i) The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate the practices implemented at the site to control stormwater pollution from all construction site wastes (liquid and solid), including concrete washout activities. ii) The practices used for concrete washout must ensure that these activities do not result in the contribution of pollutants associated with the washing activity to stormwater runoff. iii) Part I.D.3.c of the permit authorizes the conditional discharge of concrete washout water to the ground. The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate the practices to be used that will ensure that no washout water from concrete washout activities is discharged from the site as surface runoff or to surface waters. 8) Groundwater and Stormwater Dewatering. i) The SWMP shall clearly describe and locate the practices implemented at the site to control stormwater pollution from the dewatering of groundwater or stormwater from excavations, wells, etc. ii) Part I.D.3.d of the permit authorizes the conditional discharge of construction dewatering to the ground. For any construction dewatering of groundwater not authorized under a separate CDPS discharge permit, the SWMP shall clearly describe and locate the practices to be used that will ensure that no groundwater from construction dewatering is discharged from the site as surface runoff or to surface waters. 4, Final Stabilization and Long-term Stormwater Management a) The SWMP shall clearly describe the practices used to achieve final stabilization of all disturbed areas at the site, and any planned practices to control pollutants m stormwater discharges that will occur after construction operations have been completed at the site. b) Final stabilization practices for obtaining a vegetative cover should include, as appropriate: seed mix selection and application methods; soil preparation and amendments; soil stabilization practices (e.g., crimped straw, hydro mulch or rolled erosion control products); and appropriate sediment control BMPs as needed until final stabilization is achieved; etc. C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) — CONTENTS (cont.) c) Final stabilization is reached when all ground surface disturbing activities at the site have been completed, and uniform vegetative cover has been established with an individual plant density of at least 70 percent of pre - disturbance levels, or equivalent permanent, physical erosion reduction methods have been employed. The Division may, after consultation with the permittee and upon good cause, amend the final stabilization criteria in this section for specific operations. PARTI Permit - Page 10 Permit No. COR -030000 5. Inspection and Maintenance Part LD.6 of the permit includes requirements for site inspections. Part LD.7 of the permit includes requirements for BMP maintenance. The SWMP shall clearly describe the inspection and maintenance procedures implemented at the site to maintain all erosion and sediment control practices and other protective practices identified in the SWMP, in good and effective operating condition. D. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. General Limitations The following limitations shall apply to all discharges covered by this permit: a) Stormwater discharges from construction activities shall not cause, have the reasonable potential to cause, or measurably contribute to an exceedance of any water quality standard, including narrative standards for water quality. b) Concrete washout water shall not be discharged to state surface waters or to storm sewer systems. On-site permanent disposal of concrete washout waste is not authorized by this permit. Discharge to the ground of concrete washout waste that will subsequently be disposed of off-site is authorized by this permit. See Part I.D.3.c of the permit. c) Bulk storage structures for petroleum products and any other chemicals shall have secondary containment or equivalent adequate protection so as to contain all spills and prevent any spilled material from entering State waters. d) No chemicals are to be added to the discharge unless permission for the use of a specific chemical is granted by the Division. In granting the use of such chemicals, special conditions and monitoring may be addressed by separate correspondence. e) The Division reserves the right to require sampling and testing, on a case-by-case basis, in the event that there is reason to suspect that compliance with the SWMP is a problem, or to measure the effectiveness of the BMPs in removing pollutants in the effluent. Such monitoring may include Whole Effluent Toxicity testing. f) All site wastes must be properly managed to prevent potential pollution of State waters. This permit does not authorize on-site waste disposal. g) All dischargers must comply with the lawful requirements of federal agencies, municipalities, counties, drainage districts and other local agencies regarding any discharges of stormwater to storm drain systems or other water courses under their jurisdiction, including applicable requirements in municipal stormwater management programs developed to comply with CDPS permits. Dischargers must comply with local stormwater management requirements, policies or guidelines including erosion and sediment control. 2. BM!' Implementation and Design Standards Facilities must select, install, implement, and maintain appropriate BMPs, following good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. BMPs implemented at the site must be adequately designed to provide control for alI potential pollutant sourees associated with construction activity to prevent pollution or degradation of State waters. PART I Permit - Page 11 Permit No. COR -030000 D. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (cont.) 3. Prohibition of Non-Stormwatcr Discharges a) Except as provided in paragraphs b, c, and d below, all discharges covered by this permit shall be composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity. Discharges of material other than stormwater must be addressed in a separate CDPS permit issued for that discharge. b) Discharges from the following sources that are combined with stormwater discharges associated with construction activity may be authorized by this permit, provided that the non-stormwater component of the discharge is identified in the SWMP (see Part 1.C.1.g of this permit): - emergency fire fighting activities - landscape irrigation return flow - uncontaminated springs c) Discharges to the ground of concrete washout water from washing of tools and concrete mixer chutes may be authorized by this permit, provided that: 1) the source is identified in the SWMP; 2) BMPs are included in the SWMP in accordance with Part I.C.3(c)(7) and to prevent pollution of groundwater in violation of Part I.D.1.a; and 3) these discharges do not leave the site as surface runoff or to surface waters d) Discharges to the ground of water from construction dewatering activities may be authorized by this permit, provided that: 1) the source is groundwater and/or groundwater combined with stormwater that does not contain pollutants in concentrations exceeding the State groundwater standards in Regulations 5 CCR 1002-41 and 42; 2) the source is identified in the SWMP; 3) BMPs are included in the SWMP, as required by Part LC.3(c)(8); and 4) these discharges do not leave the site as surface runoff or to surface waters. Discharges to the ground from construction dewatering activities that do not meet the above criteria must be covered under a separate CDPS discharge permit. Contaminated groundwater requiring coverage under a separate CDPS discharge permit may include groundwater contaminated with pollutants from a landfill, mining activity, industrial pollutant plume, underground storage tank, or other source. 4. Releases in Excess of Reportable Ouantities This permit does not relieve the permittee of the reporting requirements of 40 CFR 110, 40 CFR 117 or 40 CFR 302. Any discharge of hazardous material must be handled in accordance with the Division's Noncompliance Notification Requirements (see Part II.A.3 of the permit). 5. SWMP Requirements a) SWMP Preparation and Implementation: The SWMP shall be prepared prior to applying for coverage under the general permit, and certification of its completion submitted with the application. The SWMP shall be implemented prior to commencement of construction activities. The plan shall be updated as appropriate (see paragraph c, below), below). SWMP provisions shall be implemented until expiration or inactivation of permit coverage. b) SWMP Retention Requirements: A copy of the SWMP must be retained on site unless another location, specified by the permittee, is approved by the Division. c) SWMP Review/Changes: The permittee shall amend the SWMP: 1) when there is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the site, which would require the implementation of new or revised BMPs; or 2) if the SWMP proves to be ineffective in achieving the general objectives of controlling pollutants in stormwater discharges associated with construction activity; or PART 1 Permit - Page 12 Permit No. COR -030000 D. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (cont.) 3) when BMPs are no longer necessary and are removed. SWMP changes shall be made prior to changes in the site conditions, except as allowed for in paragraph d, below. SWMP revisions may include, but are not limited to: potential pollutant source identification; selection of appropriate BMPs for site conditions; BMP maintenance procedures; and interim and final stabilization practices. The SWMP changes may include a schedule for further BMP design and implementation, provided that, if any interim BMPs are needed to comply with the permit, they are also included in the SWMP and implemented during the interim period, d) Responsive SWMP Changes: SWMP changes addressing BMP installation and/or implementation are often required to be made in response to changing conditions, or when current BMPs are determined ineffective. The majority of SWMP revisions to address these changes can be made immediately with quick in -the -field revisions to the SWMP. In the less common scenario where more complex development of materials to modify the SWMP is necessary, SWMP revisions shall be made in accordance with the following requirements: 1) the SWMP shall be revised as soon as practicable, but in no case more than 72 hours after the change(s) in BMP installation and/or implementation occur at the site, and 2) a notation must be included in the SWMP prior to the site change(s) that includes the time and date of the change(s) in the field, an identification of the BMP(s) removed or added, and the location(s) of those BMP(s). 6. Inspections Site inspections must be conducted in accordance with the following requirements and minimum schedules. The required minimum inspection schedules do not reduce or eliminate the permittee's responsibility to implement and maintain BMPs in good and effective operational condition, and in accordance with the SWMP, which could require more frequent inspections. a) Minimum Inspection Schedule: The pennittee shall, at a minimum, make a thorough inspection, in accordance with the requirements in I.D.6.b below, at least once every 14 calendar days. Also, post -storm event inspections must be conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Provided the timing is appropriate, the post -storm inspections may be used to fulfill the 14 -day routine inspection requirement. A more frequent inspection schedule than the minimum inspections described may be necessary, to ensure that BMPs continue to operate as needed to comply with the permit. The following conditional modifications to this Minimum Inspection Schedule are allowed: 1) Post -Storm Event Inspections at Temporarily Idle Sites — If no construction activities will occur following a storm event, post -storm event inspections shall be conducted prior to re -commencing construction activities, but no later than 72 hours following the storm event. The occurrence of any such delayed inspection must be documented in the inspection record, Routine inspections still must be conducted at least every 14 calendar days. 2) Inspections at Completed Sites/Areas — For sites or portions of sites that meet the following criteria, but final stabilization has not been achieved due to a vegetative cover that has not become established, the permittee shall make a thorough inspection of their stormwater management system at least once every month, and post - storm event inspections are not required. This reduced inspection schedule is only allowed if: i) all construction activities that will result in surface ground disturbance are completed; ii) all activities required for final stabilization, in accordance with the SWMP, have been completed, with the exception of the application of seed that has not occurred due to seasonal conditions or the necessity for additional seed application to augment previous efforts; and iii) the SWMP has been amended to indicate those areas that will be inspected in accordance with the reduced schedule allowed for in this paragraph. PART I Permit - Page 13 Permit No. COR -030000 D. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (cont.) 3) Winter Conditions Inspections Exclusion -- Inspections are not required at sites where construction activities are temporarily halted, snow cover exists over the entire site for an extended period, and melting conditions posing a risk of surface erosion do not exist. This exception is applicable only during the period where melting conditions do not exist, and applies to the routine 14 -day and monthly inspections, as well as the post -storm - event inspections. The following information must be documented in the inspection record for use of this exclusion: dates when snow cover occurred, date when construction activities ceased, and date melting conditions began. Inspections, as described above, are required at all other times. When site conditions make the schedule required in this section impractical, the permittee may petition the Division to grant an alternate inspection schedule. b) Inspection Requirements 1) Inspection Scope - The construction site perimeter, all disturbed areas, material and/or waste storage areas that are exposed to precipitation, discharge locations, and locations where vehicles access the site shall be inspected for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters. All erosion and sediment control practices identified in the SWMP shall be evaluated to ensure that they are maintained and operating correctly. 2) Inspection Report/Records - The permittee shall keep a record of inspections. Inspection reports must identify any incidents of non-compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. Inspection records must be retained for three years from expiration or inactivation of permit coverage. At a minimum, the inspection report must include: i) The inspection date; ii) Name(s) and title(s) of personnel making the inspection; iii) Location(s) of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site; iv) Location(s) of BMPs that need to be maintained; v) Location(s) of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location; vi) Location(s) where additional BMPs are needed that were not in place at the time of inspection; vii) Deviations from the minimum inspection schedule as provided in Part LD.6.a above; vii) Description of corrective action for items iii, iv, v, and vi, above, dates corrective action(s) taken, and measures taken to prevent future violations, including requisite changes to the SWMP, as necessary; and viii) After adequate corrective action(s) has been taken, or where a report does not identify any incidents requiring corrective action, the report shall contain a signed statement indicating the site is in compliance with the permit to the best of the signer's knowledge and belief. c) Required Actions Following Site Inspections — Where site inspections note the need for BMP maintenance activities, BMPs must be maintained in accordance with the SWMP and Part I.D.7 of the permit. Repair, replacement, or installation of new BMPs determined necessary during site inspections to address ineffective or inadequate BMPs must be conducted in accordance with Part I.D.8 of the permit. SWMP updates required as a result of deficiencies in the SWMP noted during site inspections shall be made in accordance with Part I.D.5.c of the permit. 7. BMP Maintenance All erosion and sediment control practices and other protective measures identified in the SWMP must be maintained in effective operating condition. Proper selection and installation of BMPs and implementation of comprehensive Inspection and Maintenance procedures, in accordance with the SWMP, should be adequate to meet this condition. BMPs that are not adequately maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices, including removal of collected sediment outside the acceptable tolerances of the BMPs, are considered to be no longer operating effectively and must be addressed in accordance with Part 1.D.8, below. A specific timeline for implementing maintenance procedures is not included in this permit because BMP maintenance is expected to be proactive, not responsive. Observations resulting in BMP maintenance activities can be made during a site inspection, or during general observations of site conditions. D. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (cont.) 8. Replacement and Failed BMPs PART 1 Permit - Page 14 Permit No. COR -030000 Adequate site assessment must be performed as part of comprehensive Inspection and Maintenance procedures, to assess the adequacy of BMPs at the site, and the necessity of changes to those BMPs to ensure continued effective performance. Where site assessment results in the determination that new or replacement BMPs are necessary, the BMPs must be installed to ensure on-going implementation of BMPs as per Part I.D.2. Where BMPs have failed, resulting in noncompliance with Part I.D,2, they must be addressed as soon as possible, immediately in most cases, to minimize the discharge of pollutants. When new BMPs are installed or BMPs are replaced, the SWMP must be updated in accordance with Part I.D.5(c). 9. Reporting No scheduled reporting requirements are included in this permit; however, the Division reserves the right to request that a copy of the inspection reports be submitted. 10. SWMP Availability A copy of the SWMP shall be provided upon request to the Division, EPA, or any focal agency in charge of approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater.management plans, and within the time frame specified in the request. If the SWMP is required to be submitted to any of these entities, it must include a signed certification in accordance with Part I.F.1 of the permit, certifying that the SWMP is complete and meets all permit requirements. All SWMPs required under this permit are considered reports that shall be available to the public under Section 308(b) of the CWA and Section 61.5(4) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations. The permittee shall make plans available to members of the public upon request. However, the permittee may claim any portion of a SWMP as confidential in accordance with 40 CFR Part 2. 11. Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) If a TMDL has been approved for any waterbody into which the permittee discharges, and stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been assigned a pollutant -specific Wasteload Allocation (WLA) under the TMDL, the Division will either: a) Ensure that the WLA is being implemented properly through alternative local requirements, such as by a municipal stormwater permit; or b) Notify the permittee of the WLA, and amend the permittee's certification to add specific BMPs and/or other requirements, as appropriate. The permittee may be required to do the following: 1) Under the permittee's SWMP, implement specific management practices based on requirements of the WLA, and evaluate whether the requirements are being met through implementation of existing stormwater BMPs or if additional BMPs are necessary. Document the calculations or other evidence that show that the requirements are expected to be met; and 2) If the evaluation shows that additional or modified BMPs are necessary, describe the type and schedule for the BMP additions/revisions. Discharge monitoring may also be required. The permittee may maintain coverage under the general permit provided they comply with the applicable requirements outlined above. The Division reserves the right to require individual or alternate general permit coverage. PART I Permit - Page 15 Permit No. COR -030000 E. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this permit: 1, Best Management Practices (BMPs): schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the State. BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, pollution prevention, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, waste disposal, or drainage from material storage. 2. Dedicated asphalt plants and concrete plants: portable asphalt plants and concrete plants that are located on or adjacent to a construction site and that provide materials only to that specific construction site. 3. Final stabilization: when all ground surface disturbing activities at the site have been completed, and uniform vegetative cover has been established with an individual plant density of at least 70 percent of pre -disturbance levels, or equivalent permanent, physical erosion reduction methods have been employed. For purposes of this permit, establishment of a vegetative cover capable of providing erosion control equivalent to pre-existing conditions at the site will be considered final stabilization. 4. Municipal separate storm sewer system: a conveyance or system of conveyances (including: roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains), owned or operated by a State, city, town, county, district, or other public body (created by state law), having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial waste, stormwater, or other wastes; designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater. 5. Operator: the entity that has day-to-day supervision and control of activities occurring at the construction site. This can be the owner, the developer, the general contractor or the agent of one of these parties, in some circumstances. It is anticipated that at different phases of a construction project, different types of parties may satisfy the definition of 'operator' and that the permit may be transferred as the roles change. 6. Outfall: a point source at the point where stormwater leaves the construction site and discharges to a receiving water or a stormwater collection system. 7. Part of a larger common plan of development or sale: a contiguous area where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules. 8. Point source: any discernible, confined and discrete conveyance from which pollutants are or may be discharged. Point source discharges of stormwater result from structures which increase the imperviousness of the ground which acts to collect runoff, with runoff being conveyed along the resulting drainage or grading pattern. 9. Pollutant: dredged spoil, dirt, slurry, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, sewage sludge, garbage, trash, chemical waste, biological nutrient, biological material, radioactive material, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, or any industrial, municipal or agricultural waste. 10. Process water: any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into contact with or results from the production of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, by product or waste product. This definition includes mine drainage. 11. Receiving Water: any classified stream segment (including tributaries) in the State of Colorado into which stormwater related to construction activities discharges. This definition includes all water courses, even if they are usually dry, such as borrow ditches, arroyos, and other unnamed waterways. 12. Significant Materials include, but are not limited to: raw materials; fuels; materials such as solvents, detergents, and plastic pellets; finished materials such as metallic products; raw materials used in food processing or production; hazardous substances designated under section 101(14) of CERCLA; any chemical the facility is required to report pursuant to section 313 of title III of SARA; fertilizers; pesticides; and waste products such as ashes, slag and sludge that have the potential to be released with stormwater discharge. 13. Stormwater: precipitation -induced surface runoff. PART 1 Permit - Page 16 Permit No. COR -030000 F. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Signatory Requirements a) All reports required for submittal shall be signed and certified for accuracy by the permittee in accordance with the following criteria: 1) In the case of corporations, by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or his or her duly authorized representative, if such representative is responsible for the overall operation of the facility from which the discharge described in the form originates; 2) In the case of a partnership, by a general partner; 3) In the case of a sole proprietorship, by the proprietor; 4) In the case of a municipal, state, or other public facility, by either a principal executive officer, ranking elected official, or other duly authorized employee, if such representative is responsible for the overall operation of the facility from which the discharge described in the form originates. b) Changes to authorization. If an authorization under paragraph a) of this section is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of paragraph a) of this section must be submitted to the Division, prior to or together with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized representative. c) Certification. Any person signing a document under paragraph a) of this section shall make the following certification: "I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. 1 am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations." 2. Retention of Records a) The permittee shall retain copies of the SWMP and all reports required by this permit and records of all data used to complete the application to be covered by this permit, for three years after expiration or inactivation of permit coverage. b) The permittee shall retain a copy of the SWMP required by this permit at the construction site from the date of project initiation to the date of expiration or inactivation of permit coverage, unless another location, specified by the permittee, is approved by the Division. 3. Monitoring The Division reserves the right to require sampling and testing, on a case-by-case basis (see Part I.D.1.e), for example to implement the provisions of a TMDL (see Part I.D.11 of the permit). Reporting procedures for any monitoring data collected will be included in the notification by the Division of monitoring requirements. If monitoring is required, the following definitions apply: a) The thirty (30) day average shall be determined by the arithmetic mean of all samples collected during a thirty (30) consecutive -day period. b) A grab sample, for monitoring requirements, is a single "dip and take" sample. PART II A. MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. Amendins a Permit Certification PART II Permit - Page 17 Permit No. COR -030000 The permittee shall inform the Division (Permits Section) in writing of changes to the information provided in the permit application, including the legal contact, the project legal description or map originally submitted with the application, or the planned total disturbed acreage. The permittee shall furnish the Division with any plans and specifications which the Division deems reasonably necessary to evaluate the effect on the discharge and receiving stream. If applicable, this notification may be accomplished through submittal of an application for a CDPS process water permit authorizing the discharge. The SWMP shall be updated and implemented prior to the changes (see Part I.D.5.c). Any discharge to the waters of the State from a point source other than specifically authorized by this permit or a different CDPS permit is prohibited. 2. Special Notifications - Definitions a) Spill: An unintentional release of solid or liquid material which may cause pollution of state waters. b) Upset: An exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with permit discharge limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventative maintenance, or careless or improper operation. 3. Noncompliance Notification a) The permittee shall report the following instances of noncompliance: 1) Any noncompliance which may endanger health or the environment; 2) Any spill or discharge of hazardous substances or oil which may cause pollution of the waters of the state. 3) Any discharge of stormwater which may cause an exceedance of a water quality standard. b) For all instances of noncompliance based on environmental hazards and chemical spills and releases, all needed information must be provided orally to the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment spill reporting line (24-hour number for environmental hazards and chemical spills and releases: 1-877-518-5608) within 24 hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances. For all other instances of noncompliance as defined in this section, all needed information must be provided orally to the Water Quality Control Division within 24 hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances. For all instances of noncompliance identified here, a written submission shall also be provided within 5 calendar days of the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances. The written submission shall contain a description of: 1) The noncompliance and its cause; 2) The period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; 3) Steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. PART II Permit - Page 18 Permit No. COR -030000 A. MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS (cont.) 4. Submission of Incorrect or Incomplete Information Where the permittee failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or report to the Division, or relevant new information becomes available, the permittee shall promptly submit the relevant application information which was not submitted or any additional information needed to correct any erroneous information previously submitted. 5. Bypass a) A bypass, which causes effluent limitations (i.e., requirements to implement BMPs in accordance with Parts I.B.3 and 1.D.2 of the permit) to be exceeded is prohibited, and the Division may take enforcement action against a permittee for such a bypass, unless: 1) Bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage; 2) There were no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities (e.g., alternative BMPs), retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime. This condition is not satisfied if the permittee could have installed adequate backup equipment (e.g,, implemented additional BMPs) to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventative maintenance; and 3) The permittee submitted notices as required in "Non -Compliance Notification," Part I1.A.3. 6. Upsets a) Effect of an Upset: An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with permit limitations and requirements if the requirements of paragraph b of this section are met. (No determination made during administrative review of claims that noncompliance was caused by upset, and before an action for noncompliance, is final administrative action subject to judicial review.) b) Conditions Necessary for a Demonstration of Upset: A permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset shall demonstrate through properly signed contemporaneous operating logs, or other relevant evidence that: 1) An upset occurred and that the permittee can identify the specific cause(s) of the upset; 2) The permitted facility was at the time being properly operated; 3) The permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Part II.A.3. of this permit (24-hour notice); and 4) The permittee complied with any remedial measures required under 40 CFR Section 122.41(d) of the federal regulations or Section 61,8(3)(h) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations. c) Burden of Proof: In any enforcement proceeding the permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof. 7. Removed Substances Solids, sludges, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of discharges shall be properly disposed of in a manner such as to prevent any pollutant from such materials from entering waters of the State. 8. Minimization of Adverse Impact The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize any adverse impact to waters of the State resulting from noncompliance with any terms and conditions specified in this permit, including such accelerated or additional monitoring as necessary to determine the nature and impact of the noncomplying discharge. PART II Permit - Page 19 Permit No. COR -030000 A. MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS (cont.) 9. Reduction, Loss. or Failure of Stormwater Controls The permittee has the duty to halt or reduce any activity if necessary to maintain compliance with the permit requirements. Upon reduction, loss, or failure of any stormwater controls, the permittee shall, to the extent necessary to maintain compliance with its permit, control production, or remove all pollutant sources from exposure to stormwater, or both, until the stormwater controls are restored or an alternative method of treatment/control is provided. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would be necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit. 10. Proper Operation and Maintenance The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding, adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems only when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. B. RESPONSIBILITIES I. Inspections and Richt to Entry The permittee shall allow the Director of the State Water Quality Control Division, the EPA Regional Administrator, and/or their authorized representative(s), upon the presentation of credentials: a) To enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or in which any records are required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit; b) At reasonable times to have access to and copy any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit and to inspect any monitoring equipment or monitoring method required in the permit; and c) To enter upon the permittee's premises to investigate, within reason, any actual, suspected, or potential source of water pollution, or any violation of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act. The investigation may include, but is not limited to, the following: sampling of any discharge and/or process waters, the taking of photographs, interviewing permittee staff on alleged violations and other matters related to the permit, and access to any and all facilities or areas within the perrnittee's premises that may have any effect on the discharge, permit, or any alleged violation. 2. Duty to Provide Information The permittee shall furnish to the Division, within the time frame specified by the Division, any information which the Division may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or inactivating coverage under this permit, or to determine compliance with this permit. The permittee shall also furnish to the Division, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit. 3. Transfer of Ownership or Control Certification under this permit may be transferred to a new permittee if: a) The current permittee notifies the Division in writing when the transfer is desired as outlined in Part I.A.7; and b) The notice includes a written agreement between the existing and new permittees containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage and liability between them; and c) The current permittee has met all fee requirements of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations, Section 61.15. PART II Permit - Page 20 Permit No. COR -030000 B. RESPONSIBILITIES (cont.) 4. Modification, Suspension, or Revocation of Permit By Division All permit modification, inactivation or revocation and reissuance actions shall be subject to the requirements of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations, Sections 61.5(2), 61.5(3), 61.7 and 61.15, 5 C.C.R. 1002-61, except for minor modifications. a) This permit, and/or certification under this permit, may be modified, suspended, or revoked in whole or in part during its term for reasons determined by the Division including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Violation of any terms or conditions of the permit; 2) Obtaining a permit by misrepresentation or failing to disclose any fact which is material to the granting or denial of a permit or to the establishment of terms or conditions of the permit; 3) Materially false or inaccurate statements or information in the application for the permit; 4) Promulgation of toxic effluent standards or prohibitions (including any schedule of compliance specified in such effluent standard or prohibition) which are established under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act, where such a toxic pollutant is present in the discharge and such standard or prohibition is more stringent than any limitation for such pollutant in this permit. b) This permit, and/or certification under this permit, may be modified in whole or in part due to a change in any condition that requires either a temporary or permanent reduction or elimination of the permitted discharge, such as: 1) Promulgation of Water Quality Standards applicable to waters affected by the permitted discharge; or 2) Effluent limitations or other requirements applicable pursuant to the State Act or federal requirements; or 3) Control regulations promulgated; or 4) Other available information indicates a potential for violation of adopted Water Quality Standards or stream classifications. c) This permit, or certification under this permit, may be modified in whole or in part to include new effluent limitations and other appropriate permit conditions where data submitted pursuant to Part 1 indicate that such effluent limitations and permit conditions are necessary to ensure compliance with applicable water quality standards and protection of classified uses. d) At the request of the permittee, the Division may modify or inactivate certification under this permit if the following conditions are met: 1) In the case of inactivation, the permittee notifies the Division of its intent to inactivate the certification, and certifies that the site has been finally stabilized; 2) In the case of inactivation, the permittee has ceased any and all discharges to state waters and demonstrates to the Division there is no probability of further uncontrolled discharge(s) which may affect waters of the State. 3) The Division finds that the permittee has shown reasonable grounds consistent with the Federal and State statutes and regulations for such modification, amendment or inactivation; 4) Fee requirements of Section 61,15 of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations have been met; and 5) Applicable requirements of public notice have been met. For small construction sites covered by a Qualifying Local Program, coverage under this permit is automatically terminated when a site has been finally stabilized. PART II Permit - Page 21 Permit No. COR -030000 B. RESPONSIBILITIES (cont.) 5. Permit Violations Failure to comply with any terms and/or conditions of this permit shall be a violation of this permit. Dischargers of stormwater associated with industrial activity, as defined in the EPA Stormwater Regulation (40 CFR 122.26(b)(14) and Section 61.3(2) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations, which do not obtain coverage under this or other Colorado general permits, or under an individual CDPS permit regulating industrial stormwater, will be in violation of the federal Clean Water Act and the Colorado Water Quality Control Act, 25-8-101, as amended. Failure to comply with CDP permit requirements will also constitute a violation. 6. Legal Responsibilities The issuance of this permit does not convey any property or water rights in either real or personal property, or stream flows, or any exclusive privileges, nor does it authorize any injury to private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any infringement of Federal, State or local laws or regulations. Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties established pursuant to any applicable State law or regulation under authority granted by Section 510 of the Clean Water Act. 7. Severability The provisions of this permit are severable. If any provisions of this permit, or the application of any provision of this permit to any circumstance, are held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances and the application of the remainder of this permit shall not be affected. 8. Renewal Application If the permittee desires to continue to discharge, a permit renewal application shall be submitted at least ninety (90) days before this permit expires. If the permittee anticipates that there will be no discharge after the expiration date of this permit, the Division should be promptly notified so that it can inactivate the certification in accordance with Part II.B.4.d. 9. Confidentiality Except for data determined to be confidential under Section 308 of the Federal Clean Water Act and Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations, Section 61.5(4), all reports prepared in accordance with the terms of this permit shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the Division. The permittee must state what is confidential at the time of submittal. Any information relating to any secret process, method of manufacture or production, or sales or marketing data which has been declared confidential by the permittee, and which may be acquired, ascertained, or discovered, whether in any sampling investigation, emergency investigation, or otherwise, shall not be publicly disclosed by any member, officer, or employee of the Commission or the Division, but shall be kept confidential. Any person seeking to invoke the protection of this section shall bear the burden of proving its applicability. This section shall never be interpreted as preventing full disclosure of effluent data. 10. Fees The permittee is required to submit payment of an annual fee as set forth in the Water Quality Control Act. Failure to submit the required fee when due and payable is a violation of the permit and will result in enforcement action pursuant to Section 25-8-601 et. seq., C.R.S. 1973 as amended. PART II Permit - Page 22 Permit No. COR -030000 B. RESPONSIBILITIES (cont.) 11. Requiring an Individual CDPS Permit The Director may require the permittee to apply for and obtain an individual or altemate general CDPS permit if: a) b) c) The discharger is not in compliance with the conditions of this general permit; Conditions or standards have changed so that the discharge no longer qualifies for a general permit; or Data/information become available which indicate water quality standards may be violated. The permittee must be notified in writing that an application for an individual or alternate general CDPS permit is required. When an individual or alternate general CDPS permit is issued to an operator otherwise covered under this general permit, the applicability of this general permit to that operator is automatically inactivated upon the effective date of the individual or alternate general CDPS permit. APPENDIX C STORM WATER INSPECTION FORM Storm Water Inspection Checklist Project Name Project ID Unique ID Field Name Site Type Permit Name Permit Date Proposed Start Date Latitude Longitude Township Range Section Description Inspection Date Inspector Inspection Type Comments Comment 1 Sediment Basin Acres Disturbed Acres Subject to Interim Reclamation Acres Restored Distance to Receiving Water Name of Receiving Water(s) Type Estimated Runoff Coefficient Comment 1 Sediment Basin Best Management Practices B M P # Type Maintenanc e Required Date Maintenance Completed Comment 1 Sediment Basin 2 Rock Check Dam 3 Diversion Ditch 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 # of Separators Freeboard in Secondary Containment Storm Water in Secondary Containment Comment 16 N/A NIA N/A None 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 r 26 27 28 29 _ 30 31 32 33 _ 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Processing Equipment # of Tanks # of Separators Freeboard in Secondary Containment Storm Water in Secondary Containment Comment N/A N/A NIA N/A None Secondary Wells On Site None None None None None None None None None None Other Enuinment Type of Equipment Comment None None None None None None Housekeeping/Site Trash Materials Handling Spills or Leaks Vegetation Seed Mix Date Planted 70% Revegetated Comment TBD TBD TBD TBD Files Type of File Location Site Complies With Storm Water Standards (Yes or No) Comments: APPENDIX D BMP DESCRIPTIONS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS Straw Bale Barrier Description and Purpose A straw bale barrier is a series of straw bales placed on a level contour to intercept sheet flows. Straw bale barriers pond sheet- flow runoff, allowing sediment to settle out. Implementation A straw bale barrier consists of a row of straw bales placed on a level contour. When appropriately placed, a straw bale barrier intercepts and slows sheet flow runoff, causing temporary ponding. The temporary ponding provides quiescent conditions allowing sediment to settle. Straw bale barriers also interrupt the slope length and thereby reduce erosion by reducing the tendency of sheet flows to concentrate into rivulets, which erode rills, and ultimately gullies, into disturbed, sloped soils. Straw bale barriers have not been as effective as expected due to improper use. These barriers have been placed in streams and drainage ways where runoff volumes and velocities have caused the barriers to wash out. In addition, failure to stake and entrench the straw bale has allowed undercutting and end flow. Use of straw bale barriers in accordance with this BMP should produce acceptable results. Materials • Straw Bale Size: Each straw bale should be a minimum of 14 in. wide, 18 in. in height, 36 in. in length and should have a minimum mass of 50 lbs. The straw bale should be composed entirely of vegetative matter, except for the binding material. • Bale Bindings: Bales should be bound by steel wire, nylon or polypropylene string placed horizontally. Jute and cotton binding should not be used. Baling wire should be a minimum diameter of 14 -gauge. Nylon or polypropylene string should be approximately 12 -gauge in diameter with a breaking strength of 80 lbs force. • Stakes: Wood stakes should be commercial quality lumber of the size and shape shown on the plans. Each stake should be free from decay, splits or cracks longer than the thickness of the stake, or other defects that would weaken the stakes and cause the stakes to be structurally unsuitable. Steel bar reinforcement should be equal to a #4 designation or greater. End protection should be provided for any exposed bar reinforcement. Check Danis Description and Purpose A check dam is a small barrier constructed of rock, gravel bags, sandbags, straw bales, fiber rolls, or reusable products, placed across a constructed swale or drainage ditch. Check dams reduce the effective slope of the channel, thereby reducing the velocity of flowing water, allowing sediment to settle and reducing erosion. Implementation General Check dams reduce the effective slope and create small pools in swales and ditches that drain 10 acres or less. Reduced slopes reduce the velocity of storm water flows, thus reducing erosion of the swale or ditch and promoting sedimentation. Use of check dams for sedimentation will likely result in little net removal of sediment because of the small detention time and probable scour during longer storms. Using a series of check dams will generally increase their effectiveness. A sediment trap may be placed immediately upstream of the check dam to increase sediment removal efficiency. Design and Layout Check dams work by decreasing the effective slope in ditches and swales. An important consequence of the reduced slope is a reduction in capacity of the ditch or swale. This reduction in capacity must be considered when using this BMP, as reduced capacity can result in overtopping of the ditch or swale and resultant consequences. In some cases, such as a "permanent" ditch or swale being constructed early and used as a "temporary" conveyance for construction flows, the ditch or swale may have sufficient capacity such that the temporary reduction in capacity due to check dams is acceptable. When check dams reduce capacities beyond acceptable limits, there are several options: • Don't use check dams. Consider alternative BMPs. • Increase the size of the ditch or swale to restore capacity. Maximum slope and velocity reduction is achieved when the toe of the upstream dam is at the same elevation as the top of the downstream dam. The center section of the dam should be lower than the edge sections so that the check dam will direct flows to the center of the ditch or swale. Check dams are usually constructed of rock, gravel bags, sandbags, and fiber rolls. A number of products manufactured specifically for use as check dams are also being used, and some of these products can be removed and reused. Check dams can also be constructed of logs or lumber, and have the advantage of a Ionger lifespan when compared to gravel bags, sandbags, and fiber rolls. Straw bales can also be used for check dams and can work if correctly installed; but in practice, straw bale check dams have a high failure rate. Check darns should not be constructed from straw bales or silt fences, since concentrated flows quickly wash out these materials. Rock check dams are usually constructed of 8 to 12 in. rock. The rock is placed either by hand or mechanically, but never just dumped into the channel. The dam must completely span the ditch or swale to prevent washout. The rock used must be large enough to stay in place given the expected design flow through the channel. Log check dams are usually constructed of 4 to 6 in. diameter logs. The logs should be embedded into the soil at least 18 in. Logs can be bolted or wired to vertical support logs that have been driven or buried into the soil. Gravel bag and sandbag check dams are constructed by stacking bags across the ditch or swale, shaped as shown in the drawings at the end of this fact sheet. Manufactured products should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. If grass is planted to stabilize the ditch or swale, the check dam should be removed when the grass has matured (unless the slope of the swales is greater than 4%). The following guidance should be followed for the design and layout of check dams: • Install the first check dam approximately 16 ft from the outfall device and at regular intervals based on slope gradient and soil type. • Check dams should be placed at a distance and height to allow small pools to form between each check dam. • Backwater from a downstream check dam should reach the toes of the upstream check dam. • A sediment trap provided immediately upstream of the check dam will help capture sediment. Due to the potential for this sediment to be re -suspended in subsequent storms, the sediment trap must be cleaned following each storm event. • High flows (typically a 2 -year storm or larger) should safely flow over the check dam without an increase in upstream flooding or damage to the check dam. • Where grass is used to line ditches, check dams should be removed when grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale. • Gravel bags may be used as check dams with the following specifications: Materials Gravel bags used for check dams should conform to the requirements of gravel bag berms. Sandbags used for check dams should conform to sandbag barrier guidelines. Fiber rolls used for check dams should conform to fiber roll requirements. Straw bales used for check dams should conform to straw bale barrier requirements. Concrete Washout Description and Purpose Concrete washout stations provide a secure location in which concrete waste materials can be disposed of and managed, according to proper procedures and practices that are designed to minimize or eliminate the discharge potential into drainage systems or watercourses. Cement production requires a source of calcium (usually limestone) and a source of silicon (such as clay or sand). Small amounts of bauxite and iron ore are added to provide specific properties. Concrete is produced by mixing cement with fine aggregate (sand), coarse aggregate (gravel or crushed stone), water, and--often--small amounts of various chemicals called admixtures that control such properties as setting time and plasticity. Working with wet concrete requires a number of precautions, primarily to protect your skin from the high alkalinity. Rubber gloves and boots are typically all that is required to provide protection. Cement dermatitis, though relatively uncommon, occasionally occurs among workers in the concrete industry who fail to wear the proper protective clothing. The concern is the greatest at the concrete production phase. Washout water has the potential and general does have a high pH. The alkalinity levels of wash water can be as high as pH 12. Highly alkaline water and several chemicals in admixtures are toxic to fish and other aquatic life and as such are a significant environmental concern. By utilizing a concrete washout, this risk is alleviated and productivity is not compromised. Implementation General Concrete waste management procedures and practices are implemented on construction projects where concrete is used as a construction material or where concrete dust and debris result from demolition activities. Additionally, a site may be described as and be located: • Where slurries containing Portland cement concrete (PCC) or asphalt concrete (AC) are generated, such as from saw cutting, coring, grinding, grooving, and hydro -concrete demolition. • Where concrete trucks and other concrete -coated equipment are washed on site, when approved by the Resident Engineer (RE). • Where mortar -mixing stations exist. Design and Layout Onsite Temporary Concrete Washout Facility, Concrete Transit Truck Washout Procedures • Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be located a minimum of 15 m (50 ft) from open drainage facilities and watercourses. Each facility shall be located away from construction traffic or access areas to prevent disturbance or tracking. • A sign shall be installed adjacent to each washout facility to inform concrete equipment operators to utilize the proper facilities. The sign shall be installed as detailed at the end of this section. • Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be constructed above grade or below grade at the option of the Contractor. Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be constructed and maintained in sufficient quantity and size to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be constructed as detailed at the end of this section and with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 3 m (10 ft), but with sufficient quantity and volume to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. • Temporary washout facilities shall have a temporary pit or bermed areas of sufficient volume to completely contain ail liquid and waste concrete materials generated during washout procedures. • Perform washout of concrete mixers, delivery trucks, and other delivery systems in designated areas only. • Wash concrete only from mixer chutes into approved concrete washout facility. Washout may be collected in an impermeable bag or other impermeable containment devices for disposal. Free liquid may be left to evaporate; however, solid concrete waste must be properly disposed of as well. • Pump excess concrete in concrete pump bin back into concrete mixer truck. • Concrete washout from concrete pumper bins can be washed into concrete pumper trucks and discharged into designated washout area or properly disposed offsite. • Once concrete wastes are washed into the designated area and allowed to harden, the concrete shall be broken up, removed, and properly disposed of. Temporary Concrete Washout Facility Type "Above Grade" • Temporary concrete washout facility Type "Above Grade" shall be constructed as detailed at the end of this section, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 3 m (10 ft), but with sufficient quantity and volume to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. The length and width of a facility may be increased; if it is determined that initial capacity requirements were under estimated. • Straw bales, wood stakes, and sandbag materials shall conform to the provisions otherwise specified within Appendix B. • Plastic lining material shall be a minimum of 60 -mil sheeting (polyethylene) and shall be free of holes, tears or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material. Liner seams shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. • Temporary Concrete Washout Facility (Type Below Grade) • Temporary concrete washout facility Type "Below Grade" shall be constructed as detailed at the end of this section, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 3 m (10 ft), but with sufficient quantity and volume to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. The length and width of a facility may be increased; if it is determined that initial capacity requirements were under estimated. • Plastic lining material shall be a minimum of 60 -mil sheeting (polyethylene) and shall be free of holes, tears or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material. Liner seams shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. • The soil base shall be prepared free of rocks or other debris that may cause tears or holes in the plastic lining material. Removal of Temporary Concrete Washout Facilities • When temporary concrete washout facilities are no longer required for the work, , the hardened concrete shall be removed and disposed of. Materials used to construct temporary concrete washout facilities shall be removed from the work site and be properly disposed of. Any holes, depressions or other ground disturbance caused by the removal of the temporary concrete washout facilities shall be backfilled and repaired. Inspection and Maintenance Inspection of the washout facilities should be performed in conjunction with regularly scheduled storm water inspections prior to forecasted precipitation, daily during extended precipitation events (when the facility is active), after precipitation events, weekly during the rainy season, and at two-week intervals during the non -rainy season.. • Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be maintained to provide adequate holding capacity with a minimum freeboard of 100 mm (4 inches) for above grade facilities and 300 mm (12 inches) for below grade facilities or once washout has reached 75% of its capacity. • Maintaining temporary concrete washout facilities shall include removing and disposing of hardened concrete and returning the facilities to a functional condition. Hardened concrete materials shall be removed and disposed of properly. • Facilities shall be inspected for damage (i.e. tears in Einer, missing bales, etc.). If damaged facilities shall be repaired as practicable. SANDBAG. (yg rnI 'Le41IC UNIN0 —� 4 1 rn 1 LATH AND FLACGINO ON -} 3 SIDES _m 1014149l 1111112 A -A ha TO SCALE ERN *ODD FRAME SECURELY FASTENED AR04ND Us -HE PERIMETER NIN1 IMV SINfS ROT 10 SCALE YAn ES ! ! — Jw•wm VARIES sMnBPc --' � M C C 1 sen 1 -a ml I'LASIF. LINING AOT TO SCALE BERN TYPE 'BELOW GRADE* nIq STAPLES (2 REP 8EI) Y,TJOED OP VETT STAKES (2 PEk OA:r) VAN6E5 i STRAW RALE BINDING WIFE ffi r'0 PLASTIC L1N,N0 NATIVE VA1FRAI (01I1EUL( .77= z0110N R -Br NOT 00 SCALE 3n. 111111) S'ME F -• CONCRETE�,� WASHOUT �+ I 9',5 mm .. Br 955 mm J i` I .� m• 11A1TIC 1.10 .40 P 5 NOT TOO 'CAIF TTPE "ABOVE GRADE' WITH STRAW BALES 01N6W BALE (rYp,) CONCRETE WASHOUT SION DETAIL (OR EQUIVALE(NI) TYPE *ABOVE GRADE* WITH WOOD PLANKS P1.NA000 1200 mrn : B10 rnm PLAYED McGE BILK 6E1E05 154 m 1,ELf',I R IAO 505067 (125 mm; WOOD PO51 (BO n•m a 89 rnm . 2.4 +0) jjj��+. SO mr:, 200 .mm { I+ 3.05 mm 7a. 51F.F! WITTE STAPLE DETAIL Fiber Fells Description and Purpose A fiber roll consists of straw, flax, or other similar materials bound into a tight tubular roll. When fiber rolls are placed at the toe and on the face of slopes, they intercept runoff, reduce its flow velocity, release the runoff as sheet flow, and provide removal of sediment from the runoff. By interrupting the length of a slope, fiber rolls can also reduce erosion. Implementation Fiber Roll Materials • Fiber rolls should be either prefabricated rolls or rolled tubes of erosion control blanket. Assembly of Field Rolled Fiber Roll • Roll Length of erosion control blanket into a tube of minimum 8 in. diameter. • Bind roll at each end and every 4 ft along length of roll with jute -type twine. Installation • Locate fiber rolls on level contours spaced as follows: o Slope inclination of 4:1 (H:V) or flatter: Fiber rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 20 ft. o Slope inclination between 4:1 and 2:1 (H:V): Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 15 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). o Slope inclination 2:1 (H:V) or greater: Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 10 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). • Turn the ends of the fiber roll up slope to prevent runoff from going around the roll. • Stake fiber rolls into a 2 to 4 in. deep trench with a width equal to the diameter of the fiber roll. o Drive stakes at the end of each fiber roll and spaced 4 ft maximum on center. o Use wood stakes with a nominal classification of 0.75 by 0.75 in. and minimum length of 24 in. • If more than one fiber roll is placed in a row, the rolls should be overlapped, not abutted. Culvert Inlet/Outlet Protection / filo ' r ff��iki r.�. IR�*w�+�/f' a. Normal metal culvert installation using riprap around the inlet and outlet of culverts. also use geotextiie (filter fabric) or gravel filter beneath the riprap for most installations. (Adapted front 1Fiscortsirr's Forestry Best Management Practice for Water Uirrrlity, 1.995) Description and Purpose Culvert inlet/outlet protection typically consists of gravel riprap that act as energy dissipation features, thus allowing for the settling of sediments, while preventing piping form occurring at the inlet or outlet. Riprap should consist of small to medium gravels that layered to achieve uniform density. Inspection and Maintenance • Inspect BMPs prior to forecast rain, daily during extended rain events, after rain events, weekly during the rainy season, and at two-week intervals during the non -rainy season. • Repair or fill any unnecessary gaps or holes in the inlet/outlet of culverts Erosion Control Blankets bury upper adee Omitting 6" minimum Nita of mu1ched Ir a ditana :nattb, over arae• a a mita tap MLdehe4 area i \\ 1 MINIMUM owns!? 4+' nundrum awniao S' ipirgry etm / maks muterof nrttby 11 ' rltlnfmum Description and Purpose Made out of environmentally friendly, biodegradable material, erosion control blankets are installed on disturbed slopes that are requiring stability. They stabilize slopes, and provide for an increased water holding capacity, which ultimately increased the rate and establishment of desired vegetative cover. Implementation Erosion control blankets should installed smoothly on the surface of the soil, loose enough to allow for vegetation establishment. The blankets are to be in complete contact with the soil to prevent any tenting. The upslope end of the blanket should be buried in a trench with ideal dimensions of 6"x6". Where one blanket ends and another begins, there should be 4-6 inches of overlap. Inspection and Maintenance • Inspect blankets prior to forecast rain, daily during extended rain events, after rain events, weekly during the rainy season, and at two-week intervals during the non -rainy season. • Repair any unnecessary gaps or holes in the blankets. • Inspect to make sure that there is uniform contact with the soil. Seeding/Hydraulic Erosion control Description and Purpose Areas of disturbance are inevitable and are the premise for storm water management. To ensure the integrity of our water and vegetative communities as well as the security of our appreciable aesthetic surroundings re -vegetating disturbed areas is essential to this desire. Minimizing use areas, stabilizing slopes and restoring the area to pre -disturbance conditions are hinged upon successful completion of the practices described within this section. Due to the slope, topography and other environmental factors in the North Piceance Field, a variety of methods are needed to achieve the temporary and permanent vegetative cover required. These seeding methods are to include: • Hand (where applicable due to terrain and accessible distance); • Broadcast; • Drill/Disc; and • Hydraulic (with or without the addition of a tackifier). Hydraulic erosion control consists of applying a mixture of shredded wood or coconut and wood fiber or a hydraulic matrix and a stabilizing emulsion or tackifier with hydroseeding equipment, which temporarily protects exposed soil from erosion by raindrop impact or wind. Hydraulic erosion control is applied to disturbed areas requiring temporary protection until permanent vegetation is established. Immediately, or nearly immediately in some cases, the hydromulch bonds to the soil, providing slope protection to and essential seed -to -soil contact required for successful and rapid germination leading to desired vegetative establishment and cover. Implementation Seed mix will be as determined by EPCO personnel, the BLM or current landowner. Typical seeding practices will be as follows: • Temporary seed mix should include annual, cereal crop seeds such as oats or barley, or sterile hybrid such as "Re -green" to establish vegetative cover and suitable grass species. Grass seed will be included in the seed mix to provide sustainable vegetative cover in the event that a ROW remains in the construction phase for longer than one year. • The permanent seed mix, rate, application method, and supplemental materials will be determined by EPCO or the BLM/Landowner as appropriate for the land ownership. Generally, seeding will occur by broadcasting (hand and/or mechanical), drilling or hydroseeding (where applicable with inclusion of a tackifier). Design and Layout Application rates and procedures typically used are included as Figure 1 in this section. Additional seeding and mulching details are as follows: General Standards and Specifications • Prior to application, roughen embankment and fill areas by rolling with a crimping or punching type roller or by track walking. Track walking shall only be used where other methods are impractical. • Hydraulic matrices require 24 hours to dry before rainfall occurs to be effective. • Avoid mulch over -spray onto the traveled way and existing vegetation. • Hydraulic mulches and seed mixes used by the Contractor must be approved by appropriate EPCO personnel. • Types of mulch and typical application rate and procedures: Hydraulic Mulch Wood fiber mulch is a component of hydraulic applications. It is typically applied at the rate of 2,250 to 4,500 kilograms per hectare (kg/ha) (2,000 to 4,000 lb/ac) with 0-5% by weight of a stabilizing emulsion or tackifier (e.g., guar, psyllium, acrylic copolymer) and applied as a slurry. This type of mulch is manufactured from wood or wood waste from lumber mills or from urban sources. Hydraulic Matrix Hydraulic matrix is a combination of wood fiber mulch and tackifier applied as slurry. It is typically applied at the rate of 2,250 to 4,500 kg/ha with 5-10% by weight of a stabilizing emulsion or tackifier (e.g., guar, psyllium, acrylic copolymer). Bonded Fiber Matrix Bonded fiber matrix (BFM) is a hydraulically -applied system of fibers and adhesives that upon drying forms an erosion -resistant blanket that promotes vegetation, and prevents soil erosion. BFMs are typically applied at rates from 3,400 kg/ha to 4,500 kg/ha based on the manufacturer's recommendation. The biodegradable BFM is composed of materials that are 100% biodegradable. The binder in the BFM should also be biodegradable and should not dissolve or disperse upon re -wetting. Typically, biodegradable BFMs should not be applied immediately before, during or immediately after rainfall if the soil is saturated. Depending on the product, BFMs require 12 to 24 hours to dry to become effective. Flexible Growth Medium Flexible Growth MediumTM (FGM) is a hydraulically applied substrate that is composed of long strand, Thermally Refined® wood fibers, crimped, interlocking man-made fibers and performance -enhancing additives. The FGM requires no curing period and upon application forms an intimate bond with the soil surface to create a continuous, porous, absorbent and flexible erosion resistant blanket. Slope interruption devices or water diversion techniques are recommended when slope lengths exceed 100 ft (30 m). FGMs are typically applied at a rate ranging from 3,400 kg/ha to 5,100 kg/ha (generally 3900 kg/ha), based on the manufacturer's recommendation. The biodegradable FGM is composed of materials that are 100% biodegradable. Inspection and Maintenance • Inspect hydromulched areas prior to forecast rain, after rain events and at two-week intervals during the non -rainy season. • Maintain an unbroken, temporary mulched ground cover throughout the period of construction when the soils are not being reworked. As previously noted, inspect before expected rain storms and repair any damaged ground cover and re -mulch exposed areas of bare soil. Sediment Basin Description and Purpose A sediment basin provides adequate settling time, retention capacity and reduction of flow velocities minimizing erosion and allowing for settling of suspended sediment. A basin may be constructed by the construction of a barrier or dam across a natural drainage path, by excavating a basin or by a combination of both. Basins usually consist of a dam, blanketed or hydroseeded downgradient slopes/berms and a stabilized outlet (spillway). Implementation A sediment basin is a temporary containment area that allows sediment in collected storm water to settle out during infiltration or before the runoff is discharged through a stabilized spillway. Sediment basins are formed by excavating or constructing an earthen embankment across a waterway or low drainage area. Basins should be placed at the end of perimeter sediment ditches, diversion ditches, along bar ditches upgradient areas from which sediment -laden storm water directly enters a drainage or watercourse. The size of the structure will depend upon the location, size of drainage area, soil type, rainfall pattern and desired outflow releases. Design and Layout • Sediment basins should be constructed prior to the rainy season and commencement of construction activities in the area. • Sediment basins are not to be constructed in any live stream. • Sediment basin(s), as measured from the bottom of the basin to the principal outlet, should have at least a capacity equivalent to 100 cubic meters (3,532 cubic feet) of storage per hectare (2.47 acres) draining into the sediment basin. The length of the basin should be more than twice the width of the basin. The length is determined by measuring the distance between the inlet and the outlet. The depth must not be less than 0.9 m (3 ft) nor greater than 1.5 m (5 ft) for safety reasons and for maximum efficiency. • Multiple traps and/or additional volume may be required to accommodate site specific rainfall and soil conditions. • Basins with an impounding levee greater than 1.5 m (5 ft) tall, measured from the lowest point to the impounding area to the highest point of the levee, and basins capable of impounding more than 1000 cubic meters (35,300 cubic feet), shall be individually designed and implemented with direct on-site oversight provided by EPCO or other appropriate and designated personnel. Additional safety requirements such as fencing may also be required. • Rock, blankets, hydromulch and/or vegetation shall be used to protect the basin inlet and slopes against erosion. • Embankments shall be constructed of a material and size (i.e. sorted, with fines) capable of attaining sufficient levels of compaction and conductivity to ensure the structural integrity of the structure and its desired retention capacity and capability. Generally compaction of the structure is by use of heavy machinery • Use rock or vegetation in addition to geotextile to protect the basin outlet(s) against erosion. Inspection and Maintenance • Inspect sediment basins prior to forecast rain, daily during extended rain events, after rain events, weekly during the rainy season, and at two-week intervals during the non -rainy season. • Inspect sediment basin banks for embankment seepage and structural soundness. • Inspect inlet and outlet (rock spillway) areas for erosion, damage or obstructions and stabilize/maintenance as necessary. • Remove accumulated sediment when the volume has reached one-third the original trap volume. • Properly disposed of sediment and debris removed from the trap. APPENDIX E PROJECT SEED MIXES TABLE 1 SITE DESCRIPTIONS Table 1 Site Descriptions 0 0 \ P. g (!$ a.g{)§ (!`.,27 e!®°- @ CONSTRUCTION PHASE 0 0 ( Receiving Waters #a1° +30Q§j {!e -F; (D- 00 !;z!!2 °4: House Log GUEch !| (0 2 ƒ)0 \/ ƒ> .6°) 00wa! !Ek\{}�\§EL- f ± -0T.-8 � §/ /. 0) ])§§f. k / 0 0 TABLE 2 SWMP REVISONS z a. } en o• c E z a ci • m • c ch .0 0 0 w 0 • E 0 0 0. 1- Initial SWMIP Drafting 0 0 a) O 0 0 z % R yJ c Y 0) C 0 0 a re Representative/Designee Printed Name a s E STATE OF COLORADO Bill Ritter, Jr., Governor James B. Marlin, Executive Director Dedicated to protecting and improving the health and environment of the peopte of Colorado 4300 Cherry Creek Dr. S. Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 Phone (303) 692-2000 TDD Line (303) 691-7700 Located in Glendale, Coiorado hhtp://www.cdphe.state.co.us April 8, 2008 Laboratory Services Division 8100 Lowry Blvd. Denver, Colorado 80230-6928 (303) 692-3090 Brenda R. Linster, Land & Reg Advisor EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc, 2717 CR 215 Ste 100 Parachute, CO 81635 720/876-3989 RE: Final Permit, Colorado Discharge Permit System — Stormwater Certification No: COR -03D552 Colbran Pipeline Project Mesa & Garfield County Local Contact: Dustin Fursling, SW Inspector 970/270-5724 Dear Sir or Madam: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Enclosed please find a copy of the permit and certification which have been issued to you under the Colorado Water Quality Control Act. Your Certification under the permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. You are legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the permit. Please read the permit and certification. If you have any questions please visit our website at : www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/permitstinit/stormwater or contact Matt Czahor at (303) 692-3517. Sincerely, V%. ('a Kathryn Dolan Stonnwater Program Coordinator Permits Unit WATER QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION xc: Regional Council of Governments Local County Health Department District Engineer, Technical Services, WQCD Permit File STATE OF COLORADO COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT WATER QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION TELEPHONE: (303) 692-3500 CERTIFICATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER CDPS GENERAL PERMIT COR -030000 STORMWATER. DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITIH CONSTRUCTION Certification Number COR03D552 This Certification to Discharge specifically authorizes: EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc LEGAL CONTACT: LOCAL CONTACT: Brenda R. Linster, Land & Reg Advisor Dustin Fursling, SW Inspector, EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc Phone # 970/270-5724 2717 CR 215 Ste 100 dustin.forsling encana.com Parachute, CO 81635 Phone # 720/876-3989 brenda.linster@encana.com During the Construction Activity: Oil & Gas Production and/or Exploration to discharge stonnwater from the facility identified as Colbran Pipeline Project which is located at 53 1/2 Rd & V Rd (Map in file) , Co Latitude 39.295, Longitude 108.154 In Mesa & Garfield County to: -- Colorado River Anticipated Activity begins 07/01/2008 continuing through 12/31/2010 On 285 acres (285 acres disturbed) Certification is effective: 04/0812008 Certification Expires: 06/30/2012 Annual Fee: $245.00 (DO NOT PAY NOW — A prorated bill will be sent shortly.) Page 1 of 22 GENERAL PERMIT APPLICATION For Agency CNe Only CUR - 0 3 S•I ORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITIf: CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY Date Received: 1 I (Permit No. COR -030000) "F,,? ' " ----- Bines • Codc: 09 911 00 ALL APPLICANTS MUST FOLLOW PART D OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLETE THIS FORM Please print or hype. All items most be completed accurately and in their entirety, or the application will be deemed incomplete and returned to the applicant. Processing of the application will not begin until all required information is received. Please refer to the instructions for information about the required items, Original signatures for Items 8 and 9 arc required. 1. Name and address of the permit applicant (legally responsible entity); Company Namejitc c'as {ted) jag, Mailing Address 2717 Co my Road 215, Suite 100 City, State and Zip Codc Parachute, CO 8163.5 Legally Responsible Person (application signer) E-mail Address 13rcnda.linster{ encannsQr .__ Phone Number (720) 876-3989 Who is applying? Owner lid/ Developer LI Contractor Local Contact (familiar with facility) ) , Title _ Stormwatcr Inspector Phone Number (970)270-5724 Local Contact H-tnall Address dustin,forsline@ancano.com 2. Location of the Construction site: Street Address (or cross streets) See attached tnapp City (if unincorporated, so indicate) County Mesa andC,artieitl Name of plan, project, or development Collbran Pipeline Projecl Latitude/Longitude (approximate center of the site) — use ane oldie following formats: latitude I / Longitude _ -or- &g m minutes SCconds `— -- — / (e.g., 39°42' I 1". 1 (14°55'.57") Jut;reeti stoma smirks Latitude _39.295820 Longitude 108. 154953 degrees (to 3 decimal places) — (e,g., 31.103 I U4,y t3 ) degrcex (m a decimal piarir•1 3. I .egal Description (subdivision, block, and lot) or Map Indicating Site Location/Boundaries: !fa map is attached/1I to provide this intbrm�at�ion, this must be indicated below. ,Maps must be folded to 8%t x 11 inches. Map Attached? {`i Yes, skip to item 4 No; include legal description per Instructions (use separate sheet if needed): Subdivision(s), Lot(s), 13lock(s): 4. Arca of the construction site. Total area of project site (acres) r c _ Area of project site to undergo disturbance (acres) 2t35 acres Total disturbed area of larger Common Plan of Development or Sale, if applicable (i.e., total, including all phases, filings, 1ots, and infrastructure not covered by this application) 5. Nature of the construction activity: Check the appropriate box(s) or provide a brief description that indicates the general nature of the construction activism (The full description of activities must be included in the Stormwater Management Plan.) ISingla Fancily Residential Development F_ ; Multi -Family Residential Development 1Corranercial Development l r1 and Cies Production and/or Exploration (Including pad sites and associated infrastructure) _ highway/Road Development (not including roadways assuciated with commercial or residential development) ._j©iher, Describe: 6. Anticipated construction schedule: C nnstruction Start i)gate: 07 / 01 / 2008 Final Stabiiixation Date: _l2 ! 31 / 2010 monih gray year munlh day year 7. The name of the receiving waters(s). (!f discharge is to a ditch or storm sower, also include the name ot'the ultimate receiving water): . t eri In y 11111 4. , ;a! following tributaries; Ffnrsethief Creek, Moffitt Gulch Smith Gulch, Alkali Creek, Little Alkali Creek, Wallace Creek, Little Anderson Gulch, .Terry Qulch, AtweIi Qstich, Shire Gulch or other unnamed tributaries. • STOP! A Stormwater Management Plan (see Appendix A) must he completed prior to signing the following ertifications! 8. Stormwater Management Plan Certification: "1 certify under penalty of law that a complete Stormwater Management Plan, as described in Appendix A of this application, hats been prepared for my activity. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the Stormwater Management Plan is, to the best of my knowledgead_hclief,true, agcurale, and pt . 1 am aware that there are significant penalties for falsely certifying the mplction )I. 'i ill- `W* I', ii eluding the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations." elf. A - - t, t-- t,- i , .., •.7 S .of 'ignattire of Leg illy Res t►nsilble Pc son (scahmiccinn must include original signature) Data Signed / L [•lalvl �1, I Irl S r _G , ame (printed) .. ` 1t1 ? �; �� Ot 1 1't� i I,rl ijDV- Titie 9. Signature of Applicant JJ "I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this application and all attachments and that, based on my inquiry oftllose individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine or imprisonment. "I understand that submittal of this application is for covcragc under the State of Colorado Gntiend Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity fur the entirety of the construction site/project described and applied fit runittllsii9 Iit4u as the application is amended or the certification is transferred, inactivated, or expired*" 1�, ti'gnature of Le ally Re ponsNe Person (submission must include original signature) Date Si ed � fp+,, 1 � lf I r �I f�.� ,- e,1/.11A '' . - fr l IA, Ste -Ih_viot r ��' �J1 ��/ � yl 1 Y I �%1 d Y N-rrtme (printt,d)— d'itle Colorado Department of Public Health & Environment FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Water Quality Control Division WQCD-P-B2 REC 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South EFF Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 YEAR MONTH DAY INACTIVATION NOTICE FOR CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER DISCHARGE GENERAL PERMIT CERTIFICATION Please print or type. Form must be filled out completely. Certification Number: COR -03 Permittee (Company) Name: Permittee Address: Site/Facility Name: Taxpayer ID or EIN Phone No. ( Construction Site Address/Location: County: Contact Person: Summary of work performed and description of final site stabilization: I certify under penalty of law that by the date of my signature below, all disturbed soils at the identified construction site have been finally stabilized; all temporary erosion and sediment control measures have been removed; all construction and equipment maintenance wastes have been disposed of properly; and all elements of the Stormwater Management Plan have been completed. I understand that by submitting this notice of inactivation, I am no longer authorized to discharge stormwater associated with construction activity by the general permit. I understand that discharging pollutants in stormwater associated with construction activities to the waters of the State of Colorado, where such discharges are not authorized by a CDPS permit, is unlawful under the Colorado Water Quality Control Act and the Clean Water Act. I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted herein, and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. (See 18 U.S.0 1001 and 33 U.S.C. 1319.) Signature of Permit Applicant (Legally Responsible Party) Date Signed Name (printed) 9/971cn/in Title Blank Page Divider Reclamation Plan Reclamation Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Introduction 1 1.1 Purpose 1 1.2 Goals and Objectives 1 2.0 Vegetative Clearing and Topsoil Salvage 1 2.1 Clearing 1 2.2 Topsoil Conservation 2 3.0 Reclamation Process 2 3.1 Agricultural Features 3 3.1 Rock Disposal 3 3.2 Final Cleanup 3 3.3 Topsoil Restoration 3 3.4 Permanent Erosion Control 4 3.5 Rock and Vegetative Debris 4 3.6 Seedbed Preparation 4 3.7 Soil Supplements 4 3.8 Revegetation 5 3.8.1 Species Selection and Sources 5 3.8.2 Seed Application Rates and Viability 5 3.8.3 Seeding Methods and Procedures 5 3.8.3.1 Drill Seeding 6 3.8.3.2 Broadcast Seeding 6 3.9 Grazing 6 4.0 Reclamation Schedule and Documentation 6 5.0 Post -Construction Monitoring and Evaluation 7 5.1 Revegetation and Erosion Control Monitoring 7 5.1.1 Monitoring Agricultural Fields 7 5.1.2 Evaluating Reclamation Success 7 5.2 Post -Construction Reporting 8 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1—Approved Seed Mixes, Rates, and Application Areas Collbran Pipeline Project August 2007 Reclamation Plan 1.0 INTRODUCTION This Reclamation Plan (plan) describes measures to be taken by EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. (EnCana) and its contractors (Contractor) for vegetative clearing, topsoil salvage and restoration, reseeding, and reclamation monitoring. Measures identified in this plan apply to work within the project area defined as the construction workspace, temporary use areas, and other areas used during construction of the project. EnCana and Contractor personnel are to be thoroughly familiar with this plan and its contents prior to initiating construction on the project. 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this plan is to describe prescribed methods for vegetative clearing, topsoil salvage, topsoil replacement, reseeding, and monitoring for reclamation success. This plan will be developed as the implementing document for relevant mitigation measures contained in the Environmental Assessment and may be updated prior to construction to ensure that all mitigation measures have been included. 1.2 Goals and Objectives The short-term objectives of reclamation are to control erosion and sedimentation and to minimize impacts to adjacent land uses. Properly executed construction practices and optimum scheduling will mitigate short-term impacts. Long-term objectives include controlling erosion and sedimentation, protecting water resources and soils, limiting the introduction and spread of noxious weeds, and returning disturbed areas to pre-existing condition. Monitoring during construction and post -construction will ensure that these goals are achieved. 2.0 VEGETATIVE CLEARING AND TOPSOIL SALVAGE 2,1 Clearing Vegetation will be cleared and the construction workspace graded to provide for safe and efficient operation of construction equipment and inspection vehicles, and to provide space for the storage of subsoil and topsoil. Construction activity and ground disturbance will be limited to approved, staked areas. Trees will be cut with a chain saw and/or mechanical shears and brush will be generally cut with a hydro -axe or similar equipment. Trees and brush will be cut as close to the ground as possible. Vegetative material will typically be chipped or shredded and incorporated into the topsoil. Stumps that are not shredded or chipped and incorporated into the topsoil will be removed and disposed of at an approved disposal facility. Collbran Pipeline Project 1 August 2007 Reclamation Plan 2.2 Topsoil Conservation Topsoil will be salvaged where required by the BLM and fee -landowners and protected along most of the pipeline route to facilitate revegetation of the construction workspace after construction is complete. Topsoil will be segregated using one of the following methods: from either the full -work area (full -construction workspace method), from the trenchline only (trenchline only method), or from the trenchline and working side (trench and working side method). On any lands requiring grading, the topsoil will be stripped from the entire portion of the construction workspace that requires grading. On BLM lands, all available topsoil up to a depth of 6 inches will be removed from the trenchline and working side of the workspace. On any lands requiring grading, the topsoil will be stripped from the entire portion of the workspace that requires grading. On fee -lands, topsoil will generally be stripped up to a depth of 6 inches from the trenchline; however, at the fee -landowner's request, more than 6 inches of topsoil may be salvaged and/or topsoil will be salvaged across the full -width of the construction workspace or a portion thereof. On any lands requiring grading, the topsoil will be stripped from the entire portion of the construction workspace that requires grading. Up to 12 inches of topsoil will be stripped across the full -width of the construction workspace in irrigated agricultural lands. Fee -landowner requirements are listed in the Fee -Lands Line List included as Attachment 2 of the Plan of Development. Topsoil will be stockpiled separate from subsoil and will not be used to pad the trench or construct trench breakers. Dry drainages or washes that cross the construction workspace will not be blocked with topsoil or subsoil piles. Topsoil and subsoil will be placed on the banks of the drainage. Gaps will be left periodically in the topsoil and subsoil windowed to avoid ponding and excess diversion of natural runoff during storm events. 3.0 RECLAMATION PROCESS After the final installation of the pipeline, all disturbed portions of the construction workspace (including the construction workspace, travel lane, and temporary use areas) will be returned to pre -construction grades and contours. Topsoil will then be replaced over the right-of-way from the approximate area in which it was stripped. Revegetation will be the primary method to stabilize soils and ensure permanent erosion control over the long term. Every effort will be made to complete final cleanup and installation of permanent erosion control measures within 30 days after final backfilling is completed. The following sections outline the pre -construction planning and sequential steps for restoring the construction workspace and temporary use areas following installation of the pipe and backfilling of the trench. 2 Collbran Pipeline Project August 2007 Reclamation Plan 3.1 Agricultural Features All irrigation ditches, cattle guards, fences, and artificial and natural livestock and wildlife water sources will be maintained and repaired to at least pre -construction conditions. Temporary measures will be provided, as agreed with the fee -landowner or BLM, for any of these facilities that are disrupted during the construction or reclamation process. BLM fence specifications are included in Attachment 3 of the Plan of Development. 3.1 Rock Disposal Excess rock is defined as all rock that cannot be returned to the existing rock profile in the trench or graded cuts, or is not needed to restore the construction workspace to a condition comparable to that found adjacent to the construction workspace. Excess rock will be randomly distributed across the construction workspace, piled or windrowed to create or enhance wildlife habitat, or arranged to block use of the reclaimed construction workspace by motor vehicles. If not practical, the Contractor will remove other excess rock from the construction workspace and haul it to an approved disposal site. EnCana will coordinate with fee -landowners or the BLM regarding the methods of disposal. On irrigated agricultural lands, rocks will be removed from at least the top 12 inches of soil and diligent efforts will be made to remove stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension if the off - construction workspace areas do not contain stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension. Requirements for rock removal may vary between fee -landowners and will be listed in the Fee - Lands Line List, included in Attachment 2 of the Plan of Development. 3.2 Final Cleanup Within 30 days after backfilling the trench, the Contractor will make every effort to complete final cleanup and installation of permanent erosion control structures. The construction workspace and other project -related areas where soil has been disturbed will be restored as close to pre -construction grades, compaction, and other conditions as possible. No solid waste, rock, trash, or vegetative debris will be buried on the construction workspace. Irrigated agricultural lands are of special concern and require precise re -contouring and trench compaction to return fields to pre -construction conditions. The Contractor will work closely with fee -landowners to ensure irrigated agricultural lands are effectively restored. Final compaction of disturbed areas will be returned to approximate pre -construction conditions. Any compacted areas, including but not limited to the travel lane, will be decompacted. Compacted areas will be decompacted with a scarifier to a depth of 6 to 10 inches prior to topsoil replacement and seeding. Compacted areas on irrigated agricultural land where topsoil was not salvaged will be decompacted to a depth of 18 inches using a paraplow or other deep tillage implement so as not to mix topsoil and subsoil horizons. 3.3 Topsoil Restoration After the trench has been backfilled and the construction workspace regraded, the Contractor will Collbran Pipeline Project 3 August 2007 Reclamation Plan redistribute topsoil to the approximate location from which it was originally removed. Restored topsoil will be left in a roughened condition to discourage erosion and enhance the quality of the seedbed. Topsoil will not be handled during excessively wet or frozen conditions. Topsoil will be redistributed as close to original salvage depths as possible. Segregation of subsoil and topsoil will be maintained throughout final cleanup procedures. The Contractor will be responsible for replacement of lost or degraded (mixed) topsoil with topsoil imported from an EnCana-approved and certified weed -free source. Additional erosion control and soil stabilization will be required in areas adjacent to or within drainages. See the Stormwater Management Plan and the Waterbody Crossing and Wetland Protection Plan for additional information. 3.4 Permanent Erosion Control Permanent erosion control methods will be utilized as needed for stabilization of slopes and soils as described in the Stormwater Management Plan. Permanent erosion control measures will be installed within 30 days after the trench is backfilled to aid in site stabilization wherever required. 3.5 Rock and Vegetative Debris Vegetative mulch and excess rock may be used to reduce erosion potential by providing additional surface relief structure. In areas with a pre-existing rocky surface material, the Contractor will spread rock over the construction workspace to maintain a surface appearance similar to that of adjacent undisturbed terrain. Suitable sites include naturally rocky slopes and areas that have a natural gravel, cobble, or boulder veneer on the surface. Suitable sites will be determined in conjunction with the BLM or the fee -landowner. On BLM lands and where approved by the fee -landowner, the Contractor will randomly distribute any windrowed trees, shrubs or other remaining vegetation debris over the construction workspace. Straw mulch or equivalent will be applied as discussed in the Stormwater Management Plan. 3.6 Seedbed Preparation The Contractor will scarify, till, or harrow the seedbed to a depth of 3 to 4 inches prior to seeding where needed to improve revegetation potential. Those sites where seedbed preparation is not practical (e.g., steep slopes, rocky areas, etc.) will be left with adequate roughness following topsoil replacement to create micro -environments for seed germination and growth, and to reduce the potential for soil movement. 3.7 Soil Supplements Generally, fertilizer will not be used unless requested by the fee -landowner. At this time, no 4 Collbran Pipeline Project August 2007 Reclamation Plan areas have been identified that require fertilizer. 3.8 Revegetation The Contractor will be responsible for seeding the construction workspace, temporary use areas and off -construction workspace ancillary sites using EnCana-supplied seed mixes, appropriate seeding methods, and approved application rates. The seeding requirements and scheduling of reclamation activities will be determined in coordination with BLM or fee -landowner. 3.8.1 Species Selection and Sources Selection of grass and shrub species for revegetation will be based on pre -construction community composition and soil types, as well as establishment potential, soil stabilizing qualities, post -construction land use objectives, and BLM and fee -landowner recommendations. Native species will be utilized on BLM lands and native species will be utilized to the extent possible on fee -lands unless non -natives are specifically requested by a fee -landowner. Project seed will be certified weed -free and will be purchased from and blended by qualified producers and dealers. Seed mixes will be purchased from commercial seed vendors and must be state -certified weed - free mixtures. Seed bag tags will be collected and submitted to the BLM and appropriate county to confirm that the seed was purchased from a commercial seed vendor and was tested and certified. Seeding rate will be listed as pounds per acre of pure live seed (PLS). The Contractor will be responsible for providing all seed tags to the Environmental Inspector at the end of each day. The Environmental Inspector will provide seed tags and stationing seeded to the Environmental Manager who will provide the seed tags and stationing seeded to the BLM or county. Approved seed mixes, rates, and application areas are identified in Attachment 1. 3.8.2 Seed Application Rates and Viability Seeding rates will be determined in PLS pounds per acre and seeds per square foot based on drilled application rates. Broadcast seeding rates will be twice the drill rate. Seed will be used within 12 months of testing to assure seed viability. If additional seeding is required in the year following construction, additional viability tests will be conducted to determine any need for adjustment of application rates. Wetlands will not be seeded. Successful recolonization by wetland species is generally related to effective topsoil salvage methods and sources of seed and rhizomes in adjacent areas. Streambanks will be seeded immediately upon completion of final cleanup as described in the Waterbody Crossing and Wetland Protection Plan. 3.8.3 Seeding Methods and Procedures The Contractor will employ broadcast or drill seeding as determined in the field by EnCana. Seeding activities will be contingent upon weather and soil conditions, and subject to evaluation by the Environmental Inspector. Seeding will not be permitted if there is more than 2 inches of Collbran Pipeline Project 5 August 2007 Reclamation Plan snow on the ground unless approved by the Environmental Inspector and BLM Authorized Officer or field representative. 3.8.3.1 Drill Seeding Drill seeding is the preferred seeding method and will be employed wherever soil characteristics and slope allow effective operation of a rangeland seed drill. Drill seeding will be performed perpendicular to the slope. Seed will be placed in direct contact with the soil at an average depth of 0.5 -inches, covered with soil, and firmed to eliminate air pockets around the seeds. Seed will be applied using a rangeland seed drill with a seed release and agitation mechanism sufficient to allow seeds of various sizes and densities to be planted at the proper seeding depth. 3.8.3.2 Broadcast Seeding Broadcast seeding will be employed only in areas where drill seeding is unsafe or physically impossible. Seed will be applied using manually operated cyclone -bucket spreaders, mechanical spreaders, or blowers. Seed will be uniformly broadcast over disturbed areas. Broadcast application rates will be twice that of drill rates. Immediately after broadcasting, the seed will be uniformly raked, chained, dragged, or cultipacked to incorporate seed to a sufficient seeding depth. If the area is seeded prior to a soil crust forming, harrowing or raking may not be necessary. 3.9 Grazing Prior to and during construction, EnCana will keep grazing allotment permittees on BLM lands and ranchers on fee -lands informed regarding schedules to allow them ample opportunity to move livestock away from the construction workspace. Gates and fences will be installed along the construction workspace as required. Hard or soft plugs will be left or installed to allow livestock to cross to either side of the construction workspace during construction. Gates, fences, and cattle guards will be repaired or replaced after construction as agreed to with the fee - landowner or BLM. These facilities will be left in as good as or better shape than the pre - construction condition. Fences crossed by the pipeline and cattle guards or gates on access roads or within the construction workspace damaged during construction on BLM lands will be rebuilt or replaced in accordance with BLM specifications. BLM specifications are included in Attachment 3 of the Plan of Development. Fences will be properly braced prior to cutting and the permittee or rancher will be provided the opportunity to be present when the fence is cut and repaired. Riparian areas on BLM lands will be fenced until reclamation is successful. Fence will be installed around the incised banks and channel with a sufficient gap to allow for passage of wildlife or livestock up or down the channel. 4.0 RECLAMATION SCHEDULE AND DOCUMENTATION Reclamation activities will be determined in part by construction schedules and seasonal climatic conditions. Seeding and planting will be coordinated with other reclamation activities to occur as 6 Collbran Pipeline Project August 2007 Reclamation Plan soon after seedbed preparation as possible. Upon completion of reclamation, EnCana's Construction Inspector, Environmental Inspector, and Land Agent will perform a final inspection of the construction workspace and ancillary facilities to verify that pre -construction commitments have been satisfied. A copy of the post - reclamation inspection form will be transmitted to the Contractor if any deficiencies or a need for remedial action is noted. 5.0 POST -CONSTRUCTION MONITORING AND EVALUATION 5.1 Revegetation and Erosion Control Monitoring During the first growing season following construction and reclamation, EnCana will conduct intensive surveys to assess revegetation success, evaluate erosion control measures, and determine the need for further reclamation. Revegetation monitoring will include evaluation of the following parameters as compared to adjacent (off -construction workspace) vegetation: • percent total herbaceous cover (seeded species plus desirable volunteers), • new or expanded populations of noxious weeds, and • species composition. Areas with poor germination and/or growth will be evaluated to determine, if possible, the cause of the problem. Reclamation techniques will be modified as necessary to address any identified problems and appropriate remedial measures will be undertaken. The Contractor will be responsible for remediating any problem areas identified by EnCana for the first growing season following construction. Thereafter, EnCana will be responsible for obtaining a reclamation contractor to perform any necessary work. Erosion control monitoring will be performed in response to significant weather events and/or concurrently with the revegetation monitoring during the first year following construction. Success criteria for both are discussed in Section 5.1.2. Both erosion control and revegetation monitoring will be conducted routinely throughout the life of the pipeline to evaluate long-term survival of reestablished vegetation and the effectiveness of erosion control measures with specific attention to problem sites. 5.1.1 Monitoring Agricultural Fields EnCana will periodically monitor irrigation ditches and irrigated agricultural fields for two years following construction to ensure that field flow characteristics have been maintained. The Contractor will be notified if any remedial work is required. 5.1.2 Evaluating Reclamation Success EnCana is responsible for the stability and revegetation of all areas disturbed as a result of construction for the life of the pipeline. As discussed in Section 5.1, EnCana will conduct Collbran Pipeline Project 7 August 2007 Reclamation Plan intensive monitoring after the first growing season and routinely thereafter to assess soil stability and revegetation success. The Contractor will reseed any portion of the construction workspace that does not exhibit 50 percent total herbaceous cover (comprised of seeded species plus desirable volunteers) relative to adjacent (off -construction workspace) vegetation after the first complete growing season. Additional seeding will be completed during the next seeding season (fall or spring). In the event that first year revegetation is affected by precipitation amounts significantly below the annual average, EnCana may request deferment of additional seeding activities until the following seeding window. The reclaimed construction workspace will be considered stable when the surface appears similar to adjacent undisturbed land and the following accelerated erosion indicators do not exist: • perceptible soil movement (exceeding pre -construction conditions), • flow pattern development resulting in rills or gullies greater than 12 inches in depth , or • trench subsidence or slumping. Revegetation will be considered successful when the following criteria are met: • total herbaceous (seeded species plus desirable volunteers) cover is at least 70 percent of that on adjacent land, and • species composition is comprised of a mix of seeded species and desirable volunteers from adjacent communities. 5.2 Post -Construction Reporting EnCana will include a discussion of soil stability, vegetation success, noxious weed status and control treatments, and identified problems as part of a post -construction activity report to be submitted annually to the BLM until success criteria for all sites are met. 8 Collbran. Pipeline Project August 2007 Reclamation Plan --Attachment 1 ATTACHMENT I—APPROVED SEED MIXES, RATES, and APPLICATION AREAS Collbran Pipeline Project August 2007 Reclamation Plan—Attachment 1 (To be inserted after BLM determines seed mixes) Collbr n Pipeline Project A1-1 August 2007 Blank Page Divider tea. Z cpuLD cccrCC. z a m l� co r w fn U LLJO W U C O uu LL w fn U cc s o w 0 0 -J 11 DATE: January 10, 2008 SCALE: 1" = 2000' PROJECT NO.: 07-04-24 0 szt,"C3 ai O 03 Ri asiza0 ro -c$ Cf) VI 14) rx) a§°� C EnCana 011 & (.1_ NI31VOS) 111111 000Z 000L 0 AVMO11VJ NVWJdOH 0 J LL1 C7 W U Z i BLM MP o. BLM ANDERSON ETAL ANDERSON LOUDIN REV TRUST LOUDIN REV TRUS tiunuy.ulr. lir rpoar LATHAM ET AL LATHAM FT Al, FOREST N,A T I t) N.A 1.. FOREST BLM GR\NT) NAT[VNAL G' Poo. LATHAM FOREST SERVICE (9 FOREST MOtInt:All FOREST FOREST FOREST SERVICE BLM LATHAM ROBISON V Road 1 SERIAL STIIEWELER CASTONGUAY SALAZAR 0 0_ cv 0 0.- 0 0 EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. COI .1 RRAN PIPELINE Proposed Pipeline & Extra Work Space Vicinity Map Garfield & Mesa County, Colorado SURVEYING 6130 Man Slyest Evanston, Wyoming 82]30 Phone Na (307) 7A545 [LEGEND} _= Proposed Pipeline Extra Work Space DATE: January 10, 2008 SCALE: 1" = 2000' PROJECT NO.: 07-04-24 Vicinity SHEET 3 OF 6 LAND CO. 9 6 ENCANA BLM BLM FOREST FOREST FOREST U EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. COLLBRAN PIPELINE Proposed Pipeline & Extra Work Space Vicinity Map Garfield & Mesa County, Colorado R 1 V i<< 1 ATC SURVEYING 900 Mahn Street Evanston, Wyoming 82530 Phone No. (307) 789.4545 DATE: January 10, 2008 SCALE: T" = 2000' PROJECT NO.: 07-04-24 LEGEND] Proposed Pipeline Extra Work Space Existing Road Vicinity SHEET 4 OF 6 SPECIALTY & STOCKTON/ RESTAURANT; SPECIALTY STOCKTON RESTAURANT KEINATH BUR. OF REC. BLM BLM BLM SATTERFIE & LIND, 41, BLM EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. COLLBRAN PIPELINE Proposed Pipeline & Extra Work Space Vicinity Map Garfield & Mesa County, Colorado �VSllRVEWY1NCNG 9V6 Main Shoat Evanston, Wyoming 32938 Mono No. (357) 789-4545 LEGEND) M:' Proposed Pipeline arm Extra Work Space Proposed Alternate Existing Road DATE: January 10, 2008 SCALE: 1' = 2000' PROJECT NO.: 07-04-24 Vicinity SHEET 5 OF 6 BLM BLM • SK HOLDINGS Y & 7N ANT LM e uJ 4 SK HOLDINGS BLM 1 SK HOLDINGS BLM SMALLWOOD ETAL SPECIALTY & STOCKTON RESTAURANT TIPPING ETAL. DEKAM ENYEART SK HOLDINGS T7S KEINATH D&E VANHOOSE " TRUST JOLLEY KEINATH KE1NATH BLM KEINATH F. ' FRAC TEC? .. ' TIPPING ETAL. ORCHARD COMP. STA TIPPING ETAL. MP 21 WELLER ETAL COLOHAN FAMILY TRUST / COLOHAN FAMILY TRUST JOLT EY WELLER ETAL KNOX, L JOLLEY BLM BLM BOSLEY SPRING CREEK RANCH SPE r 2 RESTA ' C u� WII w P 0 EY SPRING CREEK: RANCH • i BOSLEY & • CHAROSON MANESS KNOX. D R 4;•1 HOLGAT ••J!: KIO BREWER SATTERFIELD & LINDAUER SATTERFIELD & LINDAUER KNOX, L KNOX, MIKE aw NOX,D Z B0: CRISPE t o - BATTER -t7- ¢ FIELDcfl LIy ✓ 1- KOSTER • BLM BLM JANDAK LAKE BLM KEINATH EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. COLLBRAN PIPELINE Proposed Pipeline & Extra Work Space Vicinity Map Garfield & Mesa County, Colorado *Zinn SURVEYING 908 Mairt &reel Evanston, Wyoming 82930 Phone No. (307) 789-4545 DATE January 10, 2008 SCALE: 1" = 2000' PROJECT NO.: 07-04-24 CROMPTON -- LEGEND = Proposed Pipeline Extra Work Space Existing Road Vicinity SHEET 6 OF 6 Blank Page Divider Blank Page Divider 0 �_ 0 0 0 - o - 0 0 0 1-- w w z SMALLWOOD ETAL 70 STRAIGHT BOTTOM RANCH LLLP BLM r. +/ /r BOSLEY SPRING CREEK •� RANCH • • -Sw oc: s ♦ F�PG FRAC TECH ♦ ♦ TIPPING ETAL. I SPECIALTY & STOCKTON RESTAURANT KEINATH CLIENT: 7 STRONG TIPPING ETAL. DEKAM ENYEART ORCHARD TIE-IN +1- 1956' ORCHARD UNIT COMP SITE TIPPING ETAL. EnCana 011 and Gas (USA) Inc. CALE: AS SHOWN URVEYED BY: -2EVISION: ORM SURVEYING DESCRIPTON: 2 0= uJ m BOSLEY SPRING CREEK RANCH BOSLEY PRING CREEK RANCH ORCHARD TIE—IN SECTIONS 27, T7S, R96W, GARFIELD COUNTY, COLORADO DRAWN BY: CJI DATE DRAWN; 8/07/08 PROJECT NUMBER: 07-04--24 WASATCH SURVEYING ASSOCIATES 906 MAIN STREET, EVANSTON, WY 82930 (307) 789-4545 TOPO D SHEET 1 of 1 Blank Page Divider 05284 PROPOSED LOCATION: PIPE YARD LEGEND (NAD 27) Q LATITUDE 39°22'56.51" LONGITUDE 108'08' 28.4W' O LATITUDE 39°22'54.90" LONGITUDE 108°08' 31.48" Q LATITUDE 3912'52.40" LONGITUDE 108°08' 38.08" LATITUDE 39°2243.49" LONGITUDE 108°08' 49.83' LEGEND: PROPOSED ACCESS ROAD EV STING ROAD PROPOSED PIPE YARD SECTIONS 5 & 6, T8S, R96W, 6th P.M. Uintah Engineering & Lancl Surveying 85 South 200 Enst Vernal. Utnii 8-4078 (-435) 78,9-1017 `+• FA_X (435) 789-i813 TOPOGRAPHIC 4' 4 08 MAP MONTH, DAY YEAR SCALE 1"=LO0Y, DRAWN BYJ.L.G 1REISED:OO-00-00 TOPO .12 -ki4k k\'*) PROPOSED LOCATION: OFFICE & YARD SITE 3 PVRQALTY RESTAURANTS CORP SO PCT STOCKTON RESTAURANT CORP. 20•PC'T ` • r I 5074 [T7S 1 5150 4 5 el,., e*' p0 t .f i 1-I - ,A088 LEGEND: LI • R 96 W PROPOSED ACCESS ROAD =STING ROAD Uuitah Engineering & Land Surveying S5 South WOO Last l-erz*nl. 'Utah S-4O75J (435) 789-1017 'I F.A.. (435) 789-1813 N EnCana OIL & GAS (USA) INC. OFFICE & YARD SITE SECTION 33, T7S, R96W, 6th P.M. TOPOGRAPHIC M A P 4 Mom 16 DAY 04 YBAR SCALE: k"=2000'1 DRAWN BY: J.L.G 1 REVISED: 00.00410 B TOP0 EnCana OIL Se GAS (USA) INC. LOCATION LAYOUT FOR 7 ACRE OFFICE & YARD SITE SECTION 33, T7S, R96W, 6th P.M. NE 1/4 NE 1/4 Existing Feneeline NE Sec. Cor. Prevailing Winds ..-„, ..." ,- Approx. Topof ..,--7. AP Cut Slope SCALE: 1' = 100' DATE: 04-15-08 Drawn By: 't5,› C-7.91 ...ocb'El. 50064' --SOO 002 4 OX F-12,3'1 E 5000,8' e7 3 FIGURE #1 NOTES: Elev. Ungraded Ground At Southeast Corner FINISHED GRADE ELEV. AT Southeast Corner = 5000.3' -5000.5' Approx. 1,' 2 FTiolleSolafpei. / F-0.21 El. 5000.3' 1/ / i UINTAH ENGINEERING & LAND SURVEYING 85 S. 200 East * Vernal. ligah 84078 * (435) 789-10t7 't. 14.3 rI ILO z A 3 . 3 5 [3Tf);,1� • ,T .,1,1,,i. � ltI,i., rl P , +,1 1'iI,r `'d!P ,icr,iriltittai iiii iir illiiii : F1 fid i II !ixiill itiIitiiLhiiirii:iiiils ii j idiAiitt 1tli..i.iiFri,F iE, i , ii II [FtliFl t.tti I+il IS I Il 1 1 _j. f tit xnun , I t 1 49 •Fl Illtrifttrii • ;j31 L Blank Page Divider FINAL DRAFT Storm Water Manual of Best Management Practices (BMPs) July 2006 . i".A. • ' ,t('°..A 14''''' ' r t I • ' =.- 44 4 .....1 4, .. .., fz, FINAL DRAFT Storm Water Manual of Best Management Practices (BMPs) EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. Parachute, CO Prepared by: The RETEC Group, Inc. 1726 Cole Boulevard, Building 22, Suite 150 Golden, CO 80401-3213 RETEC Project Number: EOG01-19474-300 Prepared for: EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. 2717 County Road 215 Suite 100 Parachute, CO 81635 July 25, 2006 FINAL DRAFT Storm Water Manual of Best Management Practices (BMPs) EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. Parachute, CO Prepared by: The RETEC Group, Inc. 1726 Cole Boulevard, Building 22, Suite 150 Golden, CO 80401-3213 RETEC Project Number: EOG01-19474-300 Prepared for: EnCana Oil & Gas (USA) Inc. 2717 County Road 215 Suite 100 Parachute, CO 81635 Prepared by: DRAFT Emily Schneider, Engineer Reviewed by: DRAFT Thomas M. Kreutz, P.E., Senior Project Manager July 25, 2006 C:\Documents and Settings\Phil Vaughan\My Docuntents\Current Projects\Enterprise Products'Marathon Gathering System\Collbran Pipe Yard\Stormwater Permit- EnCana Project- Includes Collbran YardslAppendix E Stormwater Management BMP Manual - July 25 2006.doc Table of Contents Introduction 1 References 2 Figures: Site Isometrics SI -1 Site Isometric — Flat and Gently Sloping Terrain SI -2 Site Isometric — Steep Terrain Site Plans SP -0 Site Plan — Preconstruction SP -1 Site Plan — Flat and Gently Sloping Terrain SP -2 Site Plan — Steep Terrain Details D-1 Access Road Intersection -- Well Pad below Road D-2 Access Road Intersection — Well Pad above Road D-3 Well Pad D-4 Road Parallel to Gathering Line and Stream D-5 404 Stream Crossing Best Management Practices (BMPs): Erosion Control BMPs: Berm (B) Culvert (C) Culvert Protection (CP) Diversion (D) Drainage Dip (DD) Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Hydraulic Mulching (HM) Land Grading (LG) — Roads Level Spreader (LS) Mulching (M) Retaining Wall (RW) Revegetation (RV) Riprap (R) Roadside Ditches (RSD) and Turnouts (TO) Run On Diversion (ROD) Slope Drain (SD) Stockpiling (SP) — Topsoil and Subsoil Surface Roughening (SR) Terracing (T) Vegetated Buffer (VB) Water Bar (WB) Wattles (W) Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page i Storm Water Manual of BMPs Table of Contents Sediment Control BMPs: Check Dam (CD) Detention Pond (DP) Filter Berm (FB) Sediment Trap (ST) Silt Fence (SF) Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) Wattles (W) Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page ii Storm Water Manual of BMPs Introduction The primary purpose of this Storm Water Manual of Best Management Practices (BMPs) is to provide EnCana personnel, contractors, and subcontractors with information on the proper selection, design, installation, and management of Best Management Practices to manage oil and gas (O&G) related storm water and to meet federal and state Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP) implementation requirements. The BMPs found in this manual are operating practices that may be used to control erosion, runoff, and sedimentation associated with storm water runoff from areas disturbed by clearing, grading, and excavating activities related to site preparation and construction of oil and gas production facilities. Although the BMPs in this manual were derived from both common industry practices and from practical field experience, they may not be applicable for certain sites and field conditions. Personnel responsible for storm water management, whether it is design, construction, maintenance, or environmental compliance, should have a thorough knowledge of the applicable erosion and sediment control measures and the related specifications. The main objectives of this manual are to: 1. Serve as an easy-to-use guide for selecting, designing, constructing, and maintaining BMPs. 2. Function as a reference for construction plans and specifications. 3. Ultimately lead to the avoidance of any net increase in off-site erosion and sedimentation of waters of the U.S. In the preparation of this document, emphasis was placed on the selection and practical application of BMPs, given a variety of basic physical circumstances. The series of figures within this document are provided as a tool to quickly evaluate which BMPs may be useful at a given construction site, whether new or existing. This document anticipates that the user will be prudent and exercise good judgment in evaluating site conditions and deciding which BMP or combination of BMPs is to be used at a specific site. If the BMPs selected are not effective to prevent discharges of potentially undesirable quantities of sediment to a regulated water body, different or additional BMPs should be employed. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 Storm Water Manual of BMPs References California Stormwater Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice (BMP) Handbook — Construction. January, 2003. <http:/Iwww.cabmphandbooks.comlConstruction.asp> City of Knoxville, Stormwater Engineering, Knoxville BMP Manual Best Management Practices. July 2003. <http://www.ci.knoxville.tn.us/engineering> Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide. 2002. <http://www.dot. state.co.0 s/environmentallenvWaterQuallwgms4. asp> Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuothmps/con_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID); 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> Maine Department of Conservation, Best Management Practices for Forestry: Protecting Maine's Water Quality. Maine Forest Service, Forest Policy and Management Division. Augusta, Maine. 2004. <http://www.state. me.us/doc/mfs/pubs/pdf/bmp_manuallbmp_manual.pdf> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), Engineering and Design - Handbook for the Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans for Construction Activities. February 1997. <http://www.usace.army. mil/inet/usace-docs/eng-pamphlets/ep 1110-1-16/> United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Field Office Technical Guide. 2002. <www.nres.usda.gov/technicallefotg> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 Storm Water Manual of BMPs United States Department of the Interior and United States Department of Agriculture. Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development "Gold Book". BLM/WO/ST-06/021+3071. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Denver, Colorado. Fourth Edition, 2006. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 Storm Water Manual of BMPs Figures Site Isometrics SI -1 Site Isometric — Flat and Gently Sloping Terrain SI -2 Site Isometric -- Steep Terrain Site Plans SP -0 Site Plan — Preconstrnction SP -1 Site Plan — Flat and Gently Sloping Terrain SP -2 Site Plan — Steep Terrain Details D-1 Access Road Intersection — Well Pad below Road D-2 Access Road Intersection — Well Pad above Road D-3 Well Pad D-4 Road Parallel to Gathering Line and Stream D-5 404 Stream Crossing Best Management Practices (BMPs) Erosion Control Berm (B) Culvert (C) Culvert Protection (CP) Diversion (D) Drainage Dip (DD) Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Hydraulic Mulching (HM) Land Grading (LG) — Roads Level Spreader (LS) Mulching (M) Retaining Wall (RW) Riprap (R) Roadside Ditches (RSD) and Turnouts (TO) Run On Diversion (ROD) Slope Drain (SD) Stockpiling (SP) -- Topsoil and Subsoil Surface Roughening (SR) Terracing (T) Vegetated Buffer (VB) Revegetation (RV) Water Bar (WB) Wattles (W) Berm (B) Description A berm is a ridge of compacted soil located at the top or base of a sloping disturbed area to contain or divert surface runoff, Berms may be constructed from either excavated topsoil or subsoil. The purpose of a berm is to control runoff velocity, divert onsite surface runoff to a sediment trapping device, and/or divert clean water away from disturbed areas. Applicability Berms are usually appropriate for drainage basins smaller than five acres, but with modifications they can be capable of servicing areas as large as ten acres. With regular maintenance, earthen berms have a useful life span of approximately 18 months. Berms are applicable for the following applications: • At the perimeter of a well pad (particularly the outer edge) to ensure that runoff remains on the pad and is diverted to a well pad detention pond, if available. See DETENTION POND (DP). • Along the outside shoulder of an insloped road to ensure that runoff from the roadway drains inward and to protect the fill slope from continual disturbances during road blading and maintaining. See LA N L) GRADING (LG) - ROADS. • Upslope of cut or fill slopes to divert flows away from disturbed areas. • Downslope of cut or fill slopes to divert onsite runoff to a stabilized outlet or sediment trapping device, although diversions are more commonly used for this application. See 1)I VERS ION (D). Limitations • Berms may erode if not properly compacted and stabilized with vegetation or an erosion control blanket. Berms which are adjacent to concentrated flows will require erosion blanketing according to EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (ECB). • If a berm crosses a vehicle roadway or entrance, its effectiveness can be reduced. Wherever possible, berms should be designed to avoid crossing vehicle pathways. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 4 Berms (B) Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications 1. Prior to berm construction, remove all trees, brush, stumps and other objects in the path of the berm and till the base of the berm before laying the fill. Fill may consist of topsoil or subsoil excavated during the construction of nearby roads or well pads. If fill material is excavated adjacent to berm, following the specification for DIVERSION (D). 2. Construct the berm according to Figure B- J for the appropriate drainage area. For points where vehicles will cross the berm, the side slope should be no steeper than 3:1 and the mound may be constructed of gravel rather than soil. This will prolong the life of the berm and increase effectiveness at the point of vehicle crossing. For well pad perimeter installation the pad side of the berm should be sloped at 1.5:1 to help prevent vehicles from backing over the edge of the pad. 3. To remain effective, berms should be compacted with tracked equipment, if possible. 4. All berms shall have positive drainage to a stabilized outlet so that runoff does not collect in ponds on the upslope side of the berm, but instead flows along the berm until it reaches a stabilized outlet. Field location should be adjusted as needed. Stabilized outlet may be a well -vegetated area, a well pad detention pond, or a sediment control such as a silt fence or sediment trap where sediment can settle out of the runoff before being discharged to surface waters. 5. If the expected life span of the berm is greater than 15 days, it is strongly recommended that the berm be stabilized with vegetation or an erosion control blanket immediately after construction. Stabilization is required where concentrated flows are expected. See Table B- 1 for recommended stabilization methods for berms on various slopes. 6. Berms should be constructed and fully stabilized prior to commencement of major upslope land disturbance. This will maximize the effectiveness of the structure as a storm water control device. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Berms should be inspected for evidence of erosion or deterioration to ensure continued effectiveness. Berms should also be maintained at the original height. Any decrease in height due to settling or erosion, which impacts the effectiveness of the BMP, should be repaired immediately. Rov: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Berms (B) Removal Berms should remain in place and in good condition until all upsiope disturbed areas are permanently stabilized. There is no need to formally remove the berm on completion of stabilization until interim or final reclamation. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http:/lcfpub.epa.gov/npdeslstormwaterlmenuofbmpslcon_site.cfm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. http:llwww.dec.state.ny.uslwebsiteldowltoolboxlescstandards Table B-1 Temporary Berm Stabilization Type of Treatment Channel Grade' A (<5 Ac.) B (5-10 Ac) 1 0.5-3.0% Seed & Straw Mulch Seed & Straw Mulch 2 3.0-5.0% Seed & Straw Mulch Seed and cover with erosion control blanket, or Tined with 2 -inch stone 3 5.0-8.0% Seed and cover with erosion control blanket, or line with 2 - inch stone Line with 4 to 8 -inch stone or rock2 4 8.0-20.0% Line with 4 to 8 -inch or stone or rock2 Engineering Design 'In highly erodible soils, as defined by the local approving agency, refer to the next higher slope grade for type of stabilization. 2Site rock, if available, shall be broken into the required size. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 4 Berms (B) Figure B-1 Berm Installation TYPE A - GENERAL SITE PERIMETER INSTALLATION now y II Max 2 I �✓ 2 Max. Gut or FII Slope Slope 10 nim. ,._,,,,„4,,,„„._\\ 44, \ _ ,„ ...„. '\/��//\/ /;-:�//�% ' \ \4 �\/�/ Y� Natural ground surface //lvN„..,,,:./;\7, \i Stabilization as required (sea table) OnA� \i\/,��i, ,- ,\;�j\\\/`\/%\\�%��%/%\/��%\/��%\/\` i steep slopes excavate to provide , required flow width at flow depth. Note: Slope berm 0.5% to. 20% to stabilize outlet. NOT TO SCALE TYPE B - WELL PAD PERIMETER INSTALLATION 1 1- 24" -I Max. 1.5 ' 1 24 2 Max. _ Fill (Topsoil or Subsoil} NOT TO SCALE , „y. \(/‘.;\ \ Stabilization as required (see table). Note: Stope berm 0.5% to 10% to detention pond. TYPE C - ROADSIDE INSTALLATION Stabilization as * 18" required (see table}. ' Max. 1.5 j Fill Slope 411118 I—� I IFir �E Y ,ell 1l:lri Fr NOT TO SCALE 1.5 Max. 1Ral= �p� I=L— I II—I �Jl-1�I Rj Il=11-�l1=IIF I-JII� 1=n�1 r Fill (Topsoil or Subsoil) Flow Roadway (slope 3-5) J\. 'rte Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Berms (B) BERM A (‹5 ac) BERM B (5-10 ac) A - BERM HEIGHT 18 in. 36 in. B -$ERM WIDTH 24 in. 36 in. C - FLOW WIDTH 48in. 60 in. D - FLOW DEPTH 8In. 15 in. TYPE B - WELL PAD PERIMETER INSTALLATION 1 1- 24" -I Max. 1.5 ' 1 24 2 Max. _ Fill (Topsoil or Subsoil} NOT TO SCALE , „y. \(/‘.;\ \ Stabilization as required (see table). Note: Stope berm 0.5% to 10% to detention pond. TYPE C - ROADSIDE INSTALLATION Stabilization as * 18" required (see table}. ' Max. 1.5 j Fill Slope 411118 I—� I IFir �E Y ,ell 1l:lri Fr NOT TO SCALE 1.5 Max. 1Ral= �p� I=L— I II—I �Jl-1�I Rj Il=11-�l1=IIF I-JII� 1=n�1 r Fill (Topsoil or Subsoil) Flow Roadway (slope 3-5) J\. 'rte Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Berms (B) Culvert (C) Description Culverts are typically concrete, steel, aluminum, or plastic pipe used to move ditch water under the road or to direct stream flow under the road or construction area. Applicability Culverts are ideal on road grades less than 15%. For grades over 15%, it is difficult to slow down the water or remove it from the road surface rapidly. On such steep grades, it is best to use frequently spaced relief culverts and drainage crossing culverts, with armored ditches (see R LPR AP ( R )). Culverts may be used in the following applications: • As drainage crossing culverts in streams and gullies to allow normal drainage to flow under the traveled way. • As ditch relief culverts to periodically relieve the inside ditch line flow by piping water to the opposite side of the road where the flow can be dispersed away from the roadway. Culverts placed in natural drainages may be utilized for ditch relief. Limitations • If undersized, culverts are susceptible to plugging and require cleaning. • Culverts will not filter sediment. • Culverts are easily crushed if not properly designed. Design Criteria Capacity All culverts should be designed for a minimum 25 -year -frequency storm with an allowable head that does not overlap the roadway. However, the minimum acceptable size culvert diameter to prevent failure from debris blockage is 18 inches for intermittent stream crossings and 36 inches for perennial stream crossings. Pipe size can be determined using general design criteria, such as in 'fable C-1, but is ideally based upon site-specific hydrologic analysis. Depth The depth of culvert burial must be sufficient to ensure protection of the culvert barrel for the design life of the culvert. This requires anticipating the amount of material that may be lost due to road use and erosion. Headwalls Use headwalls on culvert pipes as often as possible (see RETAINING WALL (R W) ). The advantages of headwalls include: preventing large pipes from floating out of the Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 6 Culverts (0) ground when they plug; reducing the length of the pipe; increasing pipe capacity; helping to funnel debris through the pipe; retaining the backfill material; and reducing the chances of culvert failure if it is overtopped. Construction Specifications Drainage crossing culverts 1. Make road crossings of natural drainages perpendicular to the drainage to minimize pipe length and area of disturbance (Figure C-1). 2. Use single large pipes versus multiple smaller diameter pipes to minimize plugging potential in most channels (unless roadway elevation is critical). In very broad channels, multiple pipes are desirable to maintain the natural flow spread across the channel. All culverts should be concrete, corrugated metal pipe (CMP) made of steel or aluminum, or properly bedded and backfilled corrugated plastic pipe. 3. Align culverts in the bottom and middle of the natural channel flowline so that installation causes no change in the stream channel alignment or stream bottom elevation. Culverts should not cause damming or pooling or increase stream velocities significantly. 4. Extend the outlet of the culvert at least one foot beyond the toe of the slope to prevent erosion of the fill material. Alternatively, use retaining walls (headwalls) to hold back the fill slope. 5. It may be necessary to install rip -rap, erosion control blanketing, a combination of the riprap and blanketing, or other energy dissipater device at the outlet end of the culvert to reduce soil erosion or to trap sediment (see CULVERT PROTECTION {CTI). 6. It may be desirable to construct pulloffslturnouts for vehicles on one or both sides of narrow culvert crossings. This will help avoid culvert crushing as well as disturbance to roadside ditches and berms. Ditch relief culverts 1. See Figure C_2 for installation details. 2. Ditch relief culverts can provide better flow when skewed 0 to 30 degrees perpendicular to the road. 3. The culvert gradient should be at least 2% greater than the approach ditch gradient. This improves the flow hydraulics and reduces siltation and debris from plugging the culvert inlet. 4. Discharge culvert at natural ground level where possible (see Figure C 3 -Type A), on firm, non-erosive soil or in rocky or brushy areas. If discharged on the fill slopes, armor outlets with riprap or logging Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 6 Culverts (C) slash (see Figure C-3 — Type B), or use down -drain structures (see Figure C-3 — Type C and SLOPE DRAIN (SD)). 5. Extend the inlet of the culvert at least one foot beyond the flowline of the roadside ditch. Extend the outlet of the culvert at least one foot beyond the toe of slopes to prevent erosion of the fill material. 6. It may be necessary to install rip -rap or other energy dissipater devices at the outlet end of the culvert to prevent soil erosion or to trap sediment (see CULVERT PROTECTION (CP)). 7. Spacing of culverts is dependent on the road gradient, soil types, and runoff characteristics according to the following table: Soil Type Road Grade 2-4% 5-8% 9-12% Highly corrosive granitic or sandy 240' 180' 140' Intermediate erosive clay or load 310' 260' _ 200' Low erosive shale or gravel 400' 325' 250' 8. It may be desirable to construct pulloffs/turnouts for vehicles on one or both sides of narrow culvert crossings. This will help avoid culvert crushing as well as disturbance to roadside ditches and berms. Backfill and Compaction 1. See Figure C-4. 2. Firmly compact well -graded fill material (soil or road base) around culverts, particularly around the bottom half, using placement in layers to achieve a uniform density. Use slightly plastic sandy gravel with fines. Avoid the use of fine sand and silt rich soils for bedding material because of their susceptibility to piping. Pay particular attention to culvert bedding and compaction around the haunches of the pipe. Do not allow the compaction to move or raise the pipe. In large fills, allow for settlement. 3. Cover the top of metal and plastic culvert pipes with fill to a depth of at least 1 foot to prevent pipe crushing by heavy trucks. Use a minimum cover of 2 feet of fill over concrete pipe. For maximum allowable fill height, follow the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Mound fill over the top of culvert pipes so that the road is slightly raised at culvert locations to help prevent erosion and water from ponding over culvert crossings. This practice, as well as placing large boulders around the culvert outlets, will also help to prevent culverts from crushing. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 6 Culverts (C) Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). If any damage to culvert or inlet/outlet protection is noted or if there is any evidence of scour, repairs should be made immediately. Any debris that may be blocking the culvert inlet or outlet should be removed. References Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> United States Department of the Interior and United States Department of Agriculture. Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development "Gold Book". BLM/WO/ST-06/021+3071. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Denver, Colorado. Fourth Edition, 2006. Table C-1 Culvert Sizing Drainage Area (acres) Size of Drainage Structure (diameter and area) Steep Slopes (Light Vegetation) C=0.7 Gentle Slopes (Heavy Vegetation) C=0.2 Round Pipe (in) Area (sq. ft) Round Pipe (in) Area (sq. ft)_ 0 -- 10 30" 4.9 18" 1.8 10 - 20 42" 9.6 24" 3.1 20 - 35 48" 12.6 30" 4.9 35 - 75 72" 28.3 42" 9.6 75 - 125 84" 38.5 48" 12.6 125 - 200 96" 50.3 60" 19.6 Notes: If pipe size is not available, use the next larger pipe size for the given drainage area. For intermediate terrain, interpolate between pipe sizes. Pipe size is based upon the Rational Formula and Culvert Capacity curves. Assumes a rainfall intensity of 3 to 4 in/hr. Values of "C" are the Runoff Coefficients for the terrain. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 6 Culverts (C) Figure C-1 Drainage Crossing Culvert Alignment & Overflow Dip Inlet protection• (large boulders) • Note: Make med crossing perpendicular to d . the drainage to minimize pipe length - - _ and area of disturbance. f: • •' NOT TO SCALE '-' • • • :,per rte: f�i Qs) ! � f r Extend culvert 1 ft. 'ert / t - ---- byond the toe of ,� rte\ I /-.-4 1 the scope. ;� ��,i 1 - ' l( ,1\ .,,%""`i--. --ice ' ; -_�_) - `„\ Outlet protection -- with nprap Figure C-2 Ditch Relief Culvert Installation \Turnout where acrossings are narrow . Lr� ;f) Extend culvert J %/j 1' beyond toe of slope NOT TO SCALE - inlet protection as needed '•Spacing 140-400' between culverts '- Culvert - - Tri. \ //Ni jA V 0-30° Ai Fit slope - :2—.— \ )Y Place outlet pipe a1 natural ground r_ �'`•�' level or riprap armor the fill material - - ,- Roadside ditch Extend culvert at least 1' beyond the flowlfne of the roadside ditch Inlet protection as needed N • Culvert Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 6 Culverts (C) Figure C-3 Culvert Installation Options TYPE A TYPE B Natural ground surface .7--r.- .. Roadbed ��/��,. Inslope 35% Compacted / ,. > .w yr Fill •>/>,/%T// \te%\` Culvert ,1/-.:-':(7/ ‘-l' '-:///''''' \/ /: Culvert cross -drain NOT TO SCALE Roadbed Comparted Flli Inslope35% � f Add riprap or other slope protection Outlet protection with rock riprap TYPE C Culvert Outlet protection / with rock riprap Roadbed Compacted Fill Inslope 3S% Anchor the slope drain pipe to theft! slope r. with stakes, cable anchor blocks, etc. Outetprotechon •Ci \\:!\� with rock riprap Figure C-4 Culvert Backfill and Compaction Roadbed Slight mound over culvert —� '''\\/27.7,%777>*' t/• Base and sidewall fill material should be compacted. Compact the fill a minium of each culvert diameter on each side of the culvert. NOT TO SCALE . 40' At least 1 ft. of cover for CMP or one third of diameter for large culverts. Use 2 ft. °evertor concrete pipe. Culvert .Tamp backfill material at �regualar intervals (lilts) of 6-8" — Level of natural streambed Gravel or soil culvert bed (no rock larger than 31 Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 6 of 6 Culverts (C) Culvert Protection (CP) Description Culvert protection is required at both the inlet to the culvert (upstream side) and the outlet to the culvert (downstream side). Culvert inlet protection could involve placing boulders, riprap, gabions, rock retaining walls, slash, and/or any other protection at the inlets of pipes. Riprap, or other energy -dissipating devices, will reduce the velocity of storm water flows and thereby prevent erosion and help protect the inlet structure. Culvert outlet protection involves placing structurally lined aprons or other appropriate energy -dissipating devices, such as large boulders or plunge pools, at the outlets of pipes to reduce the velocity of storm water flows and thereby prevent scouring at storm water outlets, protect the outlet structure, and minimize potential for erosion downstream. Applicability Riprap inlet protection should be used where velocities and energies at the inlets of culverts are sufficient to erode around the inlet structure. Riprap may also be used to help channel the storm water to the inlet of the culvert. Culvert outlet protection should be used where discharge velocities and energies at the outlets of culverts or channels are sufficient to erode the next downstream reach. Limitations Rock aprons at culvert outlets should not be placed on slopes steeper than 10 percent. Runoff from pipe outlets at the top of cuts/fills or on slopes steeper than 10 percent should be routed via slope drains or riprap chutes to a rock apron at the toe of the slope. Otherwise flows will re -concentration and gain velocities as the flow leaves the apron. Design Criteria Culvert Inlet Protection Riprap, gabions, or rock retaining walls at culvert inlets shall be designed according to their appropriate BMPs. Culvert Outlet Protection Gabions or rock retaining walls at culvert outlets shall be designed according to their appropriate BMPs. No formal design is required for plunge pools at outlets. Riprap aprons at culvert outlets shall be designed as follows: Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 6 Culvert Protection (CP) Tailwater Depth. The depth of tailwater immediately below the pipe outlet must be determined for the design capacity of the pipe. If the tailwater depth is less than half the diameter of the outlet pipe, and the receiving stream is wide enough to accept divergence of the flow, it shall be classified as a Minimum Tailwater Condition. If the tailwater depth is greater than half the pipe diameter and the receiving stream will continue to confine the flow, it shall be classified as a Maximum Tailwater Condition. Pipes which outlet onto flat areas with no defined channel may be assumed to have a Minimum Tailwater Condition. Riprap Apron Size & D50. The apron length (LA) and the D50 of the riprap shall be determined from Table CP -1 according to the design flow and whether there is a minimum or maximum tailwater condition. The apron width (W) shall then be determined as: W=d-i-0.4LA where d is the diameter of the culvert. If the pipe discharges directly into a well defined channel, the apron shall extend across the channel bottom and up the channel banks to an elevation one foot above the maximum tailwater depth or to the top of the bank, whichever is less. The upstream end of the apron, adjacent to the pipe, shall have a width two (2) times the diameter of the outlet pipe, or conform to pipe end section if used. Riprap Materials. The outlet protection may be done using rock riprap or grouted riprap. Riprap shall be composed of a well -graded mixture of stone size so that 50 percent of the pieces, by weight, shall be larger than the D50 size determined from Tahlc CP -1. A well -graded mixture, as used herein, is defined as a mixture composed primarily of larger stone sizes, but with a sufficient mixture of other sizes to fill the smaller voids between the stones. The diameter of the largest stone size in such a mixture shall be 1.5 times the D50 size. All grout for grouted riprap must be one part Portland cement for every 3 parts sand, mixed thoroughly with water. Filter. If a filter cloth or gravel is used, it should be designed according to RIPRAP (R). Apron Thickness. The minimum thickness of the riprap Layer shall be 1.5 times the maximum stone diameter for D50 of 15 inches or less; and 1.2 times the maximum stone size for D50 greater than 15 inches. Riprap Stone Quality. Stone for riprap shall consist of field stone or rough unhewn quarry stone. The stone shall be hard and angular and of a quality that will not disintegrate on exposure to water or weathering. The specific gravity of the individual stones shall be at least 2.5. Site rock or site boulders may be used provided it has a density of at least 150 pounds per cubic foot, and does not have any exposed steel or reinforcing bars. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 6 Culvert Protection (CP) Construction Specifications Culvert Inlet Protection 1. Riprap, gabions, or rock retaining walls at culvert inlets shall be constructed according to their appropriate BMPs. 2. After installation of a culvert, examine the stream channel for the amount of debris, logs, and brushy vegetation present. In channels with large amounts of debris, consider using oversized pipes. 3. Boulders should be drystacked around the culvert inlet and up the slope to the edge of the road. Culvert Outlet Protection Gabions or rock retaining walls at culvert outlets shall be constructed according to their appropriate BMPs. Riprap aprons at culvert outlets shall be constructed according to Figure CP -2 and as follows: 1. Prepare the subgrade for the riprap to the required lines and grades. Any fill required in the subgrade shall be compacted to a density of approximately that of the surrounding undisturbed material. 2. If a pipe discharges into a well-defined channel, the channel's side slopes may not be steeper than 2:1. 3. Construct apron to the design length and width with no slope (Figure CP -2). The invert elevations must be equal at the receiving channel and the apron's downstream end. No overfall at the end of the apron is allowed. The elevation of the downstream end of the apron shall be equal to the elevation of the receiving channel or adjacent ground. The outlet protection apron shall be located so that there are no bends in the horizontal alignment. 4. Line the apron with riprap, grouted riprap, or concrete. Riprap should be the appropriate size and thickness as designed. See R WRAP (R) for the placement of riprap. 5. If a culvert outlets at the top of cuts/fills or on slopes steeper than 10 percent one of the following two options is suggested: a. Transition culvert to a slope drain according to SLOPE DRAIN (SD). The slope drain shall convey storm water to the bottom of the slope where a riprap apron, as designed above, shall prevent erosion at the slope drain outlet. b. Line slope below culvert outlet with a riprap channel to convey storm water to the bottom of the slope where a riprap apron, as designed above, shall prevent erosion at the bottom of the slope. The riprap channel shall be designed according to the table in the RIPRAP (R) Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 6 Culvert Protection (CP) BMP that is based on depth of flow and slope. The riprap channel shall dip into the slope so that all water is contained within the channel, flows to the riprap outlet apron at the base of the slope, and does not spill over the sides onto unprotected soil. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspect for debris at the entrance to culverts and within culverts. Inspect riprap at culvert inlets for damaged or dislodged stones. The maintenance needs are usually very low for properly installed riprap aprons at culvert outlets. However, inspect for evidence of scour beneath riprap at outlet aprons or for dislodged stones. And needed repairs that reduce the effectiveness of the BMP should be made immediately. References Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 6 Culvert Protection (CP) Table CP -1 Outlet Protection Design Riprap Aprons for Low Tailwater (downstream flow depth < 0.5 x pipe diameter) Culvert Diameter Lo'r,:st value Internr:diate clues to interpolate from Hi. hest 'id ue . 0 L. D Q LA D 0 La 02;, Q LA Dee 0 L DD-, Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft ' In Cfs Ft ;n 12" 4 7 2.5 6 10 3.5 9 131 5 12 16 7 14 17 8.5 15" 6.5 8 3 10 12 5 15 16 7 20 18 10 25 20 12 L 18" 10 9 3.5 15 14 5.51 ' 20 17 7 30 22 11 40 25 14 21" 15 11 4 2518 ' 7 : 35 22 10 45 26 13 f3, 29 18 ' 24" 21 13 5 35 20 8.5 _ 50 25 12 65 30 16 80 33 19 27" 27 14 5.5 50 24 ^ 9.5 70 29 14 90 34 18 110 37 22 30" 36 16 6 60 25 9.5. 93 33 '15.5. 120. 38 20 140 41 24 36" 56 20 , 7 100 32 13 140 40 18 180' 45 23 220 E0 28 42" 82 22 8.5 120 32 12 160 39 17 200 45 20 260 52 25 48" 120 26 10 170 37 14 220 _ 46 19 270 54 23 320 64 37 Riprap Aprons for (downstream flow depth High Tailwater > 0.5 x pipe diameter) Culvert Diameter La...est value Intermediate values to interrofate from Highest 'os,Jrre 0 LA Den Q LA Dm_ Q LA D.5D Q LA DEG 0 LA D, 3 Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft In Cfs Ft In 12" 4 8 2 6 18 2.5 9 28 4.5 12 36 7 14 40 8 15" 7 8 2 10 20 2.5 15 34 5 20 42 7.5 25 50 10 18" 10 8 2 15 22 3 20 34 5 30 50 9 40 60 11 21" 15 8 2 _ 25 32 4.535 48 7 45 58 11 60 72 '14 24" 20 8 2 35 36 5 ' 50 55 8.5 65 68 12 80 80 '15 27" 27 10 2 50 41 6 70 58 10 9070 14 110 82 17 30" 36 11 2 60 42 6 93 641 11 120 ' 80 15 140 90 18 36" 66 13 2.5 100 60 7 140 85 13 180 104 18 220 120 23 42" 82 15 2.5 120 50 6 160 75 10 200 96 14 260 120 '19 48" 120 20 2.5 170 58 7 -220 85 € 2 270 105 16 320 120 _ 20 1 \\ Sediment Roadside duce NOT TO SCALE Figure CP -1 Typical Inlet Protection Extend culvert ,• oeyond tees er elope — Riprap (R) « Erosion control blenke1 (ECB) �TC�-CTS' '— Boulders Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 6 Culvert Protection (CP) Figure CP -2 Typical Outlet Protection i . ��. 7Exlent culvert 1' min. �+ ) Sche beyond toe of elope. ✓ C4 rge 11 2'1 d!2 w - d+0.4 La L/1-7 d12�T :t Graded aggregate \, filter or filter cloth � � E Graded aggregate J\,\ filter or (titer cloth NOT TO SCALE I— 3' min. A' La Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 6 of 6 Culvert Protection (CP) Diversion (D) Definition A diversion is a drainage way of parabolic or trapezoidal cross-section with a supporting ridge on the lower side that is constructed across the slope. The purpose of a diversion is to prevent off site storm runoff from entering a disturbed area, to prevent sediment laden storm runoff from leaving the construction site or disturbed area, to prevent flows from eroding slopes, and to direct sediment laden flows to a trapping device. Applicability Diversions may be designed for temporary or permanent use. The maximum drainage area for temporary, un -compacted diversions is two acres. For drainage areas larger than two acres but less than ten acres, the diversion should be compacted. For undisturbed drainage areas larger than ten acres, a permanent diversion may be designed to handle larger flows. Diversions may be used for the following applications: • Upslope of cut or fill slopes to convey or divert flows away from disturbed areas. See RUN ON DIVERSION (ROD). • Downslope of cut or fill slopes to divert onsite runoff to a stabilized outlet or sediment trapping device. • At the outer edge of a well pad to ensure that runoff remains on the pad and is diverted to a well pad detention pond, if available. See DETENTION POND (DP). • Where runoff from higher areas has potential for causing erosion, or interfering with, or preventing the establishment of, vegetation on lower areas. • Where the length of slopes needs to be reduced so that soil loss will be kept to a minimum. • At the perimeter of a site or disturbed area. Limitations The area around the diversion channel that is disturbed by its construction must be stabilized (with vegetation or other erosion control) so that it is not subject to similar erosion as the steep slope the channel is built to protect. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 5 Diversion (D) • To alleviate erosion capability, diversions must be directed into a stabilized outlet or well -vegetated area or to sediment trapping devices, where erosion sediment can settle out of the runoff before being discharged to surface waters. • Temporary diversions should be designed to avoid crossing vehicle pathways. Diversions should be used with caution on soils subject to slippage. Design Criteria For a temporary diversion (drainage area less than 10 acres), no formal design is necessary. For a permanent Run On Diversion see RUN ON DIVERSION (ROD). For other permanent diversions (drainage area larger than 10 acres) the following guidelines apply: Location Diversion location shall be determined by considering outlet conditions, topography, land use, soil type, length of slope, and the development layout. Capacity Peak rates of runoff values used in determining the capacity requirements shall be as outlined by TR -55, Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds. The constructed diversion shall have capacity to carry, as a minimum, the peak discharge from a ten- year frequency rainfall event with freeboard of not less than 0.3 feet. Cross Section See Figure D-2 for details. The diversion channel shall be parabolic or trapezoidal in shape, if possible. The diversion shall be designed to have stable side slopes. The side slopes shall not be steeper than 2:1 and shall be flat enough to ensure ease of maintenance of the diversion and its protective vegetative cover. The ridge shall have a minimum width of four feet at the design water elevation; a minimum of 0.3 feet freeboard and a reasonable settlement factor (10%) shall be provided. Velocity and Grade The permissible velocity for the specific soil type will determine the maximum grade. The maximum permissible velocity for sand and silt vegetated channels is 3 ft/sec, and 5 ft/sec for clay vegetated channels. Diversions are not usually applicable below high sediment producing areas unless structural measures, designed to prevent damaging accumulations of sediment in the channels, are installed with, or before, the diversions. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 5 Diversion (D) Construction Specifications General 1. All trees, brush, stumps, obstructions, and other objectionable material shall be removed and disposed of so as not to interfere with the proper functioning of the diversion. 2. All diversions shall have uninterrupted positive grade to an outlet. 3. Each diversion must have an adequate outlet where outflow will not cause damage. Diverted runoff from a disturbed area shall be conveyed to a sediment trapping device. Diverted runoff from an undisturbed area shall outlet to a sediment trapping device or into an undisturbed stabilized area at non-erosive velocities. Vegetated outlets shall be installed before diversion construction, if needed, to ensure establishment of vegetative cover in the outlet channel. Temporary Diversion (drainage area <10 acres) See Figure 1)-1. 1. The diversion shall be excavated or shaped to line, grade, and cross section as required to meet the specified criteria. The diversion does not need to be compacted if the contributing drainage area is less than 2 acres. 2. Stabilization with vegetation is not required as long as sediment traps (see SEDIMENT TRAP (ST)) or other sediment control devices are provided. Permanent Diversion (drainage area >10 acres) See Figure D-2. 1. The diversion shall be excavated or shaped to line, grade, and cross section as required to meet the criteria specified herein, and be free of bank projections or other irregularities which will impede normal flow. 2. Parabolic and triangular-shaped, grass -lined channels should not have a top width of more than 30 feet. Trapezoidal, grass -lined channels may not have a bottom width of more than 15 feet unless there are multiple or divided waterways, they have a riprap center, or other methods of controlling the meandering of Iow flows are provided. 3. If grass -lined channels have a base flow, a stone center or subsurface drain or another method for managing the base flow must be provided. 4. Fills shall be compacted as needed to prevent unequal settlement that would cause damage in the complete diversion. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 5 Diversion (0) 5. All earth removed and not needed in construction shall be spread or disposed of on the well pad side of the diversion so that it will not interfere with the functioning of the diversion. 6. Immediately after the ridge and channel are constructed, they must be seeded or hydro -seeded and mulched or covered with erosion blanketing according to REVEGETATION (RV) and MULCHING (M) or EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (ECB) along with any disturbed areas that drain into the diversion. a. For design velocities less than 3.5 ft/sec, seeding and mulching may be used for establishment of the vegetation. It is recommended that, when conditions permit, temporary diversions or other means should be used to prevent water from entering the diversion during the establishment of the vegetation. b. For design velocities or more than 3.5 ft/sec, the diversion shall be stabilized with seeding protected by Jute or Excelsior matting, or with seeding and mulching including temporary diversion of the water until the vegetation is established. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Channels should be cleared of sediment, repairs made when necessary, and seeded areas reseeded if a vegetative cover is not established. Maintain diversion capacity, ridge height, and outlet elevations especially if high sediment yielding areas are in the drainage area above the diversion. Establish necessary cleanout requirements. Redistribute sediment as necessary to maintain the capacity of the diversion. Removal Temporary and un -compacted diversions shall remain in place only until the disturbed areas are permanently stabilized. Permanent diversions shall remain in place until final reclamation. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/esestandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7125/06 Page 4 of 5 Diversion (0) United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Field Office Technical Guide. 2002. <www.nres.usda.gov/technicaiefotg> Figure D-1 Temporary Diversion Installation Small Depression to Capture Runofl from Berm of Diversion 24" min. -��i 9 mi Existing Ground 24" min. ----- 9.min NOT TO SCALE Flow Notes 1 }Diversion shall slope between 0.5% and 8% to a stabilized outlet. 2) Diversions located above or below well pads shall have a vegetated buffer between the diversion and the pad. if possible. Figure D-2 Permanent Diversion Installation FLOW NOT TO SCALE 48" min. 10" Settlement j - Design Top Width -I Max 1 Design Depth 2 x�lt��' r Ftli Material' 4 min. Freeboard 2 ' \ / \ 1l,, 1 Surface 5' max. Small Depression to Capture Runoff from Berm of Diversion Stabilize with Vegetation and Mulch or Erosion / Control Blanket Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 5 Diversion (D) Drainage Dip (DD) Description Drainage dips intercept and remove surface water from the road and shoulders before the combination of water volume and velocity begins to erode the surface materials. Drainage dips are constructed diagonally across and as part of the road surface, and will pass slow traffic while dispersing surface water. Applicability Drainage dips may be used in the following applications: • To move water off the road surface efficiently and economically. • In place of a culvert, which is costly and susceptible to plugging or failure. • On low volume, low to moderate speed roads (10-35 mph) with grades less than 12%. Limitations • Size limited by the safe passage of trucks and equipment • May cause concentrated flows from sheet flows • Require vegetative cover or other filter at discharge point Design Criteria No formal design required. Construction Specifications See Figure DI) - I. 1. Construct rolling dips deep enough to provide adequate drainage, angled 0-25 degrees from perpendicular to the road, with a 3-5% outslope, and long enough (50 to 200 feet) to pass vehicles and equipment. 2. In soft soils, armor the mound and dip with gravel or rock, as well as the outlet of the dip. 3. Spacing of drainage dips depends upon local conditions such as soil material, grade, and topography. See Table DD -1 for recommended maximum distances between drainage dips. Rev: 0 /Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Drainage Dip (DD) Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspections should pay close attention to discharge points. References Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> Maine Department of Conservation, Best Management Practices for Forestry: Protecting Maine's Water Quality. Maine Forest Service, Forest Policy and Management Division. Augusta, Maine. 2004. <http://www. state.me.usldoc/mfs/pubs/pdf/bmp_manual/bmp_manual.pdf> United States Department of the Interior and United States Department of Agriculture. Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development "Gold Book". BLM/WO/ST-06/021+3071. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Denver, Colorado. Fourth Edition, 2006. Table DD -1 Maximum Distance between Drainage Dips Road Grade, % Low to Non -Erosive Soils (1) Erosive Soils (2) 0 - 3 400' 200' 4 - 6 300' 160' 7 - 9 250' 130' 10 - 12 200' 110' 12+ 160' 100' (1) Low Erosion Soils = Coarse Rocky Soils, Gravel, and Some Clay (2) High Erosion Soils = Fine, Friable Soils, Silt, Fine Sands Rev: 0 /Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Drainage Dip (DD) Figure DD -1 Typical Drainage Dip Flow NOT TO SCALE Dip — Mound Road Grade a b d h 2% 10' 10' 0.6' 0.4' 4% 14' 14' 1.0' 0.8' 6% 16' 18' 1.2' 1.4' 8% 22' 24' 2.0' 2.2' r Dip Mound 100-400 ft.r<:5'`r':J;L1.1�SSa — 25° Rev: 0 /Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Drainage Dip (DD) Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Description Erosion control blankets, also called turf reinforcement mats (TRM), are porous fabrics and are manufactured by weaving or bonding fibers made from organic or synthetic materials. Erosion control blankets are installed on steep slopes, over berms, or in channels to prevent erosion until final vegetation is established. However, blankets can also be used as separators or to aid in plant growth by holding seeds, fertilizers, and topsoil in place. Applicability Erosion control blankets may be used in the following applications: • To control erosion on steep slopes and to promote the establishment of vegetation. • To stabilize channels against erosion from concentrated flows. • To protect berms and diversions prior to the establishment of vegetation. • To protect exposed soils immediately and temporarily, such as when active piles of soil are left overnight. • As a separator between riprap and soil to prevent soil from being eroded from beneath the riprap and to maintain the riprap's base. • May be used on slopes as steep as 1:1. Limitations • BIankets used on slopes should be biodegradable, or photodegradable, non-toxic to vegetation or germination of seed, and non-toxic or injurious to humans. • Should not be used on slopes where vegetation is already established. • Some blankets might promote increased runoff and might blow away if not firmly anchored. • If the fabric is not properly selected, designed, or installed, the effectiveness may be reduced drastically. Manufacturer's specifications should be followed. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 5 Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Design Criteria There are many types of erosion control blankets available. Therefore, the selected fabric should match its purpose. Effective netting and matting require firm, continuous contact between the materials and the soil. If there is no contact, the material will not hold the soil, and erosion will occur underneath the material. Fabric should be purchased at an appropriate with to cover the whole width of the channel, if possible. Table ECB -1 indicates some recommended criteria for the selection of erosion control blankets. Table ECB -2 provides typical seed mixes when using erosion control blankets. Construction Specifications 1. Smooth soil prior to installation and apply seed prior to fabric installation for stabilization of construction sites. 2. Select the appropriate fabric type using the guidelines from Table ECB -1. Select the appropriate seed mix according to Table ECB -2. 3. Installation of the blankets shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and according to Figure ECB -1. For blankets being placed in channels, the fabric should be rolled out parallel to the channel if the width is sufficient to cover the entire width of the channel. The fabric needs to be in continuous contact with exposed soil. 4. Pins or staples shall be made of wire 0.162 inch or larger in diameter. "U" shaped staples shall have legs 8" long, and a 1" crown. "T" shaped pins shall have a minimum length of 8". The bar of the "T" shall be at least 4" long. Triangular survey stakes can also be used. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspections should determine if cracks, tears, or breaches have formed in the fabric. If the effectiveness of the BMP has been reduced, the fabric should be repaired or replaced immediately. Re -anchor loosened matting and replace missing matting and staples as required. It is necessary to maintain contact between the ground and the blanket at all times. Trapped sediment should be removed after each storm event. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http:f/cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfnv Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 5 Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htnv North American Green, 2004. <http://www.nagreen.conv Table ECB -1 Suggested Blanket Types Description Longevity Applications Max. Flow Velocity (feet/sec.) Single Net Straw Blanket 12 months 4:1 - 3:1 Slopes Low Flow Channels 5 Rapid Degrading Net 45 - 60 Days 4:1 - 3:1 Slopes Low Flow Channels 5 Double Net Straw Blanket 12 months 3:1 - 2:1 Slopes Moderate Flow Channels 6 Rapid Degrading Nets 45 - 60 Days 3:1 - 2:1 Slopes Moderate Flow Channels 6 Double Net Blanket 70% Straw/30% Coconut 24 months 2:1 - 1:1 Slopes Medium Flow Channels 8 Double Net Blanket 100% Coconut 36 months 1:1 & Greater Slopes High Flow Channels 10 Double Net Blanket Polypropylene Fiber 1:1 Slopes Extended Flow Areas High Flow Channels 9 (unveg.) 16 (veg.) Organic Net 12 months 4:1 - 3:1 Slopes Low Flow Channels 5 Organic Nets 12 months 3:1 - 2:1 Slopes Moderate Flow Channels 6 18 months 2:1 - 1:1 Slopes Medium Flow Channels 8 24 months 1:1 & Greater Slopes High Flow Channels 10 Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 5 Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Table ECB -2 Typical Seed Mixes using Erosion Control Blankets and Turf Reinforcement Mats SLOPES 1:1 and/or Greater and Medium to High Concentrated Flows MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 50 lbs./acre Guar Tackifier Guar Tackifier (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 75 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre SC150 SC150 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) per spec. SLOPES 2:1 to 1:1 and Medium Concentrated Flows MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 45 lbs./acre Guar Tackifier Guar Tackifier (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 75 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100Ibs./acre SC150 SC150 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) per spec. SLOPES 2:1 to 3:1 and Medium Concentrated Flows MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Broadcast Seeding 45 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre S150 S150 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) per spec. SLOPES 3:1 or Tess and Low Concentrated Flows MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 40 lbs./acre Guar Tackifier Guar Tackifier (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre S75 S75 (Nylexdlamanna@nilex.com) per spec. SLOPES 3:1 or Tess and Low Concentrated Flows MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Broadcast Seeding 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylexdlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre S75 S75 (Nylex dlamanna 0 nilex.com) per spec. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 5 Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Figure ECB -1 Erosion Control Blanket Installation O Bury upslope end of blanket in bench 6" deep by 6" wide Use a 4" min. overlay wherever two widths of blanket are applied side by side. Staple pattern; Minimum 3 per square yard. Blanketfabdc anchored in trench Use a 6" overlap wherever one roll O of blanket ends and another begins. Flow Blanket fabric anchored in trench Check slots should be made every 16. Insert a fold of the blanket into a trench 6" wide by 6" deep and tamp firmly. Lay the blanket smoothly or the surface of the soil. Oo not stretch the blanket, and do not allow wrinkles. Install staple 20" on canter in trench. 1 r -1,711=1.-•IIL tl If possible, purchase blanket with a width that is wide enough to reach all the way across the channel. Place blanket parellel to the direction of flow. Do not tote strips in the ranter of ditch. Use check slots as required. 1 Blanket fabric \ anchored in trench Blanket fabric ,, anchored in trench Place blanket parallel to the direction of flow and anchor securely. Bring blanket to a lever area before terminating the installation. NOT TO SCALE Rev: 0 Date: 712510E Page 5 of 5 Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) Hydraulic Mulching (HM) Description Hydraulic mulching (hydro -mulching) is a temporary erosion control practice in which materials such as grass, hay, wood chips, wood fibers, straw, or gravel are hydraulically applied to exposed or recently planted soil surfaces. Hydraulic mulching stabilizes soils by minimizing rainfall impact and reducing storm water runoff velocity. When used in combination with seeding or planting, hydraulic mulching can aid plant growth by holding seeds, fertilizers, and topsoil in place, preventing birds from eating seeds, retaining moisture, and insulating plant roots against extreme temperatures. Hydraulic application of mulch (as well as seed) can be done quickly and efficiently with the correct equipment and ingredients. Applicability Hydraulic mulching is often used in steep areas where regular mulching is difficult because of environmental constraints. Hydraulic mulches can be used on seeded and planted areas where slopes are as steep as 1:1. Limitations • Hydro -mulching might delay seed germination because the cover changes soil surface temperatures. • The mulch itself is subject to erosion and may be washed away in a large storm. • Maintenance is necessary to ensure that hydro -mulch provides effective erosion control. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications 1. Site Preparation: a. Prior to mulching, install the necessary temporary or permanent erosion control practices and drainage systems within or adjacent to the area to be mulched. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 4 Hydraulic Mulching (HM) b. Slope, grade and smooth the site to fit needs of selected mulch products. c. Remove all undesirable stones and other debris to meet the needs of the anticipated land use and maintenance required. 2. Hydraulic Mulching: a. For steep slopes, a hydraulic matrix such as a Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) or Flexible Growth Medium (FGM) may be used. A BFM refers to a continuous layer of elongated wood fiber strands that are held together by a water-resistant bonding agent to form a water - absorbing crust. b. Hydraulic application of mulch must be done when no rainfall is expected, preferably within a 24-hour time period. Mix mulch in a hydraulic application machine (such as a hydroseeder or a mulch blower) and then apply to slope as a liquid slurry. The slurry must be constantly agitated to keep the proper application rate and achieve uniform effective coverage. The type of mulch to be used as well as the minimum application rates shall be according to Table H M- I and Table HM -2. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Areas should be identified where mulch has loosened or been removed. Such areas should be reseeded (if necessary) and the mulch cover replaced. If washout, breakage, or erosion occurs, surfaces should be repaired, reseeded, and re -mulched. Inspections should be continued until vegetation is firmly established. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York, Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolboxiescstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Hydraulic Mulching (HM) United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Field Office Technical Guide. 2002. <www. me s. usda. gov/technical/efotg> Table HM -1 Typical Seed and Mulch Mixes using Bonded Fiber Matrix and Flexible Growth Medium SLOPES less than or eaua! to 1:1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 50 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com_ 1100 lbs./acre Flexterra FGM Flexterra FGM (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 3500 lbs./acre SLOPES Tess than or equal to 2:1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 45 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Flexterra FGM Flexterra FGM (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 3200 lbs./acre SLOPES less than or equal to 3:1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Flexterra FGM Flexterra FGM (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 3000 lbs./acre Table HM -2 Typical Seed and Mulch Mixes using Terra -Mulch with Ultra Grow and Guar Tackifier SLOPES less than or equal to 2.5:1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 45 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs/acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Guar Tackifier Guar Tackifier (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 50 lbs./acre Terra -Mulch w/ Ultra Grow Terra -Mulch w/ Ultr-Grow (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com). lbs /acre Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 4 Hydraulic Mulching (HM) SLOPES Tess than or equal to 3:1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Guar Tackifier Guar Tackifier (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 50 lbs./acre Terra -Mulch w/ Ultra Grow Terra -Mulch w/ Ultr-Grow (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 2000 lbs./acre SLOPES Tess than or eauai to 4:1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Seed Hydraulically Applied 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1000 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Guar Tackifier Guar Tackifier (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 40 lbs./acre Terra -Mulch w/ Ultra Grow Terra -Mulch w/ Ultr-Grow (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1500 lbs./acre Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Hydraulic Mulching (HM) Land Grading (LG) - Roads Description Land grading of roads involves reshaping the ground surface to planned grades as determined by an engineering survey, evaluation, and layout. This BMP shall include the following: • Proper road cut and fill techniques to ensure road remains stable over time. • Road crowning or sloping to properly route runoff off the roadway. • Surfacing the road with gravel to avoid mud, rutting, and large quantities of sediment that will wash away during storms. Applicability • This BMP is applicable to the construction and maintenance of any road, but particularly those located on steep topography or easily erodible soils. • Road gravel is applicable to all roads with "soft" sections, steep grades, highly erosive soils, or where all-weather access is needed. Road gravel may be used as "fill" material in ruts or as a full structural section over the entire road. Limitations • Improper cut and fill slopes that disrupt natural storm water patterns might lead to poor drainage, high runoff velocities, and increased peak flows during storm events. • Rutting and washboarding may develop if surface gravel is not designed properly or if road is not sloped. • Flat-blading to maintain the roadway must be done properly to avoid changes in gravel thickness, road slope, and road grade. Design Criteria Grading Plan A grading plan should be prepared that establishes the extent to which the road will be graded, how drainage patterns will be directed, and how runoff velocities will affect receiving waters. The grading plan also includes information regarding when earthwork will start and stop, establishes the degree and length of finished slopes, and Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 8 Land Grading (LG) dictates where and how excess material will be disposed of (or where borrow materials will be obtained if needed). Practices must be developed for erosion control, slope stabilization, and safe disposal of runoff water and drainage, such as ditches and culverts, grade stabilization structures, retaining walls, and surface drains. Berms, roadside ditches, and other storm water practices that require excavation and filling also should be incorporated into the grading plan. Slope Failures Landslides and failed road cuts and fills can be a major source of sediment, they can close the road or require major repairs, and they can greatly increase road maintenance costs. Slope failures, or landslides, typically occur where a slope is over -steep, where fill material is not compacted, or where cuts in natural soils encounter groundwater or zones of weak material. Good road location can often avoid landslide areas and reduce slope failures. When failures do occur, the slide area should be stabilized by removing the slide material, flattening the slope, adding drainage, or using structures, as discussed below. Designs are typically site specific and may require input from geotechnical engineers and engineering geologists. Failures that occur typically impact road operations and can be costly to repair. Failures near streams and channel crossings have an added risk of impact to water quality. Road Slope See Figure LO -1. All roads should be designed with one of the following three slope types: • Outsloped roads minimize the concentration of water and minimize road width by avoiding the need for an inside ditch, but may require roadway surface and fill slope stabilization. Outsloped roads with clay rich, slippery road surface materials often require surface stabilization with gravel or limited use during rainy periods to assure traffic safety. On road grades over 10 to 12 percent and on steep hill slope areas, outsloped roads are difficult to drain and can feel unsafe. • Insloped roads are the best method to control surface water. However, insloped roads also concentrate water and require a system of ditches and turnouts or cross -draining culverts. • Crowned roads are appropriate for higher standard, two lane roads on gentle grades. They may or may not require roadside ditches, turnouts, and/or cross -drains. It is difficult to create and maintain a crown on a narrow road, so generally insloped or outsloped road drainage is more effective. Rev: Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 8 Land Grading (LG) Construction Specifications Cut and Fill Slopes 1. All applicable perimeter erosion and sediment control practices and measures (berms, diversions, silt fence, vegetated buffer, or wattles) shall be constructed prior to any road grading activities, and maintained in accordance with this BMP and the SWMP. Perimeter controls should remain in place until all graded or disturbed areas, including slopes, are adequately stabilized. 2. All areas to be disturbed (both cut and fill) shall be cleared, grubbed, and stripped of topsoil to remove trees, vegetation, roots, or other objectionable material. 3. Fill material shall be free of brush, logs, stumps, roots, or other objectionable materials that would interfere with, or prevent, construction of satisfactory fills. This material can be set aside and later used at the toe of fill slopes as filter berms. Frozen material shall not be placed in the fill nor shall the fill material be placed on a frozen foundation. 4. Table LG -1 presents a range of commonly used cut and fill slope ratios appropriate for the soil and rock types described. Figures LG -2 and LG -3 present typical cut slope and fill slope design options for varying slope and site conditions. Vertical cut slopes should not be used unless the cut is in rock or very well cemented soil. Ideally, both cut and fill slopes should be constructed with a 2:1 or flatter slope to promote growth of vegetation, but cut slopes in dense, sterile soils or rocky material are often difficult to vegetate. 5. All fills shall be compacted as required to reduce erosion, slippage, settlement, subsidence, or other related problems. 6. Topsoil required for the establishment of vegetation shall be stockpiled in the amount necessary to complete finished grading of all exposed areas. Areas that are to be topsoiled shall be scarified to a minimum depth of four inches prior to placement of topsoil. 7. Terraces or contour trenches shall be provided whenever the vertical interval (height) of any 2:1 slope exceeds 20 feet; for 3:1 slope it shall be increased to 30 feet and for 4:1 to 40 feet. 8. All graded cut and fill areas shall be stabilized, either structurally or vegetatively, immediately following finished grading. Some common slope stabilization options appropriate for roads include hydroseeding, hydromulching, erosion control blankets, riprap, and retaining walls. Road Slope 1. See Figure LG -1. Compact soil or road base material to direct runoff. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 8 Land Grading (LG) 2. If crowning a road, runoff is directed to both sides of the road requiring two roadside ditches, unless runoff will drain directly to well stabilized areas. 3. If using an inslope design, runoff is directed toward the hillside and requires a roadside ditch with periodic turnouts or cross drain culvert installation. 4. If using an outslope design, ensure a moderate road slope with dense vegetative cover. Surface Gravel 1. Gradation of gravel should be according to Figure LG -4. This figure shows the typical gradation ranges of aggregates used in road construction, how the materials, ranging from coarse to fine, best perform for a road, and the approximate limitations to the desirable gradation ranges. Ideally, aggregate surfacing material is (1) hard, durable, and crushed or screened to a minus 2 inch size; (2) well graded to achieve maximum density; (3) contains 5-15% clayey binder to prevent raveling; and (4) has a Plasticity Index of 2 to 10. 2. Gravel should be placed to a thickness of at least twice the diameter of the largest stone with a minimum thickness of four inches. Over very weak soils gravel thickness can be reduced with the use of geotextile or geogrid subgrade reinforcement. Also, geotextile layers are useful over soft soils to separate the gravel from the soil, keep it uncontaminated, and extend the useful life of the gravel. 3. Compact the aggregate during construction and maintenance to achieve a dense, smooth road surface and thus reduce the amount of water that can soak into the road. 4. "Spot" stabilize local wet areas and soft areas with four to six inches of coarse rocky material. Add more rock as needed. 5. Blend coarse aggregate and fine clay -rich soil (when available) to produce a desirable composite roadway material that is coarse yet well -graded with 5-15 % fines for binder. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspect cut and fill slopes for rills or other indications of erosion. Maintain all crowns, outslopes, inslopes, and surface gravel. The road surface and shoulders should be periodically smoothed and reshaped with a grader blade (flat-blading). This should be done when the gravel is moist. Maintain Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 8 Land Grading (LG) the proper road slope and grade while flat-blading. Also be sure to avoid plugging roadside ditches or altering adjacent drainage structures, as this may cause them to not function properly. Flat-blading may also cause road gravel to be pushed off the main roadway and onto the shoulders. To avoid this, blade toward the center of the road. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http:l/cfpub.ep a. gov/npdes/stormwater/menu of bmps/con_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolboxlescstandards> United States Department of the Interior and United States Department of Agriculture. Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development "Gold Book". BLM/WO/ST-06/021+3071. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Denver, Colorado. Fourth Edition, 2006. Table LG -1 Stable Slope Ratios for Various Conditions Soil/Rock Condition Scope Ratio (Hor:Vert) Most rock 1/4:1 to 1/2:1 Very well cemented soils '/4:1 to 1/2:1 Most in-place soils 3/4:1 to 1:1 Very fractured rock 1:1 to 1 1/2: 1 Loose coarse granular soils 1 1/2: 1 Heavy clay soils 2:1 to 3:1 Soft clay rich zones or wet seepage areas 2:1 to 3:1 Fills of most soils 1 1/2:1 to 2:1 Fills of hard, angular rock 1 1/3 :1 Low cuts and fills (<10 ft high) 2:1 or flatter (for revegetation) Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 8 Land Grading (LG) Figure LG -1 Typical Road Surface Drainage Options Crown Section Outsfope Section FILTER BERM 2 typ OR OTHER 1 1— SEDIMENT 'i CONTROL Insfope with Ditch Section 2 1 typ, ROADSIDE DITCH 1 typ 1 f 3-5% NOT TO SCALE Figure LG -2 Cut Slope Design Options a. Balanced Cut and Fill b. Full Bench Cut Use a Balanced Cut and till Ground Surface Section for Most Construclion Typical Cut slopes in on Hill slopes % Most Soils 4:1 to 1:1 —\•\ Roadside Ditch (typ.) •—...•-- / Cuti'', Road i Typical Cut slopes In Typical rock / (- .029-,,74.:1/4/;;,-%,'" '+;�� - Most Soils 4:1 to 1:1 Cu' Slopes �__ 1:1 to �a --1' y, ,010,01:-.' ��' • Fill / i� / -�� Filter Berm or Other Sediment Control 0-6E% Ground Slopes c. Through Cut Road — Ground Surface — Low Cut Can be Steep or Flatter 0-60% Ground Slopes High Cut Typically Steeper Where Stable Road — r 1 / / Use Full Bench Cuts When the Ground slopes Exceed ± 60% 60%+ Ground Slopes NOT TO SCALE Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 6 of 8 Land Grading (LG) Figure LG -3 Fill Slope Design Options a. Typical Fill Note: Side -cast fill material only on gentle slopes, away from streams b. Benched Slope Fill with Layer Placement On ground where slopes exceed 40-45%, construct benches t 10 R. wide or wide enough for excavation and compaction equipment. c. Reinforced Fill Roadside Ditch (typ) — Road Filter Bemi or Other _ Sediment Control (typ.) 1V 1�� Scarify and remove organic material Ground Surface --- 0-46% Ground Slopes Ground Surface 40-60% Ground Slopes Road Fill material placed in toyer. Use Ins of 6 to 12 in. thick. Compact to specified density or wheel roll each layer. Ground Surface Road Reinforced fills are used on steep ground as an alternative to retaining structures. The 1:1 (oversleep) face usually requires stabilization. rP` Geogrid or geotexfile reinforcement layers Typically 60%+ Ground Slopes Drain d. Through Fill Long fill Mope 2:1 �\ NOT TO SCALE 0-4 %n Ground Slopes Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 7 of 8 Land Grading (LG) Figure LG -4 Gradation and Performance of Roadway Surfacing Materials SIEVE ANALYSIS Size of Oponinto n Inchos 74tntior of Meg h - U.S. Standard 0. ri 4 4 0.0 u 80 `4 • 70 Ct. LLJ tc • 60 t 50 az, • 40 CC 30 tU ujCC • 20 CL 10 0 • • • 0 . 0 4 i• • • I I. ILI; F,2•2 St 5t • • —Do • * • • • • L _ 1 1 1_ V et _Al 1 II - ono 0 o PARTICLE SIZE IN MILLIMETERS • 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 00 90 :,-ASIA X X10D ri1 Connsa _Fine/ { GRAVEL coons,—;1 Medm iu SAND Fino SILTLE 1' NOTr: 1ill4LCS SI1u\vI1 Are APPrONinlilik-% PERCENTCOA RS.F.F? BY WEIGHT Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 8 of 8 Land Grading (LG) Level Spreader (LS) Description A level spreader is a device used to prevent erosion and to improve infiltration by spreading concentrated storm water runoff evenly over the ground as shallow flow instead of through channels. It usually involves a depression in the soil surface that disperses flow onto a flatter area across a slight slope and then releases the flow onto level vegetated areas. This reduces flow speed and increases infiltration. Applicability A level spreader is most effective for a contributing area less than five acres in size and slopes no steeper than 2:1. Level spreaders may be used where: Sediment -free storm runoff can be released in sheet flow down a stabilized slope without causing erosion. • A level lip can be constructed without filling. • The area below the level lip is uniform with a slope of 10% or less and the runoff will not re -concentrate after release. • No traffic will be allowed over the spreader. Limitations This practice applies only in those situations where the spreader can be constructed on undisturbed soil and the area below the level lip is uniform with a slope of 10% or less and is stabilized by natural vegetation. The runoff water should not be allowed to reconcentrate after release unless it occurs during interception by another measure (such as a detention basin) located below the level spreader. Design Criteria Capacity The design capacity shall be determined by estimating the peak flow from the 10 -year storm. The drainage area shall be restricted to limit the maximum flows into the spreader to 30 cfs. Construction Specifications See Figure LS- I for details. 1. A transition section will be constructed from the diversion channel to the spreader to smoothly blend the different dimension and grades. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Level Spreader (LS) 2. The level lip will be constructed in undisturbed soil to a uniform height and zero grade over the length of the spreader. For design flows less than 5 cfs, a vegetated level lip may be constructed with an erosion -resistant material, such as jute or excelsior blankets, to inhibit erosion and allow vegetation to become established. The matting should be a minimum of 4 ft. wide extending 6 inches over the lip and buried 6 inches deep in a vertical trench on the lower edge. 3. For design flows higher than 5 cfs and permanent installations, a rigid level lip of non -erodible material, such as site rock and gravel, should be used. 4. The runoff discharge will be outleted onto a stabilized and generally smooth vegetated slope not exceeding 10%. 5. Seed and mulch the disturbed area immediately after construction. 6. Heavy equipment and traffic should not be allowed on the Ievel spreader, as they can cause compaction of soil and disturbance of the slope grade. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). The spreader should be regraded if ponding or erosion channels develop. Dense vegetation should be sustained and damaged areas reseeded when necessary. Removal Levet spreaders may be left in place or removed upon final site reclamation. References City of Knoxville, Stormwater Engineering, Knoxville BMP Manual - Best Management Practices. July 2003. http://www.ci.knoxville.tn.us/engineering Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Level Spreader (LS) United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), Engineering and Design - Handbook for the Preparation of Storni Water Pollution Prevention Plans for Construction Activities. February 1997. <http:llwww.usace. army.millinet/usace-docsleng-pamphlets/ep 1110-1-16/> Figure LS -1 Level Spreader Installation Transition section See note 2 Level lip for spreader:: See n Notes: 1) Vegetated lip for level spreader should not be constructed from fill material. Do not allow any traffic onto vegetated lip. 2) The last 20' of approach channel should be a transition section and have a grade less than 1%. 4 4:it � 1 A t4 >k * - y //; note >8 ''.10:57., �- a+a` moo,*-�._ yk 10'• t0' (�!R) 1 �. 'a99"psaw?t ;;;:i. lI h / V'L`� �art�i ;.8_n.rum1-.I //\/ cii �sb�. `yint^'ni"'+*anr`'�' Gr f�.:�//Y:\\/`\,<t\//,{‘ //�:1 0,2Q �;` *1rzmsuw " mi. \%\/�\\ s 4:" \ �//,/i\/ /y/ yc ,,., \\/\- /.5'min./ \!` 1, �B X./SVA/V //VA \ „..../ lQ///y/ ; \/ \�V/VAw�/�A/, Jule net or excelsior mat /\ fir'"— stapled in place and anchored 6" into ground Vegetated Lip Transition section See note 2 4, 44 4 ,k +k :k Coarse aggregate galvanized wire:•=\::._, " basket orgabion{..�.. 4" rebars at regular intervals to.: : anchor rigid ,4 1 �: : 1 -� • # Secure wire basket • /4 4 4,,L .4 or gabion to ground —' 4 I with stakes 4 L • t i t k As 44 1` .4 1 .4 1'k 10' to 30' length I4 44 . 4 ,4 Y..;. Rigid Lip NOT TO SCALE y ! 0' jai\\ice ��0a�'S�`ff 10 — Geotextilefilter cloth Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Level Spreader (LS) Mulching (M) Description Mulching is a temporary erosion control practice in which materials such as grass, hay, wood chips, wood fibers, straw, or gravel are placed on exposed or recently planted soil surfaces. Mulching stabilizes soils by minimizing rainfall impact and reducing storm water runoff velocity. When used in combination with seeding or planting, mulching can aid plant growth by holding seeds, fertilizers, and topsoil in place, preventing birds from eating seeds, retaining moisture, and insulating plant roots against extreme temperatures. Mulch mattings are materials such as jute or other wood fibers that are formed into sheets and are more stable than loose mulch. Jute and other wood fibers, plastic, paper, or cotton can be used individually or combined into mats to hold mulch to the ground. Netting can be used to stabilize soils while plants are growing, although netting does not retain moisture or insulate against extreme temperatures. Mulch binders consist of asphalt or synthetic materials that are sometimes used instead of netting to bind loose mulches. Hydraulic application of mulch (as well as seed) can be done quickly and efficiently with the correct equipment and ingredients. Applicability Mulching is often used in areas where temporary seeding cannot be used because of environmental constraints. On steep slopes and critical areas such as waterways, mulch matting is used with netting or anchoring to hold it in place. Mulches can be used on seeded and planted areas where slopes are steeper than 2:1 or where sensitive seedlings require insulation from extreme temperatures or moisture retention. Mulch is most effective when used on an area less than two acres in size and can last for one to two years. Limitations • Mulching, matting, and netting might delay seed germination because the cover changes soil surface temperatures. • The mulches themselves are subject to erosion and may be washed away in a large storm. • Maintenance is necessary to ensure that mulches provide effective erosion control. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 5 Mulching (M) Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications 1. Site Preparation: a. Prior to mulching, install the necessary temporary or permanent erosion control practices and drainage systems within or adjacent to the area to be mulched. b. Slope, grade and smooth the site to fit needs of selected mulch products. c. Remove all undesirable stones and other debris to meet the needs of the anticipated land use and maintenance required. 2. Mulching & Anchoring for Relatively Flat Slopes: d. Select the appropriate mulch and application rate that will best meet the need and availability of material. When possible, organic mulches should be used for erosion control and plant material establishment, See Table M-1 for suggested materials and application rates. Other materials include hydraulic mulch products with 100 -percent post -consumer paper content and yard trimming composts. All materials should be free of seed. e. Apply mulch after soil amendments and planting is accomplished or simultaneously if hydroseeding is used. See Table M-1 for installation guidelines. f. Use a mulch crimper to apply and anchor mulch. Crimper should have approximately 6 inch cleats with perpendicular, dull, disc blades. If a crimper is unavailable the Contractor shall apply mulch and anchor it to the soil using one of the methods described in Table M-2. The mulch should be anchored the same day as mulch application. Materials that are heavy enough to stay in place (for example, bark or wood chips on flat slopes) do not need anchoring. Mulches may or may not require a binder, netting, or tacking. Mulch binders should be applied at rates recommended by the manufacturer. Effective use of netting and matting material requires firm, continuous contact between the materials and the soil. Hydraulic Mulching For Steeper Slopes: Rev: 0 Date: 7125106 Page 2 of 5 Mulching (M) g. For steep slopes, a high-quality type of hydraulic matrix known as a Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) may be used. A BFM refers to a continuous layer of elongated wood fiber strands that are held together by a water-resistant bonding agent to form a water - absorbing crust. h. A typical construction specification for wood fiber mulch (hydromulch) is as follows: Biodegradable green dyed -wood cellulose -fiber mulch, nontoxic, free of plant growth- or germination -inhibitors, with maximum moisture content of 15 percent and a pH range of 4.5 to G.S. J• A typical construction specification for weed free straw non - asphaltic tackifier: Organic derivative vegetative gum tackifier recommended by fiber -mulch manufacturer for slurry application, nontoxic and free of plant growth- or germination -inhibitors. Hydraulic application of BFM must he done when no rainfall is expected, preferably within a 24-hour time period. Mix BFM in a hydraulic application machine (such as a hydroseeder or a mulch blower) and then apply to slope as a liquid slurry. The slurry must be constantly agitated to keep the proper application rate and achieve uniform effective coverage. The minimum application rate shall he 2000 pounds per acre with a typical application rate between 3000 and 4000 pounds per acre. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Areas should be identified where mulch has loosened or been removed. Such areas should be reseeded (if necessary) and the mulch cover replaced. If washout, breakage, or erosion occurs, surfaces should be repaired, reseeded, and re -mulched, and new netting should be installed. Inspections should be continued until vegetation is firmly established. Removal Anchor netting and any other artificial mulch material should be removed when protection is no longer needed and disposed of in a landfill. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> Rev: 0 Date: 7125106 Page 3 of 5 Mulching (M) Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolboxlescstandards> United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Field Office Technical Guide. 2002. <www.nres.usda.gov/technicallefotg> Table M-1 Typical Mulching Materials and Application Rates Material Rate per Acre Requirements Notes Organic Mulches Straw 1 - 2 tons Dry, unchopped, unweathered; certified weed free. Spread by hand or machine; must be tacked or tied down. Wood fiber or wood cellulose 1 - 1 ton Use with hydroseeder; may be used to tack straw. Do not use in hot, dry weather. Wood chips 5 - 6 tons Air dry. Add fertilizer N, 12 Ib/ton. Apply with blower, chip handler, or by hand. Not for fine turf areas. Bark 35 yd3 Air dry, shredded, or hammermilled, or chips Apply with mulch blower, chip handler, or by hand. Do not use asphalt tack. Nets and Mats Jute net Cover area Heavy, uniform; woven of single jute yarn. Used with organic mulch. Withstands water flow. Excelsior (wood fiber) mat Cover area Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 5 Mulching (M) Table M-2 Mulch Anchoring Guide Anchoring Method or Material Kind of Mulch to be Anchored How to Apply 1. Mulch netting Hay or straw Staple the light -weight paper, jute, wood fiber, or plastic nettings to soil surface according to manufacturer's recommendations. Should be biodegradable. Most products are not suitable for foot traffic. 2. Wood cellulose fiber Hay or straw Apply hydroseeder immediately after mulching. Use 500 lbs. Wood fiber per acre. Some products contain an adhesive material, possibly advantageous. 3. Mulch anchoring tool/Crimper Hay or straw Apply mulch and pull a mulch anchoring tool (blunt, straight discs) over mulch as near to the contour as possible. Mulch material should be "tucked" into soil surface about 3". 4. Chemical Hay or straw Apply Terra Tack AR 120 lbs./ac. In 480 gal. of water (#156/ac.) or Aerospray 70 (60 gal/ac.) according to manufacturer's instructions. Avoid application during rain. A 24-hour curing period and a soil temperature higher than 45 deg. Fahrenheit are required. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 5 Mulching (M) Retaining Wall (RW) Description Retaining walls are structures that are used to stabilize and hold soil in place, gain space on roadways or well pads, or to keep soil contained within a site boundary. This BMP will cover retaining walls constructed with rock, boulders or gabions. Gabions are rectangular, rock -filled wire baskets that are pervious, semi -flexible building blocks which can be used to armor the bed and/or banks of channels or to divert flow away from eroding channel sections. Several different retaining wall types are: 1. Rigid Gravity and Semi -Gravity Walls. These walls may be constructed of concrete or stone masonry. The rigid gravity and semi -gravity walls develop their capacity from their dead weights and structural resistance, and are generally used for permanent applications. 2. Non -gravity Cantilevered Walls. These walls develop lateral resistance through the embedment of vertical wall elements and support retained soil with wall facing elements. Vertical wall elements are normally extended deep in the ground to provide lateral and vertical support. The vertical wall elements can be piles, drilled shafts, steel sheet piles, etc. Wall faces can be reinforced concrete, metal, or timber. Cantilevered walls are generally limited to a maximum height of about 15 feet. 3. Anchored Walls. These walls typically consist of the same elements as the non -gravity cantilevered walls but derive additional lateral resistance from one or more tiers of anchors. The anchored walls are typically used in the cut situation, in which the construction proceeds from the top to the base of the wall. Applicability Retaining walls should be used when sites have very steep slopes or loose, highly erodible soils that cause other methods, such as vegetative stabilization or regrading, to be ineffective. The preconstruction drainage pattern should be maintained to the extent possible. Retaining walls may be used for the following applications: • Near the toe of a cut or fill slope to mechanically stabilize steep slopes and so that a flatter slope can be constructed to prevent or minimize slope erosion or failure. Particularly useful along access road cut slopes. • Along a stream bank or drainage channel, to keep a toe of a slope from encroaching into a stream and thus prevent potential undercutting of the toe by flowing water. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 6 Retaining Wall (RW) • As headwalls at culvert inlets and outlets to prevent scour and undercutting. Limitations • Some retaining walls are a structural element that must be professionally designed. • To be effective, retaining walls must be designed to handle expected loads. Non -engineered walls should not be used where traffic is expected near the top of the wall. • Retaining walls must be properly installed and maintained to avoid failure. • Some types of retaining walls must be placed on a good foundation, such as bedrock or firm, in-place soil. • Some walls have height restrictions and backfill may be required to meet specific material property requirements. • Materials costs and professional design requirements may make use of gabions impractical. • When used in channels with high sediment loads, the galvanizing wire on gabion cages quickly wears off, causing rusting and the premature failure of the cages. Design Criteria Most retaining walls require a site-specific design. Wall heights, requirements for drainage, and suitable materials must be determined through on-site investigation. An engineered retaining structure is a designed structure that is supported by plans and specifications signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer. Non -engineered retaining structures may be designed by an engineer; however, if the design is not supported by the seal and signature, the retaining structure is not considered engineered. Gabions Gabions should be designed and installed in accordance with manufacturer's standards and specifications and must be able to handle expected storm and flood conditions. At a minimum, they should be constructed of a hexagonal triple twist mesh of heavily galvanized steel wire (galvanized wire may also receive a polyvinyl chloride coating). The maximum linear dimension of the mesh opening shall not exceed 4 1/2 inches and the area of the mesh opening shall not exceed 10 square inches. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 6 Retaining Wall (RW) Design Velocity The design water velocity for channels utilizing gabions should not exceed those listed as follows: Gabion Thickness (feet) Maximum Velocity (feet per second) 0.5 6 0.75 11 1.0 14 Construction Specifications Rock Retaining Wall Guidelines See Figure R\7/ 1. 1. Excavate a footing trench at the location of the proposed wall. 2. Place the largest rocks in the footing trench with their longitudinal axis normal to the wall face. Arrange subsequent rock layers so that each rock above the foundation course has a firm seating on the underlying rocks. 3. The batter of the wall face shall be between 1/2H:1 V and vertical, depending upon the height of the wall, the height of the slope, the width of the right-of-way, or other limitations on space. 4. Place fill material behind the rock wall. Slope above the wall should be maintained at 2H:1V or flatter. Backfill the footing trench with excavated material. If a roadway is located at the toe of the wall, pave the roadway up to the base of the rock wall and provide roadway curb for water transport. If a roadway is not located at the toe of the retaining wall, slope the backfilled material away from the wall. 5. Revegetate the stabilized slope with a method applicable to the particular site. Gabion Retaining Wall Guidelines See Figure R W-2. Gabions shall be fabricated in such a manner that the sides, ends, and lid can be assembled at the construction site into a rectangular basket of the specified sizes. Gabions shall be of single unit construction and shall be installed according manufacturer's recommendations. General specifications are listed below. 1. Clear and grade the area of trees, brush, vegetation and unsuitable soils. Compact subgrade firmly to prevent slumping or undercutting. 2. Install a filter fabric or granular filter according to RCPRAP (R) to maintain separation of rock material with the underlying soil, if required. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 6 Retaining Wall (RW) 3. Place empty gabion baskets. Each row, tier, or layer of baskets should be reasonably straight and should conform to the specified line and grade (see Figure RW -2 for details). The empty gabion baskets should be fastened to the adjacent baskets along the top and vertical edges. Each layer should be fastened to the underlying layer along the front, back and ends. Fastening should be performed in the same manner as provided for assembling the gabion units. 4. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, the vertical joints between basket units of adjacent tiers or layers, along the length of the structure, should be staggered by at least one cell. 5. Before filling each gabion with rock, all kinks and folds in the wire mesh should be removed and all baskets should be properly aligned. A standard fence stretcher, chain fall or steel rod may be used to stretch the wire baskets and hold alignment. 6. The gabion cells should be carefully filled with four to eight inch rock placed by hand/machine in such a manner that the alignment of the structure will be maintained and so as to avoid bulges and to minimize voids. Rock should be sound, durable, and well graded. All exposed rock surface should have a reasonably smooth and neat appearance. No sharp rock edges should project through the wire mesh. 7. The gabion cells in any row or layer should be filled in stages so that local deformations may be avoided. 8. At no time should any cell be filled to a depth exceeding 12 inches more than any adjacent cell. 9. The layer of rock should completely fill the gabion basket so that the lid. will bear on the rock when it is secured. The lid should be joined to the sides, ends, and diaphragms in the same manner as specified for joining the vertical edges. The gabion basket lid should be secured so that no more than one inch gap remains at any connection. 10. Gabion rows or layers not completed at the end of each shift should have the last gabion filled with rock tied internally as an end gabion. 11. The area behind the gabion structure should be backfilled with granular material. Geotextile, if required, should be spread uniformly over the back of the gabion structure. Joining edges of the geotextile should be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches and should be anchored in position with approved anchoring devices. The Contractor should place the backfill material in a manner that will not tear, puncture, or shift the geotextile. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 6 Retaining Wall (RW) All other retaining walls should be constructed as designed by a Professional Engineer. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Check for structural failure, erosion, damage, instability or other signs of deterioration. In stream bank installations and culvert inlets and outlets also inspect for signs of undercutting. Check wire of gabion cages for rusting and wear. Repair or replace any damaged areas immediately to restore designed effectiveness and to prevent damage or erosion of the slope or stream bank. References City of Knoxville, Stormwater Engineering, Knoxville BMP Manual - Best Management Practices. July 2003. <http:/Iwww.ci.knoxville.tn.us/engineering> Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.ep a.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmplfield%20guide.htm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 6 Retaining Wall (RW) Height 15' Max. 2 Figure RW -1 Construction of Rock Retaining Structures fte 1 col f gt l F'_\\C\\/� Height 6' Max. 2 2' min. ( r • • Irtom\//.//. r 1' min. Width = 0.7 Height Width = 0.5 Height NOT TO SCALE Figure RW -2 Gabion Design Flat Backfill (smooth face) Note: Loading conditions are for silty sand to sand and gravel backfill. For fines or clay rich soils, earth pressure on the wall will Increase and the wall base width (8) will have to increase for each height. Backfill weight = 110 pcf. - Safe against overturning for sails with a minimum bearing capacity of 2 Tons/1t2 -For flat or sloping backfills, either a flat or stepped face may be used. NOT TO SCALE No. of levels H B No, of gabions (per width) 1 3'-3" 3'-3" 1 2 6'-6" 4'-3' 13 3 9'- 9" 5'-3' 2 4 13'-1" 6-6' 2 5 16'-4" 8'-2" 2 3 6 19'-7" 9'-9' 3 Fill at 13:1 (face with steps) 1.5 No. of levels 2 3 4 5 6 H 3'-3" 6'-6" 9,- 9" 13-1" 16'4" 19'-7" B 3'-3" 4'-11" 6'-6" 8'-2" 11'-5" No. of gabions (per width) 13 2 2z 3 33 Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 6 of 6 Retaining Wall (RW) Riprap (R) Description Riprap is a permanent, erosion -resistant layer made of stones or boulders. It is intended to stabilize areas subject to erosion and protect against scour of the soil caused by concentrated, high velocity flows. Applicability Riprap can be used for areas subject to erosion or weathering, particularly where conditions prohibit the establishment of revegetation or where flow velocities exceed 5 ft/sec. Riprap may be used in the following applications: • Cut -and -fill slopes • Channel side slopes and/or bottoms • Inlets and outlets to culverts, slope drains, and sediment traps • Roadside ditches Limitations Riprap is limited by steepness of slope, because slopes greater than 1.5:1 have potential riprap loss due to erosion and sliding. When working within flowing streams, measures should be taken to prevent excessive turbidity and erosion during construction. Bypassing base flows or temporarily blocking base flows are two possible methods. Design Criteria Gradation A well -graded mixture of rock sizes should be used instead of one uniform size (with the exception of dry stacking boulders). 50% by weight should be larger than the specified design size. The diameter of the largest stone size in such a mixture should be 1.5 times the d50 size with smaller sizes graded down to one inch. When dry stacking up a slope, boulders may be uniform in size or may get gradually smaller as the boulders are placed up the slope. Quality Riprap must be durable so that freeze/thaw cycles do not decompose it in a short time. They should be angular and not subject to breaking down when exposed to water or weathering. The specific gravity should be at least 2.5. Size The sizes of stones used for riprap protection are determined by purpose and specific site conditions: Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 6 Riprap (R) 1. Slope Stabilization. Riprap stone for slope stabilization not subject to flowing water should be sized for the proposed grade. The gradient of the slope to be stabilized should be less than the natural angle of repose of the stone selected. Angles of repose of riprap stones may be estimated from Figure R-1. Riprap used for surface stabilization of slopes does not add significant resistance to sliding or slope failure and should not be considered a retaining wall. Slopes approaching 1.5:1 may require special stability analysis. The inherent stability of the soil must be satisfactory before riprap is used for surface stabilization. 2. Outlet Protection. Design criteria for sizing stone and determining dimensions of riprap aprons are presented in CULVERT PROTECTION (CP). 3. Stream bank Protection. If the shear stress is estimated, riprap stone for stream bank protection can be selected from the gradations in Table R- I , below. The shear stress can be estimated from the depth of flow and the channel slope (see note for Table R-1). The riprap should extend two feet below the channel bottom and be keyed into the bank both at the upstream end and downstream end of the proposed work or reach. Filter material Filter material is sometimes used between riprap and the underlying soil surface to prevent soil from moving through the riprap. Filter cloth material or a layer of sand and/or gravel is usually used for the filter. The design of a sand/gravel filter blanket is based on the ratio of particle size in the overlying filer material to that of the base material in accordance with the criteria below. Multiple layers (each a minimum of 6 inches thick) may be designed to affect a proper filter if necessary. A sand/gravel filter blanket should have the following relationship for a stable design: d15 filter d85 base < 5 d15 filter 5 < d50 base < 40 d50 filter d50 base < 40 The design of a synthetic filter fabric, which may be used with or in place of gravel filters, is based upon the following particle size relationships: 1. Filter fabric covering a base containing 50% or Iess by weight of fine particles (#200 sieve size): Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 6 Riprap (R) a. d85 base (mm) EOS *filter fabric (mm) > 1 b. total open area of filter fabric should not exceed 36 % 2. Filter fabric covering other soils: a. EOS is no larger than 0.21 mm (#70 sieve size) b. total open area of filter fabric should not exceed 10% *EOS - Equivalent opening size compared to a U.S. standard sieve size No filter fabric should have less than 4% open area or an EOS less than U.S. Standard Sieve #100 (0.15 mm). The permeability of the fabric must be greater than that of the soil. The fabric may be made of woven or non -woven monofilament yams and should meet the following minimum requirements: Thickness 20-60 mils Grab strength 90-120 lbs Conform to ASTM D-1682 or ASTM D-177 Construction Specifications See Figure R-2 for riprap slope stabilization and stream bank protection. See Figure R-3 for dry stacking boulders. See SEDIMENT TRAP (ST) for a detail of a riprap lined channel leading into a sediment trap. For culvert outlet protection, construct according to CULVERT PROTECTION (CP). 1. Subgrade Preparation. Prepare the subgrade for riprap to the required lines and grades shown on the plans. Compact any fill required in the subgrade to a density approximating that of the undisturbed material or overfill depressions with riprap. Remove brush, trees, stumps, and other objectionable material. Cut the subgrade sufficiently deep so that the finished grade of the riprap will be at the elevation of the surrounding area. Channels should be excavated sufficiently to allow placement of the riprap in a manner such that the finished inside dimensions and grade of the riprap meet design specifications. 2. Sand/gravel filter blanket. If using a granular filter, spread filter stone in a uniform layer to the specified depth. Where more than one layer of filter material is used, spread the layers with minimal mixing. 3. Synthetic filter fabric. If using a filter fabric, place the cloth directly on the prepared foundation. Where large stones are to be placed, a 4 -inch layer of fine sand or gravel is recommended to protect the filter cloth. Filter fabric is not recommended as a filter on slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 6 Riprap (R) 4. Stone placement. Place riprap so that it forms dense, well -graded mass of stone with a minimum of voids. The desired distribution of stones throughout the mass may be obtained by selective loading at the quarry and controlled dumping during final placement. Place riprap to its full thickness in one operation. Do not place riprap by dumping through chutes or other methods that cause segregation of stone sizes. If a filter is used, be careful not to dislodge the underlying base filter or damage the filter cloth when placing the stones. If damage occurs, remove the riprap and repair filter. 5. The toe of the riprap should be keyed into a stable foundation at its base as shown in Figure R-2 if required for slope stabilization and stream bank protection. The finished slope should be free of pockets of small stone or clusters of large stones. Hand placing may be necessary to achieve proper distribution of stone sizes to produce a relatively smooth, uniform surface. The finished grade of the riprap should blend with the surrounding area. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). If riprap has been damaged or dislodged, repairs should be made to prevent a progressive failure. If repairs are needed repeatedly at one location, the site should be evaluated to determine if the original design conditions have changed. Channel obstructions such as trees and sediment bars can change flow patterns and cause erosive forces that may damage riprap. Control of weed and brush growth may be needed in some locations. Removal Riprap is generally not removed. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25106 Page 4 of 6 Riprap (R) Table R-1 Riprap Gradations Unit shear stress (Iblft2) D5o dmax Minimum blanket thickness (inches) 0.67 2 4 6 2 6 9 14 3 9 14 20 4 12 18 27 5 15 22 32 6 18 27 32 7.8 21 32 38 8 24 36 43 Unit shear stress calculated as T=y*d*s where: T = shear stress in Ib/ft2 y = unit weight of water, 62.4 Ib/ft2 d = flow depth in ft s = channel gradient in tuft 45C 40" Angle of Repose 35° 30" Figure R-1 Angles of Repose of Riprap Stones Crushed Rock Angular RoLk Rounded Stones 1:1 Slope (H:V) — 1.5: 1 1" 4" D50 10,. 20,. 40" Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 6 Riprap (R) Figure R-2 Typical Riprap Slope Protection Detail NOT TO SCALE Figure R-3 Typical Boulder Drystack Detail Site Rock or Boulders NOT TO SCALE Fill Slope Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 6 of 6 Riprap (R) Roadside Ditches (RSD) and Turnouts (TO) Description Roadside ditches are channels constructed parallel to roads. The ditches convey concentrated runoff of surface water from roads and surrounding areas to a stabilized outlet. Turnouts (wing ditches) are extensions of road -side ditches. Turnouts effectively remove run-off water from the roadside ditch into well -stabilized areas before it reaches a waterway. Applicability • Roadside ditches should be used for all roads built on sloping topography and with either an insloped or a crowned design. • Ditch turnouts should be used as much as possible but their best use may be on slopes longer than 150 ft or greater than 5%, as conditions allow. • Turnouts are applicable where fairly flat naturally vegetated areas exist at intervals by the roadside. Limitations • If these structures are not installed correctly they may become a source of erosion. • Road -side ditches do not necessarily filter sediment from runoff. • Turnouts should be on gradual slopes only. • Turnouts require vegetative cover or other filter at the discharge point. • Turnouts only work well if small volumes of runoff drain into the turnout. Turnouts should only receive runoff from the road and ditch surface, not from large, uphill watersheds. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Roadside Ditches (RSD) Page 1 of 4 and Turnouts (TO) Construction Specifications Roadside Ditches 1. Roadside ditches should be constructed with no projections of roots, stumps, rocks, or similar debris. 2. Excavate ditches along roadside to a width and depth that can handle expected flows according to Figure RSD- I . 3. All ditches shall have uninterrupted positive grade to an outlet. Slope ditch so that water velocities do not cause excessive erosion, but no less than 0.5%. If steep slopes and high velocities exist, use check dams to slow runoff and catch sediment. 4. To control erosion and collect sediment, construct aggregate check dams according to Figure CD -I of CHECK DAM (CD). 5. All ditches shall convey runoff to a sediment trapping device such as a SEDIMENT TRAP (ST) or an undisturbed, well vegetated and stabilized area at non-erosive velocity. 6. If necessary, stabilize ditches with RIPRAP (R) or EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (ECB). Turnouts 1. Use turnouts wherever possible and on undisturbed soil. 2. Slope turnout gradually down from bottom of road -side ditch. 3. Angle turnout at approximately 30 degrees to the road -side ditch. 4. Discharge turnout into well -vegetated area or install a secondary control such as a wattle, sediment trap, or silt fence. As a good Rule of Thumb, the vegetated outlet area should be a minimum of one half the size of the total drainage area draining into it. If well -vegetated outlet areas are not available, use culverts or other controls to direct runoff to a stabilized area. 5. Space turnouts according to slope as indicated on Figure TO- 1. 6. Turnouts only work well if small volumes of runoff drain into the turnout. Turnouts should only receive runoff from the road and ditch surface, not from Large, uphill watersheds. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Road ditches and turnouts should be inspected for any signs of channelization, and repaired as necessary. Structures will fail if water exits Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Roadside Ditches (RSD) Page 2 of 4 and Turnouts (TO) in channelized flow. Also inspect for sediment buildup at the outlet and at aggregate check dams and remove if necessary. References Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> United States Department of the Interior and United States Department of Agriculture. Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development "Gold Book". BLM/WO/ST-06/021+3071. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Denver, Colorado. Fourth Edition, 2006. Figure RSD -1 Roadside Ditch Installation Cut Slope Flow f/7',.-77';'-7/,‘/./\' '�� /� 3-5 ' Road { f' (lyp.) v.�A ` a �V� \,...:2,\;(- % way :%i y�•,// ` Storage Area ,5�•/" %�-/'/,',/,/,,•,/�•`/,z-v \��'-,Mao/.2(/=.ads k� 2, 1.\;., _,A/� "�‘ Stabilize with aggregate check darns and '�`/��\/1\��' �``%`�� /•y�/% , �, / riprap or erosion blanketing if necessary NOT TO SCALE Note: Slope ditch 0.5% to 20% to stabilized outlet Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Roadside Ditches (RSD) Page 3 of 4 and Turnouts (TO) Figure TO -1 Turnout Layout Erosion er sediment control measure (ex: vegetated buffer) r/ –30° (ty13.) Roadside bitch 0 5%min (ex: silt fence) r, 2 ~ Access IS pacing X NOT TO SCALE Roadside➢itoh0.5%min. — (ex: sediment trap) (ex: wattle) Road Slope Turnout Spacing X <2% <500 ft. 2-5% 200 ft. 5-10% >10% 100 ft. 75 ft. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Roadside Ditches (RSD) and Turnouts (TO) Run On Diversion (ROD) Definition A run on diversion is a drainage way of parabolic or trapezoidal cross-section with a supporting ridge on the lower side that is constructed across the slope. The purpose of a run on diversion is to prevent off site storm runoff from entering a disturbed area and to direct the runoff to a sediment or erosion control device. Applicability A Run On Diversion is typically a permanent control designed for a drainage area larger than ten acres where high flow is expected. Run On Diversions are used upslope of cut or fill slopes to convey or divert flows away from disturbed areas. Limitations • The area around the diversion channel that is disturbed by its construction must be stabilized (with vegetation or other erosion control) so that it is not subject to erosion similar to that of the steep slope the diversion is built to protect. • To alleviate erosion capability, diversions must be directed into a stabilized outlet or well -vegetated area or to sediment trapping devices, where erosion sediment can settle out of the runoff before being discharged to surface waters. • Run On Diversions should be used with caution on soils subject to slippage. Design Criteria Location Run On Diversions should be located above cut or fill slopes. Where possible (shallow slopes), a vegetated buffer strip should be left between the edge of the cut or fill slope and the diversion. Location shall also depend on outlet conditions, topography, land use, sail type, length of slope, and the development layout. Capacity Peak rates of runoff values used in determining the capacity requirements shall be as outlined by TR -55, Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds. The constructed diversion shall have capacity to carry, as a minimum, the peak discharge from a ten- year frequency rainfall event with freeboard of not less than 0.3 feet. Cross Section See Figure ROD -1 for details. The diversion channel shall be parabolic or trapezoidal in shape. The diversion shall be designed to have stable side slopes. The side slopes shall not be steeper than 2:1 and shall be flat enough to ensure ease of maintenance of Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 4 Run On Diversions (ROD) the diversion and its protective vegetative cover. The ridge shall have a minimum width of four feet at the design water elevation; a minimum of 0.3 feet freeboard and a reasonable settlement factor (10%) shall be provided. Velocity and Grade The permissible velocity for the specific soil type will determine the maximum grade. The maximum permissible velocity for sand and silt vegetated channels is 3 ft/sec, and 5 ft/sec for clay vegetated channels. Run On Diversions are not usually applicable below high sediment producing areas unless structural measures, designed to prevent damaging accumulations of sediment in the channels, are installed with, or before, the diversions. Construction Specifications 1. All trees, brush, stumps, obstructions, and other objectionable material shall be removed and disposed of so as not to interfere with the proper functioning of the diversion 2. All diversions shall have uninterrupted positive grade to an outlet. 3. Each diversion must have an adequate outlet where outflow will not cause damage. Diverted runoff shall outlet to a sediment trapping device or into an undisturbed stabilized area at non-erosive velocities. Vegetated outlets shall be installed before diversion construction, if needed, to ensure establishment of vegetative cover in the outlet channel. 4. The diversion shall be excavated or shaped to line, grade, and cross section as required to meet the criteria specified herein, and be free of bank projections or other irregularities which will impede normal flow. 5. Parabolic and triangular-shaped, grass -lined channels should not have a top width of more than 30 feet. Trapezoidal, grass -lined channels may not have a bottom width of more than 15 feet unless there are multiple or divided waterways, they have a riprap center, or other methods of controlling the meandering of low flows are provided. 6. If grass -lined channels have a base flow, a stone center or subsurface drain or another method for managing the base flow must be provided. 7. Fills shall be compacted as needed to prevent unequal settlement that would cause damage in the complete diversion. 8. All earth removed and not needed in construction shall be spread or disposed of on the well pad side of the diversion so that it will not interfere with the functioning of the diversion. 9. Immediately after the ridge and channel are constructed, they must be seeded or hydroseeded, and mulched or covered with erosion blanketing Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Run On Diversions (ROD) according to REVEGETATION (RV), MULCH1NG (M), and/or EROSION CONTROL BLANKET (ECB) along with any disturbed areas that drain into the diversion. a. For design velocities less than 3.5 ft/sec, seeding and mulching may be used for establishment of the vegetation. It is recommended that, when conditions permit, temporary diversions or other means should be used to prevent water from entering the diversion during the establishment of the vegetation. b. For design velocities or more than 3.5 ft/sec, the diversion shall be stabilized with seeding protected by Jute or Excelsior matting, or with seeding and mulching including temporary diversion of the water until the vegetation is established. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Channels should be cleared of sediment, repairs made when necessary, and seeded areas reseeded if a vegetative cover is not established. Maintain diversion capacity, ridge height, and outlet elevations especially if high sediment yielding areas are in the drainage area above the diversion. Establish necessary cleanout requirements. Redistribute sediment as necessary to maintain the capacity of the diversion. Removal Run On Diversions shall remain in place until final reclamation. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/storrnwater/rnenuof bmps/con_site.cfnv New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolboxiescstandards> United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Field Office Technical Guide. 2002. <www.nrcs.usda.gov/technical/efotg> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 4 Run On Diversions (ROD) Figure ROD -1 Run On Diversion Installation FLOW Design Depth \ — - %;. /moi♦ 1 - Design Top Width NOT TO SCALE Max. 1 -- 15' max. 48" min. r 10" Settlement Fill Material -�- 4 mm Freeboard Ground Surface �\ ,�j�� Small Depression 10 Capture Runoff from Berm of Diversion Stabilize with Vegetation and Mulch or Erosion / Control Blanket 1 Max. 2 Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Run On Diversions (ROD) Slope Drain (SD) Description A slope drain is a conduit extending the length of a disturbed slope and serving as a temporary outlet for a diversion. Slope drains convey runoff without causing erosion on or at the bottom of the slope. This practice is a temporary measure used during grading operations until permanent drainage structures are installed and until slopes are permanently stabilized. They are typically used for less than two years. Applicability Slope drains can be used on most disturbed slopes to eliminate gully erosion problems resulting from concentrated flows discharged at a diversion outlet. Recently graded slopes that do not have permanent drainage measures installed should have a slope drain and a temporary diversion installed. A slope drain used in conjunction with a diversion conveys storm water flows and reduces erosion until permanent drainage structures are installed. Limitations The area drained by a temporary slope drain should not exceed five acres. Physical obstructions substantially reduce the effectiveness of the drain. Other concerns are failures from overtopping because of inadequate pipe inlet capacity, and reduced diversion channel capacity and ridge height. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications See Figure SIS -1 for installation details. 1. The slope drain shall have a slope of 3 percent or steeper. 2. The top of the diversion berm over the inlet pipe, and those diversions carrying water to the pipe, shall be at least six inches higher at all points than the top of the inlet pipe. 3. A flared end section of corrugated metal shall be attached to the inlet end of the pipe with a watertight connection. The corrugated metal pipe should have watertight joints at the ends. 4. The drain should consist of heavy-duty material manufactured for the purpose and have grommets for anchoring at a spacing of 10 feet or less. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Slope Drain (SD) The pipe is typically corrugated plastic or flexible tubing, although for flatter, shorter slopes, a polyethylene -lined channel is sometimes used. Where flexible tubing is used, it shall be the same diameter as the inlet pipe and shall be constructed of a durable material. 5. The soil around and under the pipe and end section shall be hand tamped in 4 in. lifts to the top of the diversion berm. 6. The slope drain shall outlet into a sediment trapping device when the drainage area is disturbed. A riprap apron shall be installed below the pipe outlet where water is being discharged into a stabilized area. 7. A riprap apron shall be used below the pipe outlet where clean water is being discharged into a stabilized area. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspections should determine if capacity or slope drain was exceeded or if blockages occurred. Repairs should be made promptly. Construction equipment and vehicular traffic must be rerouted around slope drains. Removal Remove slope drain on completion of construction and stabilization activities. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub. ep a. gov/npdes/stormw ater/menuof bmps/con_site.cfrn> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Slope Drain (SD) Figure SD -1 Slope Drain Installation Anchor to fill slope Provide outlet protector /1 Flared end section Earthen Berm or diversion (compacted) Corrugated metal extension collar Waterproof seal \.1 Rigid or flexable pipe •V r 10' min. • if- � , • ii\\j,11 / %/ �;/�. Flared end section % i f l / \D 4+6" • Well compacted stable fill stripe Drainage Area (acres) Pipe/Tubing Diameter (in.) D <0.5 12 '1.5 16 <2.5 <3.5 21 24 <5 30 Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Slope Drain (SD) Stockpiling (SP) -Topsoil and Subsoil Description Stockpiling during construction of well pads involves the removal and stockpiling of all surface soil materials (topsoil) from the entire cut and fill area for later reuse during interim and final reclamation. Topsoil provides a planting and growth medium that is more desirable than deeper subsoils for use during reclamation and revegetation activities. If there is an excess of cut material, however, subsoil may also be stockpiled. Stockpiling during construction of roads involves the removal and temporary stockpiling of all surface soil materials (topsoil) from the entire cut and fill area for reuse along cut and fill slopes and roadside ditches. This helps to reduce the loss of forage, habitat, and sediment, decreases maintenance costs, and helps maintain the scenic quality. If there is an excess of cut material, subsoil may also be stockpiled. Applicability Stockpiling applies for the construction of all well pads, roads, pipelines, and any other construction activity where soil is disturbed and later revegetated. Limitations • Stockpiling increases the overall area of disturbance at a site. • Stockpiles often require revegetation and also require other erosion and sediment controls during the establishment of vegetation such as silt fences or diversions. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications Location 1. Locate the stockpile so that it meets specifications and does not interfere with work on the site. 2. Stockpiles should be located and protected so that wind and water erosion are minimized and reclamation potential is maximized. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Stockpiling (SP) - Page 1 of 4 Topsoil and Subsoil 3. Stockpiles located down slope of a well pad will serve as tertiary spill containment and a reservoir during storm events. See Figure SP- 1. 4. Stockpiles located upslope of a well pad will serve as a berm to divert surface runoff around the site and to a stabilized outlet. See Figure SP -2. Stripping and Excavation 1. All perimeter storm water controls shall be in place prior to stripping topsoil or excavating subsoil. 2. Stripping shall be confined to the immediate construction areas. 3. The depth of topsoil to be stripped and stockpiled should be determined during an onsite inspection prior to the start of any excavation activity, but is commonly 4 to 6 -inches. Stockpiling 1. Soil shall be stockpiled in such a manner that natural drainage is not obstructed and no off-site sediment damage shall result. 2. Keep topsoil segregated and stored separately from subsoil materials to avoid mixing during construction, storage, and interim reclamation. Never place subsoil materials on top of topsoil material. 3. Side slopes of the stockpile shall not exceed 2:1. 4. Stockpiles should be tracked according to SURFACE ROUGHENING ( SR ) and stabilized to prevent erosion and off-site sedimentation. Perimeter controls shall be placed around the stockpile immediately. This may involve a diversion to route sediment laden runoff to a stabilized outlet, a silt fence to capture sediments, or any other applicable storm water perimeter control. Revegetation of the stockpile, according to REVEGETATION (RV), can help reduce erosion as well as maintain its biological viability. Topsoiling During Reclamation Part of the reclamation process involves salvaging and reusing all available topsoil to spread over disturbed areas prior to revegetation. Reclamation measures should begin as soon as possible after the disturbance and continue until successful reclamation is achieved. 1. Well Pads — Interim Reclamation -- Minimize the footprint of disturbance by reclaiming all portions of the well site not needed for production operations. Respread topsoil over areas not needed for operations prior to revegetation. Rev: 0 Stockpiling (SP) - Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Topsoil and Subsoil 2. Well Pads - Final Reclamation - Where the topography is flat and it is, therefore, unnecessary to recontour the well location at the time of final reclamation, the operator should set aside sufficient topsoil for final reclamation of the small, unreclaimed area around the wellhead. On sloped ground, during final reclamation, the topsoil and interim vegetation must be restripped from portions of the site that are not at the original contour, the well pad recontoured, and the topsoil respread over the entire disturbed site to ensure successful revegetation. 3. Roads - Interim Reclamation - Reclaim portions of the road not needed for vehicle travel wherever possible by covering cut slopes, fill slopes, and borrow ditches with topsoil salvaged during road construction prior to revegetation. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspect for rills and other evidence of stockpile erosion. Also inspect perimeter storm water controls in accordance with the appropriate BMP. Removal Stockpiles may be removed when the site is ready for interim or final reclamation. References United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), Engineering and Design - Handbook for the Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans for Construction Activities. February 1997. <http:/lwww. usace. army.mil/inetlusace-docs/eng-pamphlets/ep 1110-1-16/> United States Department of the Interior and United States Department of Agriculture. Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development "Gold Book". BLM/WO/ST-061021+3071. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Denver, Colorado. Fourth Edition, 2006. Rev: 0 Date: 7125106 Stockpiling (SP) - Page 3 of 4 Topsoil and Subsoil Figure SP -1 Topsoil Stockpile — Located Below Well Pad Berm Pad NOT TO SCALE - Terracing Topsoil Pile .- Tracking /A2 /�i',,i/✓\/♦:j •\ice/:lj r�\� / �j� j;%♦/ %Y\�T`� V/`Y ,(e/Vi-dlV/1V// ?/ ♦l /' /V/ /V �j♦//�/V/ l // \�%�%�%V i Vegetated Buffer Diversion - • // /i>�, %: %iii %/ , !::✓%T %��/, Figure SP -2 Topsoil Stockpile — Located Above Well Pad Vegetated Buffer Diversion Topsoil Pile /cei/\/r /:% /�il/ a `/\{�i �.�i //- ,:"•,-.: y."/.,/♦%\/%/,.,iVi2 \. . /`\am %/ i\,�\/\i\/��\-%��\�\f, d/ ' �-\f\ \\�/\j/%i/% \/-.* ' .,/..-0�/ -/ /./`Y/ / ,/,‘,//,'"\"\-37-\'- •,-//' .\:\ �% ��"\//\♦v ♦\ \:/��^�ii�i\ :: .Dviersi�� ice pad -"";',4. -,.....a2% -(:;.:.:\s„, i/ tracking i Terracing NOT TO SCALE Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 page 4af4 Stockpiling (SP) - Topsoil and Subsoil Surface Roughening (SR) Description Surface (soil) roughening is a temporary erosion control practice often used in conjunction with grading. Soil roughening involves increasing the relief of a bare soil surface with horizontal grooves (corrugating) or tracks (tracking) using construction equipment. Slopes that are not fine graded and that are left in a roughened condition can reduce erosion. Soil roughening reduces runoff velocity, increases infiltration, reduces erosion, traps sediment, and prepares the soil for seeding and planting by giving seed an opportunity to take hold and grow. Applicability Soil roughening is most effective for areas of one acre or less, and works well for the following applications: • Any slope, but particularly fill slopes greater than 3:1 • Areas with highly erodible soils • Soils that are frequently disturbed Limitations • Soil roughening is not appropriate for rocky slopes. • Soil compaction might occur when roughening with tracked machinery. • Soil roughening is of limited effectiveness in anything more than a gentle or shallow depth rain. • If roughening is washed away in a heavy storm, the surface will have to be re -roughened and new seed laid. Design Criteria No formal design required. However, the selection of the appropriate method (corrugating or tracking) depends on the type of slope. Steepness, mowing requirements, and/or a cut or fill slope operation are all factors considered in choosing a roughening method. Construction Specifications To slow erosion, roughening should be done as soon as possible after grading activities have ceased (temporarily or permanently) in an area. All cut and fill slopes should be roughened wherever possible. Do not blade or scrape the final fill slope face. Excessive compacting of the soil surface should be avoided during roughening, and areas should be seeded as quickly as possible after roughening is complete. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Surface Roughening (SR) Corrugating Corrugating (Figure SR -1) uses machinery to create a series of ridges and depressions that run across the slope on the contour. Groove using any appropriate implement that can be safely operated on the slope, such as disks, tillers, spring harrows, or the teeth of a front-end loader bucket. Do not make the grooves less than 3 inches deep or more than 15 inches apart. Tracking Tracking is the most common method of soil roughening and is sometimes used as a method to hold down mulch. However, tracking is generally not as effective as corrugating. Tracking should be used primarily in sandy soils to avoid undue compaction of the soil surface. Operate tracked machinery up and down the slope to leave horizontal depressions in the soil. Do not back -blade during the final grading operation. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Roughening might need to be repeated after storm events. Inspections of roughened slopes will indicate where additional erosion and sediment control measures are needed. If rills appear, they should be filled, graded again, and reseeded as soon as possible. Proper dust control methods should be used. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa. gov/npdes/stormwaterlmenuofbmpsfcon_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http:l/www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Surface Roughening (SR) Figure SR -1 Corrugating CUT FURROWS ALONG THE CONTOUR IRREGULARITIES IN THE sort_ SURFACE CATCH RAINWATER AND RETAIN LIME, FERTILIZER AND SEED. NOT TO SCALE - 7-- 15" max. Max. ,/ '1/4 ;V ik ikul Art kJ; Figure SR -2 SR -2 Tracking Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Surface Roughening (SR) Terracing (T) Description Terraces (also called reverse slope benches) are made of either earthen embankments or ridge and channel systems that are properly spaced along a fill slope. Terraces/benches are constructed with an adequate grade to promote drainage to a stabilized outlet. They reduce damage from erosion by collecting and redistributing surface runoff to stable outlets at slower speeds and by decreasing the distance of overland runoff flow. They also surpass smooth slopes in holding moisture and help to minimize sediment loading of surface runoff. Applicability Terraces are most effective for areas less than 10 acres in size and, are suitable for the following applications: • Areas with an existing or expected water erosion problem and no vegetation. • Fill slopes greater than five feet in height, which are not part of a trench or excavation. • Graded areas with smooth hard surfaces or any cleared area prior to seeding. • Where the length of slopes need to be shortened by terracing. Limitations • Terraces are not appropriate for use on sandy, extremely steep, or shallow soils. • if too much water permeates the soil in a terrace system, sloughing could occur, and cut and fill costs could increase substantially. Design Criteria The design of terraces should be determined by a civil engineer based upon actual site conditions. Construction Specifications Terraces should be constructed according to Figure T-1 for cut slopes and Figure T-2 for fill slopes. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Terracing (T) 1. Construct diversion ditches at the top of the slope if necessary to prevent or reduce surface water from running down the slope face. 2. The upper terrace/bench should begin immediately below the top of the fill slope. Continue constructing terraces or benches down to the toe of the slope. Terraces shall be a minimum of 6 feet wide. However, a minimum width of 8 feet is ideal so that a crimper has access for mulching. 3. Terraces must drain to a stabilized outlet, such as a stabilized waterway, vegetated area, or other suitable outlet. Slope drains (SLOPE DRAIN (SD )) may be needed to convey surface runoff from the terraces or benches to the toe of the slope without causing erosion. Analysis of the local site conditions should determine the needed outlets. 4. Remove the loose material that collects at the end of terraces or benches and blend the ends of each terrace or bench into the natural ground surface. 5. Stabilize or revegetate the slope with methods applicable to the particular site. Maintenance Considerations Inspections for active sites should occur at least every 14 days and after any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Maintain terrace ridge height and outlet elevations. Remove sediment that has accumulated in the terrace to maintain capacity and a positive channel grade. If excessive seepage or surface runoff is a problem, control the seepage/runoff with appropriate drainage facilities. Take prompt action as needed to ensure proper drainage and slope stability. Repair rills and reseed damaged areas as they develop. Substantial maintenance of the newly planted or seeded vegetation may be required. References City of Knoxville, Stormwater Engineering, Knoxville BMP Manual - Best Management Practices. July 2003. http://www.ci.knoxville.tn.us/engineering Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwaterlmenuofbmps/con_site.cfm> United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (MRCS), Field Office Technical Guide. 2002. <www.nres.usda.gov/technicallefotg> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Terracing (T) Figure T-1 Terracing — Cut Slopes Diversion Vegetated Buffer ,_�,.:` "A�,� f� ./ /,�, r_•mu. A / .i1,< /`�� /\>ASD erhei ht% / '�% //��;fc; j%jT;i ,See tab; :ii,l`.' Slope Maximum Slope Height 2:1 3:1 4:1 20' 30' 40' NOT TO SCALE Normal slope line 2:1 (H:V)orflatter or flatter • /A/i Maximum .• A//A Ditch 10 catch loose material ••'-`•1\0\ ;%\j slpeheight �\ y\ •�-\ See table `\:•� �„� i I "� ��A� VAv'�\ •�� // j ani =% %%'•\j�A //SAG a.vim/ (\\A\VAV/�AVAAA�j�/v . <`� ,/"</A<\ •;4\ \�%/ •\'CSC % Diversion Pad 1. Terraces shall slope between 2% and 3% to a stabilized outlet. 2. Flow length along a terrace shall not exceed 800 feet. Figure T-2 Terracing -- Fill Slopes Berri Pad \i\i:‘'2. Maximum �. slope height ��.See table �, \ray / r Normal slope line 2:1 (H:V1orlatter 6' min. I- 1min. '‘ Maximum `;/>.'//,)ynlopeheight ��_ See table \,<,:-,,.,_. w;,4,vvk*;0‘;,,r,LR,,!:,;:;.:.1.:_,.! or flatter Ditch to catch _ loose material Slope Maximum Slope Height 2:1 20' 3:1 30' 4:1 40' NOT TO SCALE r Vegetated Buffer Diversion 1. Terraces shall slope between 2% end 3% to e stabilized ouflei. 2. Flow length along a terrace shall not exceed 800 feet. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Terracing (T) Vegetated Buffer (VB) Description Vegetated buffers (also known as vegetated filter strips) are areas of either natural or established vegetation that are maintained to protect the water quality of neighboring areas. Buffers reduce the velocity of storm water runoff, provide an area for the runoff to permeate the soil, contribute to ground water recharge, and act as filters to catch sediment. The reduction in velocity also helps to prevent soil erosion. The use of existing natural vegetation is preferred over newly established vegetation for the following reasons: • Can process higher quantities of storm water runoff than newly seeded areas. • Does not require time to establish. • Has a higher filtering capacity than newly planted vegetation because aboveground and root structures are typically denser. • Reduces storm water runoff by intercepting rainfall, promoting infiltration, and lowering the water table through transpiration. • Provides a fully developed habitat for wildlife. Applicability Vegetated buffers can be used in any area that is able to support vegetation but they are most effective and beneficial on floodplains, near wetlands, along streambanks, and as stabilized outlets to runoff controls such as diversions, water bars, or culverts. Buffers are also effective in separating land use areas that are not compatible and in protecting wetlands or water bodies by displacing activities that might be potential sources of non -point source pollution. Limitations • Vegetated buffers require plant growth before they can be effective, and land on which to plant the vegetation must be available. • Although vegetated buffers help to protect water quality, they usually do not effectively counteract concentrated storm water flows to neighboring or downstream wetlands. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Vegetated Buffer (VB) Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications 1. Buffer widths should be determined after careful consideration of slope, vegetation, soils, depth to impermeable layers, runoff sediment characteristics, type and quantity of storm water pollutants, and annual rainfall. Buffer widths should increase as slope increases. 2. Zones of vegetation (native vegetation in particular), including grasses, deciduous and evergreen shrubs, and understory and overstory trees, should be intermixed. 3. Fertilizing seeded or planted ground may enhance growth (and improve its effectiveness as a buffer). 4. When using naturally vegetated areas, vegetation should be marked for preservation before clearing activities begin. Barriers may be used to prevent the approach of equipment within protected areas. 5. Direct sediment -laden water onto the naturally vegetated or stabilized planted ground. 6. Do not place any equipment, construction debris, or extra soil in the buffer area. Maintenance Considerations Inspections for active sites should occur at least every 14 days and after any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Keeping vegetation healthy in a recently established buffer requires routine maintenance, which (depending on species, soil types, and climatic conditions) may include weed control, fertilizing, liming, and irrigating. Once established or if using a naturally vegetated area, buffers do not require much maintenance beyond repairing or replacing damaged vegetation. Inspections should focus on encroachment, gully erosion, density of vegetation, evidence of concentrated flows through the areas, and any damage from foot or vehicular traffic. If there is more than six inches of sediment in one place, it should be removed. Removal During final site cleanup, any barriers placed around preserved natural areas should be removed. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Vegetated Buffer (VB) References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http:l/cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Vegetated Buffer (VB) Revegetation (RV) Description Revegetation involves planting seed to establish a vegetative cover on disturbed areas. Revegetation reduces erosion and sedimentation by stabilizing disturbed areas in a manner that is economical, adaptable to site conditions, and allows selection of the most appropriate plant materials. Revegetation also: • Absorbs the impact of raindrops • Reduces the velocity of runoff • Reduces runoff volumes by increasing water percolation into the soil • Binds soil with roots • Protects soil from wind • Improves wildlife habitat • Enhances natural beauty Applicability Revegetation is most effective on slopes no steeper than 2:1 and may be used in areas where exposed soil surfaces are not to be regraded for periods longer than 30 days. Such areas include denuded areas, soil stockpiles, berms, temporary road banks, etc. Limitations The effectiveness of revegetation can be limited due to the following: • High erosion potential during establishment. • The need for stable soil temperature and soil moisture content during germination and early growth. • The need to reseed areas that fail to establish. Proper seedbed preparation and the use of quality seed are important in this practice. Failure to carefully follow sound agronomic recommendations will often result in an inadequate stand of vegetation that provides little or no erosion control. Seeding does not immediately stabilize soils. Prior to seeding, install necessary erosion and sediment control practices such as diversions, straw bales, and basins until vegetation is established. Design Criteria Successful plant establishment can be maximized with proper planning; consideration of soil characteristics; selection of plant materials that are suitable for the site; Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 10 Revegetation (RV) adequate seedbed preparation, liming, and fertilization; timely planting; and regular maintenance. Submittals 1. Delivery tickets for all bulk materials with Owner's Representative's approval or acknowledgement that materials were received in satisfactory condition. 2. Certification of grass seed from seed vendor for each grass -seed mixture stating the botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each species, variety, percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. a. Certification of each seed mixture, identifying seed source, including name and telephone number of supplier. b. All seed bag labels used must be turned in for invoice coding and payment. 3. Samples of all items requested by Contractor for Substitution or as an Approved Equal. 4. Qualification data for firms and person specified in the "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and address of architects, owners, and other information specified. 5. Seeding schedule indicating anticipated dates and locations for each type of Seeding. 6. One digital and one hard copy of a maintenance instructions recommending procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of seeding during an entire year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 7. One digital and one hard copy of a written warranty stating all items included in the warranty, conditions of the warranty, and beginning and ending of warranty period(s). Quality Assurance 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed seeding and reclamation work similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful landscape establishment. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 10 Revegetation (RV) a. Installer's Field Supervision: Require installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the project site during times that seeding and mulching is in progress. 2. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of seed indicated, complying with applicable requirements of ANSI Z60.1, and all applicable state and local rules and regulations. 3. Inspection: EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative may inspect seed either at place of growth or at site before installation, for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, and quality. a. The EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative reserves the right to reject at any time or place prior to final acceptance all seed materials, which, in their opinion fails to meet specifications. Inspection of materials is primarily for quality, size, and variety, but other requirements are not waived even though visual inspection results in approval. Seed may be inspected where available; however, inspection at the places of supply shall not preclude the right of rejection at the site or at a later time prior to final acceptance. Rejected material shall be removed from the site within 24 hours. b. The Contractor shall schedule inspection of the seed, at either the supplier or on site, to be completed in one visit. 4. Pre -installation Conference: Contractor shall attend a seeding pre- installation conference at locations specified by EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative. 5. U.S. Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations under the Federal Seed Act: quality standards for Certified Seed. Delivery, Storage and Handling 1. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at site. The EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative reserves the right to inspect containers before or after installation to verify compliance with Specifications. 2. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers. The EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative reserves the right to inspect containers before or after installation to verify compliance with Specifications. Rev: 0 Date: 7125106 Page 3 of 10 Revegetation (RV) Project Conditions 1. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform work in a manner, which will avoid damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until parties concerned mutually agree upon removal. Contractor shall be responsible for utility locating, repair of utilities damaged by Contractor, and establishment of grade controls. 2. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative before planting. Coordination and Scheduling 1. Coordinate installation of seeding materials during normal planting seasons for each type of seed material required. 2. Seeding in areas that are non -irrigated or not provided with sprinkling or watering systems shall be restricted according to the following schedule. a. Below 6000' elevation: Spring seeding shall occur between spring thaw and July 1st. Fall seeding shall occur from September 1St until consistent ground freeze. b. 6000' to 7000' elevation: Spring seeding shall occur between spring thaw and July Pt. Fall seeding shall occur from August 15th until consistent ground freeze. c. 7000' to 8000' elevation: Spring seeding shall occur between spring thaw and July 15th. Fall seeding shall occur from August 1St until consistent ground freeze. d. Above 8000' elevation: Seeding shall occur from spring thaw until consistent ground freeze. e. Spring thaw shall be defined as the earliest date in a calendar year in which seed can be buried '/z inch into the topsoil thru normal drill seeding methods. f. Consistent ground freeze shall be defined as that time during fall months in which the topsoil, due to freeze conditions, prevents burying seed l inch thru normal drill seeding operations. 3. Install seed after final grades have been accepted, unless authorized by EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator and/or Representative. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 10 Revegetation (RV) 4. Coordinate installation of seeding materials with ALPHA Natural, Inc. John Bueger 970-984-2467 to insure soil treatments are completed 2-3 days prior to seeding operations. Warranty 1. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. of other rights the EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Special Warranty: Warrant the following materials for a period of one (1) year after date of Final Acceptance, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc., abnormal weather conditions unusual for warranty period, or incidents that are beyond Contractor' s control. 3. Seeded areas shall be accepted on the basis of having uniform grass growth over all the seeded areas. Acceptable uniform grass growth shall be defined as when scattered bare spots, not greater than one and a half square foot, do not exceed 30% of the seeded area. 4. Inadequate or improper maintenance by the EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. shall not be cause for replacement, provided the Contractor shall have submitted a letter or report to the EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. on improper or inadequate maintenance practices and recommended remedial actions. 5. The warranty shall not be enforced should any plants die due to vandalism after final acceptance. Plant Material 1. Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new crop seed complying with the Association of Official Seed Analysts "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. a. Arkansas Valley Seed 400 Moffat CR 220 Craig, CO 81625 Willard McLaughlin - District Sales Manager Mobile: 970-629-0263 . Fax: 970-234-8023 Email: wmmclaughlin @seedsolutions.com b. Seed Mixture: Provide seed of grasses, forbs & shrubs species and varieties, proportions by weight, and minimum percentages of purity and germination as indicated: Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 10 Revegetation (RV) i. EnCana High Mesa Reclamation Seed Mix (Slopes 2.5:1 or greater not accessible to drill seeder) (Flexterra FGM Hydroseeding 3,0001bs/acre) Name %LBS/PLS/ACRE Regreen Cover Western Wheatgrass Thickspike Wheatgrass Indian Ricegrass Crested Wheatgrass Tall Wheatgrass Mountain Brome Slender Wheatgrass 20 % 15 % 10 % 15 % 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % TOTAL 100 % @ 45 LBS/ACRE ii. EnCana High Mesa Reclamation Seed Mix (Slopes 2.5:1 or less not accessible with drill seeder) (Terra -Mulch Hydroseeding 2,0001bs/acre) Name %LBS/PLS/ACRE Regreen Cover Western Wheatgrass Thickspike Wheatgrass Indian Ricegrass Crested Wheatgrass Tall Wheatgrass Mountain Brome Slender Wheatgrass 20 % 15 % 10 % 15 % 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % TOTAL 100% @ 40 LBS/ACRE iii. EnCana High Mesa Reclamation Seed Mix (All grades accessible to drill seeder) (Crimped Straw Drill Seeding 2,0001bs/acre) Name %LBSIPLS/ACRE Regreen Cover Western Wheatgrass Thickspike Wheatgrass Indian Ricegrass Crested Wheatgrass Tall Wheatgrass Mountain Brome Slender Wheatgrass 20 % 15 % 10 % 15 % 10% 10 % 10 % 10 % TOTAL 100 % @ 20 LBS/ACRE Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 6 of 10 Revegetation (RV) Soil Amendments and Fertilizer 1. AV Superphosphate 18-46-0: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. Arkansas Valley Seed, 400 Moffat CR 220, Craig, CO 81625 Willard McLaughlin - District Sales Manager Mobile: 970-629-0263 . Fax: 970-234-8023 Email: wmmclaughlin@seedsolutions.com 2. Sustane 8-2-4: Slow release granular fertilizer. Sustane — Natural Fertilizer of America, Inc. 310 Holiday Avenue P.O. Box 19 Cannon Falls, MN 55009 Phone: 1-800-352-9245 Fax: 507-263-3029 www.sustane.com Mulches 1. See MULCHING (M) and HYDRAULIC MULCHING (HM) for mulch materials to be used for flat and steep slopes, respectively. Erosion -Control Materials 1. Flexible Growth Medium: Flexterra FGM. Strictly comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Use approved hydro -spraying machines with fan -type nozzle (50 -degree tip). Apply FGM from opposing directions to soil surface. Nilex, 15171 E. Fremont Drive, Centennial, CO 80112 Phone: 1-800-537-4241 Fax: 303-766-1110 www.nilex.com 2. Non -asphaltic Tackifier: Organic derivative vegetative gum tackifier recommended by fiber -mulch manufacturer for slurry application, nontoxic and free of plant growth- or germination -inhibitors. Construction Specifications See Table RV -1 for typical seeding guidelines for various slope conditions. Examination 1. Examine areas to receive seeding for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Preparation 1. Lay out individual seeding application load locations and areas for multiple seeding. Flag locations, outline areas, and secure EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & Reclamation Administrator's andfor Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 7 of 10 Revegetation (RV) Representative's acceptance before the start of seeding work. Make adjustments as directed. Planting Soil Preparation 1. Spread amendments and fertilizers at rates indicated: a. Seeded, Sodded, Shrub, and Ground Cover Beds: Provide not less than the following quantities of specified amendments: Specified Organic Matter: 3 Cubic Yards /1000SF Commercial fertilizer: 10 lbs/ 1000 SF Superphosphate: 10 lbs/1000 SF Seeding 1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. Deliver seed to job site in the original unopened containers and submit the certified labels to the EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. Storm Water & RecIamation Administrator and/or Representative. 2. Seed shall be uniformly sown by drill, by hydro -seeding (without mulch admixture), or by broadcasting. Drill and Hydro -seeding rates shall be the amount specified. Broadcast seeding rates shall be one and a half times the amount specified. Broadcast seeding shall be raked or chain dragged into the soil to a depth of approximately one-quarter inch (1/4") to one-half inch (1/2"). 3. The seeding shall be done in one application crossing the area at right angles to one another to guarantee even coverage. 4. Protect seeded areas against erosion by uniformly spreading mulch after completion of seeding operations in accordance with MULCH 1 NG ( M and HYDRAULIC' MULCHING (HM). 5. Protect seeded slopes exceeding 2.5:1 against erosion with Flexible Growth Medium (FGM), shall be Flexterra as manufactured by Profile, installed per manufacturers Guidelines. Cleanup and Protection 1. During storm water management & reclamation activities, keep pavements clean and work areas in an orderly condition. 2. Protect well pad, access road, private property and federal lands from damage due to storm water management & reclamation operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged well pad, access road, private property and federal lands work as directed. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 8 of 10 Revegetation {RV) Disposal of Surplus and Waste Materials 1. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. property. Maintenance Considerations Inspections for active sites should occur at least every 14 days and after any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Maintenance shall be by EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. and/or EnCana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc.'s representative. Vegetation is considered established when a density of at least 70 percent of pre -disturbance levels has been reached. Seeded areas should be inspected for failure and any necessary repairs and re-seedings should be made within the same season, if possible. References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> High Mesa Water Park Seeding Specifications. April 2006. Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), Engineering and Design - Handbook for the Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans for Construction Activities. February 1997. <http://www.usace. army. millinetlusace-docs/eng-pamphlets/ep 1110-1-16/> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 9 of 10 Revegetation (RV) Table RV -1 Typical Seeding Guidelines ALL SLOPES ACCESSIBLE TO DRILL SEEDER MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Drill Seeding (twice in perpendicular directions) 20 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1000 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre Certified Weed Free Straw Weed Free Crimped Straw 2000 lbs./acre ALL SLOPES ACCESSIBLE TO DRILL SEED MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Drill Seeding (installed in perpendicular directions) 20 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1000 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nyiex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre FOUR WHEELER BROADCAST SEEDING & TINE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Broadcast Seeded & Tine Harrowed 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1000 lbs./acre Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre CHEST BROADCAST SEEDING & HAND RAKIN MATERIAL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Seed Mix Broadcast Seeded & Hand Raked 40 lbs./acre SUSTANE 8-2-4 Sustane 8-2-4 (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1000 lbs./acre. Soluble Humates Soluble Humates (Nylex dlamanna@nilex.com) 1100 lbs./acre, Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 10 of 10 Revegetation (RV) Water Bar (WB) Description A water bar is an earthen ridge, or ridge and channel, constructed diagonally across a sloping road, trail, or disturbed area that is subject to erosion. Water bars are normally used for drainage and erosion protection of closed, blocked, or infrequently used roads to limit the accumulation of erosive volumes of water by diverting surface runoff at pre -designed intervals. Applicability Water bars are applicable where runoff protection is needed to prevent erosion on sloping access right-of-ways or long, narrow sloping areas generally less than 100 feet in width. This is a practice that is often used on limited -use roads, trails and firebreaks. It is an excellent method of retiring roads and trails as well as abandoned roads where surface water runoff may cause erosion of exposed mineral soil. Limitations • Not for use on concentrated flows • May cause concentrated flows from sheet flow • Requires vegetative cover or other filter at discharge point Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications See Figure WB -1. 1. Clear the base for the ridge before placing fill. 2. Track the ridge to compact it to the design cross section. 3. Install the water bar according to Figure WB -1 as soon as the base is cleared and graded. The positive grade shall not exceed 2%. 4. Vehicle crossings shall be stabilized with gravel. Exposed areas shall be immediately seeded and mulched. 5. Extend the water bar inlet and outlet 1 foot or more beyond the side of the road, trail, or disturbed area to keep the diverted water from re-entering the area. 6. Space the water bars according to Table W B-1, Rev: 0 Date: 7125106 Page 1 of 3 Water Bar (WB) 7. Locate the outlet on an undisturbed area. Field spacing shall be adjusted to use the most stable outlet areas. Outlet protection will be provided when natural areas are not adequate. Maintenance Considerations Inspections for active sites should occur at least every 14 days and after any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Inspect water bars for erosion damage and sediment. Check outlet areas and make repairs as needed to restore operation. Removal If water bars are used on a closed or blocked road, they should be removed prior to re -opening of the road. Water bars on infrequently used roads or other disturbed areas may remain in place as long as necessary. References Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> Maine Department of Conservation, Best Management Practices for Forestry: Protecting Maine's Water Quality. Maine Forest Service, Forest Policy and Management Division. Augusta, Maine. 2004. <http://www. state.me.us/doc/mfs/pubs/pdf/bmp_manuaybmp_manual.pdf> New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control. New York. Fourth Edition, 1997. <http://www.dec.state.ny.us/web site/dow/toolbox/escstandards> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Water Bar (WB) Table WB -1 Water Bar Spacing Road/Trail Grade (%) Low to Non -Erosive Soils (1) Erosive Soils (2) 0 - 5 245' 130' 6 - 10 200' 100' 11-15 150' 65' 16 - 20 115' 50' 21 - 30 100' 40' 31+ 50' 30' 'Low Erosion Soils = Coarse Rocky Soils, Gravel, and Some Clay 2High Erosion Soils = Fine, Friable Soils, Silt, Fine Sands Figure WB -1 Water Bar Installation :"- „ 8' min. :• I= I FI I — I I- y 1B" MIN. hilt III EARTHEN I -"I III =EI- Irl FELL II i -lu Li=lt ce ;.:, .. I ^w 1,17111 - Zile RO�`ST/ \ice .._.:.: .., + 1 q 4 \' % %� `i� i` ..: 1 1 L I ^ I.• I I= r- l� '�` ,�//,,/,>. IMM=1yarA, �:�-1 EDGEOFR.O.W. OUTLET INTO '�� moi: �I?.1 lel ✓��: STABILIZED AREA — ' �, /-/r, (WELL VEGETATED) -' V/'\ f. %•/i..%/` ` Note: Side slopes shall be 4:1 where vehicles cross end water bar shell bestebilised with gravel. EDGE OF RO.W. NOT TO SCALE I Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Water Bar (WB) Wattles (W) Description A wattle (also called a fiber roll) consists of straw, flax, or other similar materials bound into a tight tubular roll. When wattles are placed at the toe and on the face of slopes, they intercept runoff, reduce its flow velocity, release the runoff as sheet flow, and provide removal of sediment from the runoff. By interrupting the length of a slope, fiber rolls can also reduce erosion. Applicability Wattles may be suitable: • Along the toe, top, face, and at grade breaks of exposed and erodible slopes to shorten slope length and spread runoff as sheet flow • At the end of a downward slope where it transitions to a steeper slope • Along the perimeter of a project • At the overflow locations of sediment traps • As check dams in unlined ditches • Around temporary stockpiles Limitations • Wattles are not effective unless trenched. • Wattles at the toe of slopes greater than 5:1 (H:V) should be a minimum of 20 in. diameter or installations achieving the same protection (i.e. stacked smaller diameter wattles, etc.). • Difficult to move once saturated. • If not properly staked and trenched in, wattles could be transported by high flows. Wattles have a very limited sediment capture zone. • Wattles should not be used on slopes subject to creep, slumping, or landslide. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Wattles (W) • Wattles should not be used where periodic road or surface maintenance activities are expected. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications Wattles should be either prefabricated rolls or rolled tubes of erosion control blanket. (If using an erosion control blanket, roll the length of erosion control blanket into a tube of minimum 8 in. diameter and bind roll at each end and every 4 ft along length of roll with jute -type twine.) See Figure W-1 for wattles used to control erosion along slopes. 1. Locate wattles on level contours spaced as follows: a. Slope inclination of 4:1 (H:V) or flatter: Fiber rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 20 ft. b. Slope inclination between 4:1 and 2:1 (H:V): Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 15 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). c. Slope inclination 2:1 (H:V) or greater: Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 10 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). 2. Turn the ends of the wattles up slope to prevent runoff from going around the roll. 3. Stake wattles into a 2 to 4 in. deep trench with a width equal to the diameter of the wattle. Drive stakes at the end of each wattle and spaced 4 ft maximum on center. 4. If more than one wattle is placed in a row, the rolls should be overlapped, not abutted. Maintenance Considerations Inspections for active sites should occur at least every 14 days and after any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Repair or replace split, torn, unraveling, or slumping rolls. If the wattle is used as a sediment capture device, or as an erosion control device to maintain sheet flows, sediment that accumulates must be periodically removed in order to maintain wattle effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when sediment accumulation reaches one-half the designated sediment storage depth, usually one-half the distance between the top of the wattle and the adjacent ground surface. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 3 Wattles (W) Removal Wattles are typically left in place. If wattles are removed, collect and dispose of sediment accumulation, and fill and compact holes, trenches, depressions or any other ground disturbance to blend with adjacent ground. References California Stormwater Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice(BMP) Handbook — Construction. January, 2003. <http://www.cabmphandbooks.com/Construction.asp> Figure W-1 Wattle Installation Install wa Ile near slope where it transitions into steeper slope Wattle 2" min. j 4" max. _ 4' max. Vertical spacing measured along the face`%� of the slope varies between 10' and 20' NOT TO SCALE 12" min. Wattle B" min. 11:1 max slope x 2" wood stakes Note: install wards along a level contour. Extend end of wattle upslope to avoid flow around end. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Wattles (W) Best Management Practices (BMPs) Sediment Control Check Dam (CD) Detention Pond (DP) Filter Berm (FB) Sediment Trap (ST) Silt Fence (SF) Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) Wattles (W) Check Dam (CD) Description Check dams are small, temporary dams constructed across a diversion or roadside ditch. Check dams can be constructed using aggregate, rock, sandbags, gravel bags, earth with erosion control blanketing, straw bales, or wattles and are used to slow the velocity of concentrated flow in a channel and thus reduce erosion. As a secondary function, check dams can also be used to catch sediment from the channel itself or from the contributing drainage area as storm water runoff flows through or over the structure. Applicability Check dams are most often used in small, open channels with a contributing drainage area of less than 10 acres, and side slopes of 2:1 or less. Check dams may be used in the following applications: • In diversions or roadside ditches where it is not practical to line the channel or implement other flow control and sediment control practices. • In diversions or roadside ditches where temporary seeding has been recently implemented but has not had time to take root and fully develop. • As a series of check dams, spaced at appropriate intervals, used in one of the above two applications. Limitations • Check dams should not be used in live, continuously flowing streams unless approved by an appropriate regulatory agency. • Check dams may require frequent removal of accumulated sediments. Dams should therefore be located in areas accessible to maintenance vehicles. • Leaves have been shown to be a significant problem by clogging check dams in the fall. Therefore, they might necessitate increased inspection and maintenance. • Straw bale check dams decompose over time, and may be consumed by livestock. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 5 Check Dam (CD) Construction Specifications 1. Install aggregate check dams and straw bale check dams according to Figures Cl) -1 & CD -2, respectively. Other types of check dams shall have similar designs. 2. Check dams should be located in areas accessible to maintenance vehicles for the periodic removal of accumulated sediments. 3. Dams should be installed with careful placement of the construction material. Mere dumping of the dam material into a channel is not appropriate and will reduce overall effectiveness. 4. Check dams can be constructed from a number of different materials. When using rock, the material diameter should be 1 to 15 inches depending on the expected velocity and quantity of runoff within the channel. Aggregate check dams, ideal for application within roadside ditches, should use a material diameter between 3/4 to 1-1/2". Earth collected during excavation of diversions or roadside ditches may also be placed as check dams if covered with erosion control blanketing. Straw bales, wattles, or sand/gravel bags may also be used, but only if rock or aggregate is unavailable or not feasible for the location. 5. All check dams should have a maximum height of three feet with sufficient space up slope from the barrier to allow ponding, and to provide room for sediment storage. The center of the dam should be at least six inches lower than the edges. This design creates a weir effect that helps to channel flows away from the banks and prevent further erosion. 6. Additional stability can be achieved by implanting the dam material approximately six inches into the sides and bottom of the channel. 7. In order to be most effective, dams used in a series should be spaced such that the base of the upstream dam is at the same elevation as the top of the next downstream dam. 8. When installing more than one check dam in a channel, outlet erosion stabilization measures should be installed below the final dam in the series. Because this area is likely to be vulnerable to further erosion, riprap, erosion control blanket lining, or some other stabilization measure is highly recommended. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). During inspection, large debris, trash, and leaves should be removed. The center of a check dam should always be lower than its edges. If erosion or heavy Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 5 Check Dam (CD) flows cause the edges of a dam to fall to a height equal to or below the height of the center, and the effectiveness of the BMP is compromised, repairs should be made immediately. Accumulated sediment should be removed from the upstream side of a check dam when the sediment has reached a height of approximately one-half the original height of the dam (measured at the center). Close attention should be paid to the repair of damaged or rotting straw bales, end runs and undercutting beneath bales. Replacement of bales should be accomplished promptly. Removal Removal of check dams is optional. Check dams within roadside ditches are usually used as temporary controls, where other check dams may be left in place to silt out. If removing a check dam, all accumulated sediment should be removed. Removal of a check dam should be completed only after the contributing drainage area has been completely stabilized. Permanent vegetation should replace areas from which gravel, stone, logs, or other material has been removed. References Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide. 2002. <http://www.dot.state.co.us/environmentauenvWaterQuailwgms4.asp> Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. httpa/cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuof burps/con_site.cfm Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 5 Check Dam (CD) Figure CD -1 Aggregate Check Dam Installation To" of Swale SECTION VIEW Bottom of Swale L÷ Trench 6" into swale 24" `: \, -</ 6" PROFILE VIEW Top of Swale I i`Aggregate (33"-1 z") Geotextlle (extend to 2" beyond /' t crest of check dam) T, 6" ` •••••-„„2 max. F� ._..,_s_...g.»_...:.._. Flow r7 r�r zx- Bottom of Swale Embed .\/ ,7 /`` /i 1 6„ Geolextile #� _ � / 4 � rr .k7: "�"'`S�)� /\ /\/\�:\��• ?C� Aj jAjiA� ///j/�,•�>>i�1�. wr Top of Swale •— . PointC r 24" L = Distance such that Points C and 0 are equal elevation Bottomriuw ofSwale ,. ��,—"�-��L � _ .y —t PointO NOT TO SCALE Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 5 Check Dam (CD) Figure CD -2 Straw Bale Check Dam Installation FLOW Stake — 18"x 18"x 36" Typical Straw Bales Slake *Point A — NOT TO SCALE * Point A must be higher that Point 8 Bales must be tightly abutting with no gaps — Stake FLOW 18"x 18"x 364 Typical Straw Bales ZZ;), 777 . . L — Point C . Remove accumulate sediment when it reaches one half of exposed bale height See Detail Below Stake (installed to at ‘.! ) least l2" below grade) — L = Distance such that Points C and D are equal elevation 181 x x 36" / Typical Strew Batas Bale VI:11dd' NOT TO SCALE FLOW Point D Backfill Material (compact soil to prevent piping) Notes: 1. Straw bales shall be certified weed free. 2. Slakes shall be 2"x2"x36" wood stakes or standard '7" or 'U" steel pos Ls. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 5 of 5 Check Dam (CD) Detention Pond (DP) Description A detention pond shall be constructed on each well pad to collect and store all runoff from the surface of the pad. A culvert with a locking gate shall allow dewatering to occur if the water tests clean and is acceptable for release from the pad. Applicability Detention ponds are applicable to all well pads. Limitations Well pads that have not been properly designed may collect runoff from areas other than the surface of the pad, which may be more volume than the detention pond is designed to handle. Design Criteria Detention ponds shall be sized for a 25 -year frequency storm. In general, 4,000 cubic feet (150 cubic yards) of dry storage volume should be provided for each acre of pad surface area. Construction Specifications Construct detention pond according to Figure DP -1. Location Detention ponds shall be located at an outside edge of the pad and as far as possible from the pad access road, utilities, and all infrastructures. Dewatering Dewatering shall be achieved through a 6 to 12 -inch corrugated metal culvert. The culvert invert shall be located approximately 1 foot above the bottom of the pond to allow space for sedimentation. The culvert shall be sloped and routed through the berm at the perimeter of the well pad to discharge down the fill slope and directly into a pad perimeter diversion. A steel slide gate as manufactured by Waterman Industries, or similar, shall be installed at the culvert inlet. The gate shall use a positive one-quarter turn cam lock which will hold the gate in any position to enables easy regulation of flow. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspections shall verify that the pond has not been disturbed and that the original storage capacity has been maintained. If sedimentation has accumulated to Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 2 Detention Pond (DP) within two inches of the culvert inlet, the sediment shall be removed while avoiding any unnecessary disturbance to the pond. Removal The detention pond and culvert shall be removed upon completion of well pad activities and final stabilization. Figure DP -1 Detention Pond Installation Slide Gate (Model C-8 by Waterman industries or Similar) ` Pad Perimeter Bern 6"-12" Corrugated Metal Culvert Riprap Spillway 1 �� %i'r� el/. � �%Nr%%J'1/7 ! iU lgrry y/r ni/! rijpr pf 1 i� r... % %� %�%r l/ �i%'ri li/lnl(/il/% l % ll/!I rl t I11 r`/I%!` /2 1 f`M�ll� �1Ililt1/1/i11/1//,1111/r.FIII //4�%I ,WetSto/age ��%rlll%�lll/1iill';Idr �11C1I/I�I lli�ill l am'` rl �/, /�111f ll1 /1,1/ /rllI1/�� . r r /I' 'i�� l/Illlll� I l‘'.1,-\ /1, Perimeter Diversion NOT TO SCALE 1 1 / Dry Storage Approx. 150 CY dry storage !r per acre of pad surface area Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 2 Detention Pond (DP) Filter Berm (FB) Description A filter berm is a temporary ridge made up of natural materials that already occur on the project site such. Brush filter berms use small tree branches, root mats, grass, leaves, stone, or other debris or material naturally available or left over from site clearing and grubbing (slash). Rock filter berms use site gravel, stone, or rock . Both types of filter berms are placed along a level contour to slow, filter, and divert flow and act as an efficient form of sediment control. In some configurations, filter berms are covered with a filter cloth to stabilize the structure and improve barrier efficiency. Applicability The drainage area for filter berms must be no greater than 2 acres. In addition, the drainage slope leading down to a filter berm must be no greater than 2:1 and no longer than 100 feet. The following are suitable applications: • 5 to 7 feet beyond the toe of slopes. • Along the site perimeter. • Along streams and channels, or adjacent to roadways. • Around temporary spoil areas or other small cleared areas. Limitations • Intended to be used only in gently sloping areas, and are not appropriate for high -velocity flow areas. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 4 Filter Berm (FB) • Brush filter berms have limited usefulness because they are constructed of materials that decompose. • A large amount of material is needed to construct a useful filter berm. Therefore, filter berms are only applicable to sites where there is enough brush material from clearing and grubbing or rock material to form a sufficiently sized berm. • May be difficult to remove after construction. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications Brush (Slash) Filter Berms See Figure Ff3- 1 for installation details. 1. Place material cleared from the site across the slope or swale. Material with a diameter larger than six inches should not be used. 2. Cut up brush if necessary and compact to avoid large voids within the barrier. 3. The barrier mound should be at least three feet high and five feet wide at its base. 4. It is recommended, but not required, that the mound be covered with a filter fabric barrier to hold the material in place and increase sediment barrier efficiency. If using a filter fabric cover, bury the edge in a trench four inches deep and six inches wide on the drainage side of the barrier. This is done to secure the fabric and create a barrier to sediment while allowing storm water to pass through the water -permeable filter fabric. The fabric should be extended just over the peak of the brush mound and secured on the down- slope edge of the fabric by fastening it to twine or small -diameter rope that is staked securely. Rock Filter Berms See Figure FB -2 for installation details. 1. Place filter berm along a level contour. Use well -graded, angular site gravel or crushed rock of medium to large diameter with larger rocks on the bottom. 2. If desired, cover with geotextile fabric or wire screen (especially if concentrated flows are expected) to help keep berm in tack. Anchor fabric or wire by placing under the berm or use stakes. 3. Trenching is not required. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Filter Berm (FB) 4. Berms should be spaced according to the steepness of the slope, with berms spaced closer together as the slope increases. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). If channels form through void spaces in the barrier, the barrier should be reconstructed to eliminate the channels. Ensure that sediment has not built up and that no damage has been done by vehicles. Regular inspection should indicate the frequency of sediment removal needed. Accumulated sediment should be removed from the uphill side of the barrier when sediment height reaches between 1/3 and 1/2 the height of the barrier. Sediment should be disposed of and the filter material and/or fabric should be replaced if necessary. It is important that repairs be performed at the first sign of deterioration to ensure that the berm is functioning properly. Removal Remove filter berms after uphill drainage areas are stabilized. Rock and brush may be left in place only if it does not cause any landscaping problems. Remove all manmade materials (wire, fabric and/or stakes). References Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.ep a.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 4 Filter Berm (FB) Figure FB -1 Brush Filter Berm Installation 's-.'.'.-... Flow •:- :•:• /j\ • /\n ' '':-'• , •• , :;-; : ,-:- Geoiextile or wire •. `•• netting (optional.):,:. \+Sx /� l�ii� 7F 3' typ helghl? ,,, Excavate 5'x6 i▪ -,iV//vv/l / v%�'�. trench end insert / , • \`�\ :/''';•/-.>/:\z///•-.' 7 fabric along bottom -� /\�\r:-�\`F: Compacted (stake fabric P i`�j es needed) tree limbs, root mat„il•j / //, grass, leaves, etc. ` ..` ��;/`,,F\\ ,� • -�� 5'-7' from -?� toe of slope bp. NOT TO SCALE •II Stakes at 3' spacing _•:Rope,string,wireortwine ' • —.-(weave back and forth --:across berm) Figure FB -2 Rock Filter Berm Installation Note: Extend end of berm upslope to .:.. avoid flow around ends. 5'- beyond'6''''‘`"•••• • - toe of slope \J^;; y� Local Gravel or Crushed Rock —:.;/;:',:;-....,:-•:.2/.......,,‘::,c:<>, Wrap with geolextle or wire mesh if ,-,...„:?;„->. concentrated flows ere expected /< Flow : NOT TO SCALE Note: Place berm along level contour. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Filter Berm (FB) Sediment Trap (ST) Description Sediment traps are small ponding areas that allow sediment to settle out of runoff water. They are usually installed in a drainage way or other point of discharge from a disturbed area. Sediment traps are formed by excavating below grade and/or by constructing an earthen embankment with a lined spillway to slow the release of runoff. Applicability Sediment traps are generally temporary control measures used at the outlets of storm water diversion structures, channels, slope drains, construction site entrance wash racks, or any other runoff conveyance that discharges waters containing erosion sediment and debris. Sediment traps should be used for drainage areas less than five acres. The effective life span of these temporary structures is usually limited to 24 months. Traps may be located in series to allow for backup control in case one trap fails. Limitations • Regular maintenance is needed to remove sediment. Traps should be located near roads or where accessible to remove sediment. • Although sediment traps allow for settling of eroded soils, because of their short detention periods for storm water they typically do not remove fine particles such as silts and clays. • Water may remain in trap for extended periods causing an ideal spot for mosquitoes and other insects to gather. Locate the trap in a sunny spot if possible. • Never construct a sediment trap on a live flowing stream or in wetlands. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 4 Sediment Trap (ST) Design Criteria Location Traps should be located at points of discharge from disturbed areas. The location will be determined by the natural terrain, drainage pattern of the runoff, and the accessibility for maintenance. Sediment traps should not be located in areas where their failure due to storm water runoff excess can lead to further erosive damage of the landscape. Alternative diversion pathways should be designed to accommodate these potential overflows. Sediment trap locations should also allow for east maintenance access for the periodic removal of accumulated sediment. Storage Capacity A sediment trap should be designed to maximize surface area for infiltration and sediment settling. This will increase the effectiveness of the trap and decrease the likelihood of backup during and after periods of high runoff intensity. The approximate storage capacity of each trap should be 3,600 ft3 per acre of contributing drainage area. Half of this volume may be in the form of wet storage (a permanent pool) and the other half may be in the form of dry storage. When possible, the wet storage volume should be contained within the excavated portion of the trap. The volume of a natural sedimentation trap can be approximated by the following equation: Volume (ft3) = 0.4 x surface area (ft2) x maximum pool depth (ft) Construction Specifications See Figure ST -1 for installation details. 1. If possible, sediment traps, along with other perimeter controls, shall be installed before any land disturbance takes place in the drainage area. 2. Traps should be located above the floodplain, where possible. If there are space constraints, several small sediment traps may be constructed in series. 3. Area under embankment shall be cleared, grubbed and stripped of any vegetation and root mat. The pool area shall be cleared. 4. The fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots and other woody vegetation as well as over -sized stones, rocks, organic material or other objectionable material. The embankment shall be compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed. Seeding of the embankment should be performed as soon as possible after construction of the sediment trap. Erosion control blanketing may also be used to cover the embankment in combination with seeding or during time periods when seeding is ineffective. 5. The spillway may consist of a stone section in the embankment formed by a combination coarse aggregate/riprap to provide for filtering/detention capability. Riprap shall be 4- to 8 -inch rock, while the coarse aggregate shall Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Sediment Trap (ST) be 1/2 to 3/4 inches. A geotextile may be placed at the stone -soil interface to act as a separator. 6. Another option for the spillway is to use straw bales or wattles at the overflow point in the trap and line the rest of the spillway with an erosion control blanket (see applicable BMP). Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). The primary maintenance consideration for temporary sediment traps is the removal of accumulated sediment from the basin to ensure the continued effectiveness of the sediment trap. Sediments should be removed when the basin reaches approximately 50 percent sediment capacity. Inspectors should also ensure that the trap is draining properly and check the structure for damage from erosion. The depth of the spillway should be checked and maintained at a minimum of 1.5 feet below the low point of the trap embankment. Removal The structure shall be removed and the area stabilized when the drainage area has been properly stabilized. References Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), Erosion Control and Storrnwater Quality Guide. 2002. <http://www. dot.state.co.us/environmentallenvWaterQual/wgms4.asp> Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storni Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.epa.govinp des/stormwaterlmenu ofbmps/con_site. cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 4 Sediment Trap (ST) Figure ST -1 Sediment Trap Installation Cut or fill Embankment Riprap (R) or Erosion Control Blanket (ECB) 3640 ft3/ac storage volume Flaw Construct spillway of riprap, straw bates, wattles and/or J sial fence (see details) Adequate volume to contain design fiows . • a: L Min. 12" Riprap (if used) Varies Stake (installed to at least 18" below grade) \. Silt fence installation (optional) Stake (installed to at [east 12" below grade) Straw bales or wattles Rip rap or erosion control blanket 6 Small Riprap Cut or fill Embankment fid 'r •Geotexlile \ ftit4 i. Length of crest= fir' r 1.5' x drainage area (ac) 4' min. •ri l K. Coarse Aggregate' ' ! SON NOT TO SCALE Anchor trench Riprap or gravel (optional) Max. ponded depth Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Sediment Trap (ST) Silt Fence (SF) Description Silt fences are used as temporary perimeter controls around sites where there will be soil disturbance due to construction activities. They consist of a length of filter fabric stretched between anchoring posts spaced at regular intervals along the site perimeter. Applicability Silt fences are generally applicable to construction sites with relatively small drainage areas. They are appropriate in areas where runoff will be occurring as low-level shallow flow, not exceeding 0.5 cfs. The drainage area for silt fences generally should not exceed 0.25 acre per 100 -foot fence length. Slope length above the fence should not exceed 100 feet. Limitations • Silt fences should not be installed along areas where rocks or other hard surfaces will prevent uniform anchoring of fence posts and entrenching of the filter fabric. This will greatly reduce the effectiveness of silt fencing and can create runoff channels leading off site. • Silt fences are not suitable for areas where large amounts of concentrated runoff are likely. • Open areas where wind velocity is high may present a maintenance challenge, as high winds may accelerate deterioration of the filter fabric. • Silt fences should not be installed across streams, ditches, or waterways. • When the pores of the fence fabric become clogged with sediment, pools of water are likely to form on the uphill side of fence. Siting and design of the silt fence should account for this and care should be taken to avoid unnecessary diversion of storm water from these pools that might cause further erosion damage. Design Criteria The fence should be designed to withstand the runoff from a 10 -year peak storm event. Construction Specifications 1. Erect silt fence according to Figure SF -1. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 4 Silt Fence (SF) 2. If standard strength fabric is used in combination with wire mesh, the support posts should be spaced no more than 10 feet apart. If extra -strength fabric is used without wire mesh reinforcement, the support posts should be spaced no more than 6 feet apart. 3. Stakes used to anchor the filter fabric should be either wooden or metal. Wooden stakes should be at least three feet long and have a minimum diameter of two inches if a hardwood such as oak is used. Softer woods such as pine should be at least four inches in diameter. When using metal post in place of wooden stakes, they should have a minimum weight of 1.00 to 1.33 lb/linear foot. If metal posts are used, attachment points are needed for fastening the filter fabric using wire ties. The height of the fence posts should be between 16 and 34 inches above the original ground surface. 4. Material for silt fences should be a pervious sheet of synthetic fabric such as polypropylene, nylon, polyester, or polyethylene yarn, chosen based on minimum synthetic fabric requirements, as shown in the following table: Physical Property Requirements Filtering Efficiency 75 — 85% (minimum): highly dependent on local conditions Tensile Strength at 20% (maximum) Elongation Standard Strength: 30 lbs/linear inch (minimum) Extra Strength: 50 lbs/linear inch (minimum) Ultraviolet Radiation 90% (minimum) Slurry Flow Rate 0.3 gal/ftlmin (minimum) 5. Use a continuous roll of fabric to eliminate unwanted gaps in the fence. If a continuous roll of fabric is not available, the fabric should overlap from both directions only at stakes or posts with a minimum overlap of six inches. 6. Extend silt fence across grade and upslope for a short distance. 7. Compact backfill at base of fabric. 8. A trench should be excavated to bury the bottom of the fabric fence at least 6 inches below the ground surface. This will help prevent gaps from forming near the ground surface that would render the fencing useless as a sediment barrier. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Inspect silt fences to ensure that they are intact and that there are no gaps at the fence -ground interface or tears along the length of the fence. If gaps or tears which impact the effectiveness of the BMP are found, they should be repaired or the fabric should be replaced immediately. Accumulated sediments should be removed from the fence base when the sediment reaches one-third to one-half the height of the fence. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 2 of 4 Silt Fence (SF) Sediment removal should occur more frequently if accumulated sediment is creating noticeable strain on the fabric and there is the possibility of the fence failing from a sudden storm event. Removal Remove silt fences and all accumulated sediment after uphill drainage areas are stabilized by vegetation or other means. References Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide. 2002. <http://www.dot.state.co.us/environmentallenvWaterQuallwgms4.asps Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http://cfpub.ep a. gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/con_site.cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Keller, Gordon, and James Sherar, Low -Volume Roads Engineering, Best Management Practices Field Guide. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Forest Service, US Agency of International Development (USAID), 2005. <http://www.blm.gov/bmp/field%20guide.htm> Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 4 Silt Fence (SF) Silt fence fabric anchored in trench and attached to post Figure SF -1 Silt Fence Installation Note: Extend and of slit fence upslope to avoid tow around ends. Post (2"x2" Nominal) • 1O'max. :••• • -""%•'`;"_,;(/` Compacted fiI .1.2,‘..".•24-r.: • NOT TO SCALE T ren • Flow Post (2"x2" Nominal-) --\\ 21:t" i m n. 36" min. iji 6"x6" Trench 16 mb.wir Silt fence fabric anchored in trench and attached to post Ftow Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 4 of 4 Silt Fence (SF) Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) Description A stabilized construction entrance (tracking pad) is a pad of gravel over filter cloth where construction traffic leaves a site. The purpose of a stabilized entrance to a site is to minimize the amount of tracked mud and dust that leaves a site. As a vehicle drives over the gravel pad, mud and sediment are removed from the vehicle's wheels and offsite transport of soil is reduced. The gravel pad also reduces erosion and rutting on the soil beneath the stabilization structure. The filter fabric separates the gravel from the soil below, preventing the gravel from being ground into the soil. The fabric also reduces the amount of rutting caused by vehicle tires by spreading the vehicle's weight over a larger soil area than just the tire width. Applicability Typically, stabilized construction entrances are installed at locations where construction traffic leaves or enters an existing paved road. However, the applicability of site entrance stabilization should be extended to any roadway or entrance where vehicles will access or leave the site. Limitations • Although stabilizing a construction entrance is a good way to help reduce the amount of sediment leaving a site, some soil may still be deposited from vehicle tires onto paved surfaces. To further reduce the chance of these sediments polluting storm water runoff, sweeping of the paved area adjacent to the stabilized site entrance is recommended. • Sediment traps or other secondary sediment controls are needed to capture that sediment that accumulates at the pad and may run off during storm events. Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications See Figure SCE- 1 for installation details. 1. Locate the pad approximately 60 feet back from the entrance at any county road. 2. If the pad is constructed on a crowned road, a roadside ditch with check dams or sediment traps shall be located on both sides of the road to collect runoff Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Stabilizes! Construction Page 1 of 3 Entrance (SCE) from the pad. If the road slopes to only one side of the road then only one roadside ditch with sediment controls will be needed. 3. Place woven or non -woven fabric filter cloth over the entire area prior to placing the stone. Piping of surface water under entrance shall be provided as required. 4. Place a matrix of 1" and 2" stone gravel, or reclaimed or recycled concrete equivalent, to a minimum thickness of six (6) inches, a minimum width of 12 feet and a minimum length of 50 feet. 5. All surface water flowing or diverted toward construction entrance shall be piped across the entrance. If piping is impractical, a mountable berm with 5:1 slopes will be permitted. Maintenance Considerations The frequency of inspections should be in accordance with the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Stabilization of site entrances should be maintained until the remainder of the construction site has been fully stabilized. Stone and gravel might need to be periodically added to each stabilized construction site entrance to keep the entrance effective. Soil that is tracked offsite should be swept up immediately for proper disposal. References Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide. 2002. <http:/Iwww.dot.state.co.us/environmentallenvWaterQual/wgms4.asp> Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control. Washington, D.C., February, 2003. <http:Ilcfpub. epa. gov/npdes/stormwater/menuof bmps/con_site. cfm> Horizon Environmental Services, Inc, Guidance Document Reasonable and Prudent Practices for Stabilization (RAPPS) of Oil and Gas Construction Sites. April 2004. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Stabilized Construction Page 2 of 3 Entrance (SCE) Figure SCE -1 Stabilized Construction Entrance Installation b 50' min. 1"-2" gravel H I-- ---.. ..s.Irritrutli VAiiisit'vreirArriViitrfM.... 1, \ \ \ , A • '...,,,. .'"•'-../,'? .,\=:.‘'''''‘-'..*\ s';'>\:: ''''',:';'''' \*...>•/)\-;)",\.:://>•:.% /,.., /.....,/., .., ...N....•S'N,./.\ q rnIft.. \'/,:..,,, \\ ry.'......,. \ .. ..\,;..,.,,,,1 ',.:S>:,.•;.>%,>;„':>>.):://,',X‘Y;.,\/7.›/›.-.,,,;(2>/.,"- Mountable berm (optional) --I /". Filter Cloth Existing County r Road Erosion or sediment control measure (ex: wattle) Road Side Ditch with ---- Turnout (downslope side) Road 50' min. „„/ Road Side Ditch and • — Sediment Trap hipstope side) NOT TO SCALE Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Stabilized Construction Page 3 of 3 Entrance (SCE) Wattles (W) Description A wattle (also called a fiber roll) consists of straw, flax, or other similar materials bound into a tight tubular roll. When wattles are placed at the toe and on the face of slopes, they intercept runoff, reduce its flow velocity, release the runoff as sheet flow, and provide removal of sediment from the runoff. By interrupting the length of a slope, fiber rolls can also reduce erosion. Applicability Wattles may be suitable: • Along the toe, top, face, and at grade breaks of exposed and erodible slopes to shorten slope length and spread runoff as sheet flow • At the end of a downward slope where it transitions to a steeper slope • Along the perimeter of a project • At the overflow locations of sediment traps As check dams in unlined ditches • Around temporary stockpiles Limitations • Wattles are not effective unless trenched. • Wattles at the toe of slopes greater than 5:1 (H:V) should be a minimum of 20 in. diameter or installations achieving the same protection (i.e. stacked smaller diameter wattles, etc.). • Difficult to move once saturated. • If not properly staked and trenched in, wattles could be transported by high flows. • Wattles have a very limited sediment capture zone. • Wattles should not be used on slopes subject to creep, slumping, or landslide. • Wattles should not be used where periodic road or surface maintenance activities are expected. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 1 of 3 Wattles (W) Design Criteria No formal design is required. Construction Specifications Wattles should be either prefabricated rolls or rolled tubes of erosion control blanket. (If using an erosion control blanket, roll the length of erosion control blanket into a tube of minimum 8 in. diameter and bind roll at each end and every 4 ft along length of roll with jute -type twine.) See Figure W- for wattles used to control erosion along slopes. 5. Locate wattles on level contours spaced as follows: a. Slope inclination of 4:1 (H:V) or flatter: Fiber roils should be placed at a maximum interval of 20 ft. b. Slope inclination between 4:1 and 2:1 (H:V): Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 15 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). c. Slope inclination 2:1 (H:V) or greater: Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 10 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). 6. Turn the ends of the wattles up slope to prevent runoff from going around the roll. 7. Stake wattles into a 2 to 4 in. deep trench with a width equal to the diameter of the wattle. Drive stakes at the end of each wattle and spaced 4 ft maximum on center, 8. If more than one wattle is placed in a row, the rolls should be overlapped, not abutted. Maintenance Considerations Inspections for active sites should occur at least every 14 days and after any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Repair or replace split, torn, unraveling, or slumping rolls. If the wattle is used as a sediment capture device, or as an erosion control device to maintain sheet flows, sediment that accumulates must be periodically removed in order to maintain wattle effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when sediment accumulation reaches one-half the designated sediment storage depth, usually one-half the distance between the top of the wattle and the adjacent ground surface. Rev: 0 Date: 7125106 Page 2 of 3 Wattles (W) Removal Wattles are typically left in place. If wattles are removed, collect and dispose of sediment accumulation, and fill and compact holes, trenches, depressions or any other ground disturbance to blend with adjacent ground. References California Stormwater Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice(BMP) Handbook — Construction. January, 2003. <http://www.cabmphandbooks.com/Construction.asp> Figure W-1 Wattle Installation Slope SS ,. Vertical spacing measured along the face of the slope varies between 10' and 20' NOT TO SCALE Install wattle near slope where it transitions into steeper slope Wattle Wattle 8" min. 1z:1 max slope 2 x 2" woad stakes Note: Install wattle along a level contour. Extend end of wattle apslope to avoid flow around end. Rev: 0 Date: 7/25/06 Page 3 of 3 Wattles (W) Blank Page Divider EnCana SWMP — Final Stabilization Certification Date: Site ID: Type of Area: ❑ Well Pad ❑ Access Road to Well Pad ❑ Other Road ❑ Pipeline ❑ Other Facility "The above referenced site has reached final stabilization. All ground surface disturbing activities have been completed, including the removal of all temporary BMPs, and all disturbed areas have been either built on, or a uniform vegetative cover has been established with an individual plant density of at least 70 percent of pre -disturbance levels, or equivalent permanent, physical erosion reduction methods have been employed." Printed name Title Signature Date Colorado Department of Public Health & Environment Water Quality Control Division WQC D — P — B2 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 Rec wIt t.; Eff Month Day Year NOTICE OF TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS OF A STORMWATER DISCHARGE GENERAL PERMIT CERTIFICATION 1) To he completed by the NEW permittee: I hereby accept transfer of this Colorado Discharge Permit Certification No. COR- 0 37959 , which was issued to Encana Oil &Gas (USA), INC. 1 have reviewed the terms and conditions of this permit and the Stormwater Management Plan and accept full responsibility, coverage and liability. This transfer will be effective on:13 October 2008 The facility site is located at: T7S,R96W,S33,34,T8S,R96W,S4,5,6,8,9,16,17,20,21,29,31,32; i9S,R97W,S12,13,24: Street Address City, State and Zip Code T9S,R96W,S7,19,27,28,29,30,34,35,36;T9S,R95W,S31,6thMeridian, County Garfield and Mesa Name of facility or development The Gollbran Pipeline The NEW permittee is: Company Name Enterprise Products Operating, LLC Mailing Address Pb Box 4324 City, State and Zip Code Houston, TX 77210 Legally Responsible Parry (signatory) Email Address snolan@epco.com Phone No (713) 880-6595 Local Contact (familiar with facility) Chris Gauthier Phone Number {303) 330-7952 Title Field Environmental Engineer Email Address cagauthier@epco.com I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted herein, and based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the information is true, accurate and co i... aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possib' . ' e and imprison . ent. Signa it Applicant (Legally Responsible Party) Terry L. Hurlburt Sr. Vice President of Operatiorj Date Signed Name (printed) Title 2) To be completed by the Previous permittee; As previous permittee, I hereby agree to the transfer of the above referenced permit and certification and all responsibilities thereof. Name Brenda R. Linster Mailing Address 370 17th Street, Suite 1700 City, State and Zip Code Deriver, CO $0202 Phone Number 720-876-39:9 Email Address Brenda.Linster@encana.com ignature of Permit plicant (Lega Brenda R. Linster onsible Party) Date Signed Regulatory & Land Advisor -Midstream Services Name (printed) Title 1 Mitrans Air Pollution Control Division (APCD) - Construction Permit Application PLEASE READ INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE SIDE. 1. Permit to be issued to: 2. Mailing Address: 3. General Nature of Business: SIC code (if known) 4. Air Pollution Source Description: Enterprise Products Operating, LLC PO Box 4324 Houston, TX 77210 Construction of Natural Gas Pipeline 1321 Particulte Emissions from soil (List permit numbers if existing source, 08ME0147I attach additional pages if needed) 5. Source Location Address (Include Location Map) Land development project known i� sev- a-ct'•ns T7 8 & 9 ott o: 6. Reason for Application: (Check all that apply) Is this a Portable Unit? Yes / No If portable, include the initial location and home base location as the Collbran Pipeline Project, Located R95 '6 & 97W Mesa and G.field ❑ New or Previously Unreported Source D Modification of Existing Source D Request for Synthetic Minor Permit ❑ Other: 7. Pro' " r Signa+= ly Authorized Person of Compan listed in Section 1 2008 Administrative Permit Amendments Dig Transfer of Ownership (Complete Section 9 & 10 below) ❑ Company Name Change (Complete Section 9 below) ❑ Other: Terry L. Nurlburt Sr. Vice President of Operations Type or Print Name and Official Title of Person Signing Above II. Check appropriate box if you want: ❑ Copy of preliminary analysis conducted by Division D To review a draft of the permit prior to issuance Phone: Date atg,icu-. 713-880-6595;:. Fax: 713 -880 -6660 - These sections are to be completed only if a company name change or transfer of ownership has occurred. Encana Oil & Gas (USA), INC. 9. Permit previously issued to: 10. Transfer of Ownership Information Effective Date of Permit Transfer: As responsible party for th sold, and agree. -. nsfer.the 4 S}nature of Legally uthorized Per Sr nda R. Luster n sou rtnit to ce(s) listed above, I certify that the business associated with this source has been id party. ompany listed in Section 9 Regulatory & nand Advisor -Midstream Services Type or Print Name and Official Title of Person Signing Above Mail completed application, APFNs, and fling fee to: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Air Pollution Control Division 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South, APCD-SS-B1 Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 Date Signed Phone; 720-876-39B9 Pax: 720-876-4989 Mtn ://wr •,v.cnhe.ststaterco_jfs2a `statiPnarv.ht_rlI Phone: (303) 692-3150 Revised August 2004 Enterprise Products' ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS LP ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS GP, LLC, GENERAL PARTNER ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING LLC ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OLPGP, INC'., SOLE MANAGER October 10, 2008 7007 2680 0002 9458 8444 Return Receipt Requested Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Air Pollution Control Division 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South, APCD-SS-B 1 Denver, Colorado 80246-1530 RE: Transfer of Ownership for Permit Number 08ME014M from Encana Oil & Gas (USA), INC. to Enterprise Products Operating, LLC Dear Sir/Madam; Enterprise Products Operating, LLC respectfully submits the Construction Permit Application for Permit No. 08ME0147L issued to Encana Oil & Gas (USA), Inc. for the land development project known as the Collbran Pipeline Project. This project is located in several sections, T7, 8 & 9S, R95, 96 & 97W, in Mesa and Garfield Counties, Colorado. The date of issue for this construction permit is March 19, 2008. The intent of this submittal is to initiate an administrative permit amendment for transfer of ownership. In addition, the requisite filing fee of $15290 is attached with this application. If you have questions or concerns, please contact Chris Gauthier, our area environmental representative at 303-330-7952, or me directly at 713-880-6518. Very truly yours, Mary lebert Director, Field Environmental /sin P. 0. BOX 4324 HOUBTON, TX 772 i0 -43Z4 713.880.6503 • St t t No1-0 0 • .2227 X 6' VU No'Jai1=}i, 77o.:: i PM - q f.1,, k f . 44:9___4*.t, : ...i,i(:: 1 JP rg anCh :.. ;PtiV6iiiiri ctahie tzars&.. NCokarNitge OK is tsc1. ZYZAMA.... 744,454:6-...,. 1: d ii 4Lk55..kI 527741I560k1;57N'k2.5: s y• 1253 ?ATF' /lam ii 9{t. 5277.1657 .e01 DOLLAR1 VALfo. IIP TO 2BOt7:i7c 1—k Pi,• SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL, AND COUNTERMEASURES PLAN For EPA Regulated Facilities Located At: Jackrabbit Compressor Station N1/2 SW Sec 33, T5S, R96W Owner Enterprise Product Operating, LLC c/o Environmental Department P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210 October 2008 Copy # Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Table of Contents Regulatory Cross -Reference iv Section 1 — Plan Introduction 1.1 Plan Overview 1-1 1.2 Plan Availability 1-1 1.3 Deviations to the SPCC Rule =; 1-1 1.4 Plan Review and Update Process �, 1-2 1.5 Spill Reporting to Regional Administrator 1-3 Section 2 — Plan Administration 2.1 Plan Distribution List , `:...2-1 2.2 Log of Plan Review and Amendments '' 2-2 2.3 Management Approval and Designated Persons 2-3 2.4 Professional Engineer Certification ?. 2-4 2.5 Substantial Harm Certification 2-5 Section 3 — General Facility Information 3.1 Facility and Owner/Operator Information 3-1 3.2 Contact List and Phone Numbers 3-1 3.4 Facility Description and Activities3-1 3.5 Facility Diagram 3-1 Section 4 — Discharge. Prevention - General Requirements 4.1 Potential Discharge Sources, Volumnes,and Flow Direction 4-1 4.2 Containment and Diversionary Structures 4-1 4.3 .Secondary Containment;Impracticability 4-1 4.4 ,;;Inspections, Tests, and;Records 4-1 4,5 Personnel Training andSpill Prevention Briefings 4-2 4.6 Facility Security 4-3 4.7 Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading Racks 4-3 4.8 Brittle_:Fracture Evaluation 4-3 4.9 Conformance with=Other State and Local Regulations 4-3 Section 5 — Discharge Prevention — Specific Onshore Facility Requirements 5.1 Facility Drainage 5-1 5.1.1 Facility Diked Drainage 5-1 5.1.2 Facility Undiked Drainage 5-1 5.1.3 Effluent Treatment Systems 5-1 5.2 Bulk Storage Containers 5-1 5.2.1 Bulk Storage Container Construction 5-1 5.2.2 Bulk Storage Container Secondary Containment 5-2 5.2.3 Completely or Partially Buried Metallic Oil Storage Containers 5-2 5.2.4 Mobile or Portable Oil Storage Containers 5-3 5.2.5 Bulk Storage Container Inspection and Testing Procedures 5-3 Jackrabbit Compressor Station ii Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd) Page 5.3 Transfer Operations, Pumping, and In -Plant Processes 5-4 5.3.1 Buried Piping 5-4 5.3.2 Out -of -Service Piping 5-4 5.3.3 Aboveground Valves and Piping 5-4 5.3.4 Vehicle Warnings 5-5 Section 6 — Discharge Response 6.1 Discharge Notification 6-1 6.2 Response/Countermeasures 6-1 6.3 Cleanup Capabilities 6-2 6.4 Waste Disposal 6-2 APPENDICES A. Notification A-1 B. Facility Container, Secondary Containment, ancSpill Data B-1 C. Facility Location and Diagram C-1 D. Facility Inspection and Integrity Testing Program D-1 E. Sample Logs and Forms E-1 F. Oil Spill Contingency Plan F-1 G. Plan Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully; Operational G-1 Jackrabbit Compressor Station iii Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward Jackrabbit Compressor Station iv Date: October 2008 REGULATORY CROSS-REFERENCE Citation Description Section §112.3 Requirement to Prepare and Implement a SPCC Plan See below §112.3 Owner/operator must prepare SPCC plan All §112.3(d)(1) Professional Engineer Certification 2.3 §112.3(e) Maintain complete copy of plan 1.2, 2.1 §112.4 Amendment of SPCC Plan by Regional Administrator See below §112.4(a) Report to EPA after specific discharges 1.5, App A §112.4(c) Send above report to appropriate state agencies 1.5, App A §112.5 Amendment of SPCC by Owners / Operators See below §112.5(a) Amendment of SPCC plan by owner or operator - _ - -_ 1.4, 2.2 §112.5(b) Management of Five Year Review 1.4, 2.2 §112.5(c) PE certification of amendments 1.4, 2.2 §112.7 General Requirements for SPCC Plans See below §112.7 Management approval of plan 2.3' §112.7 Cross reference table if plan does not follow sequence of regulations --A provided §112.7 Facilities not yet fully operational 25 §112.7(a)(1) Discussion of conformance with the requirements of SPCC 4 All §112.7(a)(2) Explanation of any deviations 1.3, throughout §112.7(a)(3) Physical layout of the facility including facility diagram 3.3, 3.4, App C §112.7(a)(3)(i) Type of oil in each container and its storage capacity _.r App B §112.7(a)(3)(ii) Discharge prevention measures including; procedures`for:routine hanc(ling of products- 4.0 §112.7(a)(3)(iii) Discharge or drainage controls such as secondary containment; around containers and other structures, equipment and'proceduresifor contro) of'a discharge 4.2 112.7 a iv 3 Countermeasures for disch a discove res onse.ancf cleanup6.2, 6.3 §112.7(a)(3)(v) Methods of disposal of recovered materials - 6.4 §112.7(a)(3)(vi) Contact list and phone nurnbe`rs -_. 3.2, App A §112.7(a)(4) Procedures for reporting a disctar4e;,unless FRP has been submitted 6.1, App A §112.7(b) Discharge predication f fault analysis:' _.,..._ 4.1, App B §112.7(c) Appropriate containmen or diversion., 4.2, App B §112.7(d) Deviations due to impracticability 4.3 §112.7(e) - - inspections, tests, and records 4.4 §112.7(f) - - Employee training and discharge prevention procedures 4.5 §112.7(f)(1) :'Oil -handling personnel training 4.5 §112.7(f)(2) Accountable person for discharge prevention 2.2 §112.7(f)(3) Discharge preventionbriefings 4.5 §112.7(g) Secw1ty (excluding 011 production facilities) 4.6 §112.7(g)(1) Fenci4a0,lock/guard gales 4.6 §112.7(g)(2) Fail-safe vaIyes for containers 4.6 §112.7(g)(3) Starter control on each pump 4.6 §112.7(g)(4) Loading/unloading connections of oil pipelines or facility piping when not in service 4.6 §112.7(g)(5) Lighting 4.6 §112.7(h) Tank Car and Tank Truck Loading / Unloading Rack (excludes offshore facilities) 4.7 §112.7(h)(1) Handling discharges 4.7 112.7(h)(2) Preventing early vehicle departure 4.7 §112.7(h)(3) Inspection for discharges prior to filling and departure 4.7 §112.7(l) Evaluate field -construct above ground tanks upon repair, etc. 4.8 §112.70? Conformance with other requirements 4.9 Jackrabbit Compressor Station iv Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward Jackrabbit Compressor Station v Date: October 2008 REGULATORY CROSS-REFERENCE (Cont'd.) §112.8 Requirements for onshore facilities (excluding Production facilities) See below §112.8(a) General and specific requirements 4.0, 5.0 §112.8(b) Facility drainage 5.1 §112.8(b)(1) Restrain drainage from diked storage areas 5.1.1 §112.8(b)(2) Manual valves in diked areas 5.1.1 §112.8(b)(3) Facility drainage systems from undiked areas with a potential for a discharge 5.1.2 §112.8(b)(4) If not 8(b)(3), diversion system for ditches 5.1.2 §112.8(b)(5) If pump transfer required for drainage water treatment, provide fail-safe pumps and at least two pumps 5.1.3 §112.8(c) Bulk storage containers 5 2 App B §112.8(c)(1) Material and construction 52 1 §112.8(c)(2) Secondary means of containment 5.2.2 §112.8(c)(3) Drainage controls to storm drain or open water bodies - :: 5.1.1 §112.8(c)(4) Protection of completely buried metallic tanks from corrosion ': 5.2,3 §112.8(c)(5) Partially buried or bunkered metallic tanks protection from corrosion §112.8(c)(6) Aboveground container testing for integrity _5.2:3 5;2,5, App D §112.8(c)(7) Monitor possible leakage from defective internal heating coils, 5,2.1 §112.8(c)(8) Container installation updates per good engineering practice (fail-safeprecautions) 5.2.1 _ §112.8(c)(9) Observation of effluent treatment facilities 5.1.3 §112.8(c)(10) Correction of visible discharges 5.2.2 §112.8(c)(11) For mobile or portable containers provide: secondarycontainment 5.2.4 §112.8(d) Facility transfer operations, pumping, and; facility process 5.3 §112.8(d)(1) Buried pipe corrosion protection ,., 5.3.1 §112.8(d)(2) Capping and marking pipe out of:service 5.3.2 §112.8(d)(3) Pipe supports 5,3.3 §112.8(d)(4) Inspect aboveground valves pipelines, appurtenances and buried piping 5.3.3 §112.8(d)(5) Vehicle warnings 5.3.4 Jackrabbit Compressor Station v Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Pian Plan Introduction 1.0 PLAN INTRODUCTION 1,1 Pian Overview 40 CFR §112.1 This Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures ("SPCC") Plan is intended to demonstrate that the Pioneer Dew Point Depression Plant, (hereinafter referred to as the "Facility") is in compliance with the applicable regulations found in EPA's 40 CFR §112, Oil Pollution Prevention; specifically sections §112.1-7 of Subpart A and §112.8 of Subpart B. The SPCC regulations apply to owners or operators of non -transportation related onshore and offshore facilities engaged in drilling, producing, gathering, storing, processing, refining, transferring, distributing, or consuming oil and oil products that meet each of the following criteria: • Due to their location, could reasonably be expected to discharge oil in quantities that may be harmful into or upon navigable waters of the United ;States or adjoining shorelines and. • Has an aggregate aboveground storage capacity greater than 1,320 gallons, excluding containers less than 55 gallons and/or has an' underground storage capacity greater than 42,000 gallons. This SPCC Plan covers the EPA regulated (non transportation-related)portions of the Facility. It may cover a single storage tank or transformer up to an entire terminal/station. This SPCC Plan does not include information pertaining to the`'transportation-related portions of the Facility except for the location of such transPortat on -related areas on the Facility Diagram. Enterprise Product Operating, LLC has chosen to follow e company modified version of API's D-16 SPCC Plan Template to comply with SPCC' -Plan- Requirements. The API format is being used for this template.rybecause of agency familiarity with it and accepted compliance reviews that have been conduced -on it by multiple industry experts. 1.2 Plan Availability §112.3 A ,pop.;y-of this SPCC Plan is maintained at the following locations and is available for on-site review upon request of the EPA Regional Administrator (a distribution list is provided in Section 21)::- • ,1)• Facility (if'normally attended at least 4 hours per day). • Regional..or4ocal'`Field Office. • Corporate EHS&T Office. 1.3 Deviations to the SPCC Rule §112.7(d) The SPCC rule allows deviations from most technical elements of the rule with the exception of any secondary containment requirements, general recordkeeping and training provisions, and the administrative provisions of the rule (§112.1 through §112.5), provided that equivalent environmental protection measures are provided to prevent a discharge. Any deviations to the rule will be identified in this Plan along with reasoning for the nonconformance and a detailed description of the alternative method and how that method will achieve equivalent environmental protection. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 1-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Introduction 1.4 Plan Review and Update Process §112.5 Five Year Review In accordance with §112.5(b), Enterprise Products Operating, LP will complete a formal review and evaluation of this SPCC Plan at least once every five (5) years and document the review on the Log of Plan Review and Amendments located in Section 2.2. This review will be conducted by the Facility's Designated Person (identified in Section 2.3) with assistance from the Field Environmental Representative ("FER"), as needed and will include review of the following: • Accuracy of the Plan with current operations prose ures,_ • Accuracy of the Plan with current SPCC Regulations. • Applicability of new prevention and control technology that may significantly reduce the likelihood of a spill event from the Facility if such; technology has "been field -proven at the time of review. = • Capacity and structural integrity of secondary containmentsystems.. • SPCC inspection documentation and records.: Facility Changes Requiring Plan Revision Whenever there is a change in the Facility. design, construction, operation or maintenance which materially affects the Facility's potential for a discharge of oil into or upon the navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines, the SPCC Plan will be amended. Changes that require revision to°the.Plan may include,..but are not limited to: • Commissioning or- decommissioning of containers. • Replacement, reconstruction, or movement of containers. • Reconstruction, replacement, or installation of piping systems. • :Construction or demolition that might alter secondary or tertiary containment structures and/or drainage system, • Revsion.of standard .operating or maintenance procedures at the Facility. The Facility's Designated' Person is responsible for notifying the FER of such changes to the facility. Revisions and amendments to the Plan will be performed by the Corporate Houston Office. The Plan shall be amended within six (6) months and fully implemented as soon as possible but no later than six (6) months after the preparation of the amendments. Any amendments to the Plan shall be documented on the Log of Plan Review and Amendments located in Section 2.2. Certification of Revisions All amendments which could materially affect the Facility's potential for a discharge into navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shores (technical amendments) must be certified by a Registered Professional Engineer ("PE"). Non-technical amendments such as changes to personnel, telephone references, and other non-technical text changes do not require recertification by a PE. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 1-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Introduction 1.5 Spill Reporting to Regional Administrator §1 12.7(a)(4) The information found in Appendix A, "Submittal of Information to Regional Administrator for Qualified Discharge(s)" must be submitted to the EPA Regional Administrator within sixty (60) days of a discharge event(s) which meets one of the following conditions: • The Facility has a single discharge event greater than 1,000 gallons of oil or oil products into or upon navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines or: • The Facility has two (2) discharge events greater than 42 gallons of oil or oil products into or upon navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines in a 12 - month period. The FER will submit such reports to the EPA. A copy of this reportwill also be sent to the appropriate state agency(ies) in charge of oil pollution control activiti0s:and the Corporate EI-IS&T office. All spill events greater than 1 gallon must be internally reported using the ecerts program. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 1-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.0 PLAN ADMINISTRATION 2.1 Plan Distribution List §112.2(e) COPY NUMBER 1 2 3 4 PLAN DISTRIBUTION LIST P.LAN`HOLDER.{Hard Copies) Corporate EHS&T Department Attn: Environmental Plans 2727 North Loop West Houston, TX 77008 Jackrabbit Compressor Station 5 6 Jackrabbit Compressor Station 2-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.2 Log of Plan Review and Amendments §112.5 LOG OF PLAN REVIEW AND AMENDMENTS NON-TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS • Non-technical amendments do not require recertification by a Professional Engineer. • Examples of changes include, but are not limited to, phone numbers, name changes, or any non- technical text change(s). TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS • Technical amendments require recertification by a Professional Engineer, ' • Examples of changes include, but are not limited to, comnl"issioning or decommissioning containers; replacement, reconstruction, or movement of containers, reconstructLon, replacements, or installation of piping systems; construction or demolition that might -Iter secondary cont4inrnent ':structures; changes of product or service; or revision of standard operation; or maintenance Procedures at a facility. • An amendment made under this section will be prepared within01 ((0) months of the change and implemented as soon as possible but not later than six (6) months preparation of the amendment. MANAGEMENT REVIEW • Management will review this SPCC Plan at least each -five (5) yeas and document the review on the form below. Review/ Amend Date By Whom Activity P.E. Certification Required? (Yes/No) Comments/ Affected Section(s) 10/14/2008 Chris Gauthier Prepare Plan Yes initial Plan. Next Review — 10/14/2013 Jackrabbit Compressor Station 2-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.3 Management Approval and Designated Persons §112.7, §112.7(t)(2) MANAGEMENT APPROVAL AND DESIGNATED PERSONS Facility Name: Jackrabbit Compressor Station Owner/Operator Responsible for Facility: Enterprise Products Operating, LP Enterprise Products Operating, LP is committed to preventing discharges of oil to navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines. By signature below, I approve this Plan and acknowledge that the elements identified in the Plan have been implemented. The Designated Person Accountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the Facility, as identified below, has been giving the authority to commit the necessary resources to implement this Plan T} s -SPCC Plan will be implemented as herein described. Details to any impracticability are discussed; in Section 4.3 of this SPCC Pian. Signature: Date_ Name: Rick Fullmer Title: Regional Manager Designated Person Accountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the facility: Name: Stephen Cochran Title: Plant Supervisor Additional Person.,Atcountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the Facility: Name: TBD Title: Additional Person Accountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the Facility: Name: ChrisGauthier Title: Field Environmental -Representative Jackrabbit Compressor Station 2-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.4 Professional Engineer Certification §112.5(c) PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER CERTIFICATION By means of this Professional Engineer Certification, I hereby attest to the following: • I am familiar with the requirements of 40 CFR §112 and have verified that this Plan has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Part. • I or my agent have visited and examined the Facility(ies). • I have verified that this Plan has been prepared in accordance with good engineering practice, including consideration of applicable industry standards. • I have verified that the required inspection and testing procedures have been established as described in this Plan. • I have verified that the Plan is adequate for the Jackrabbit Compressor Station. • This certification in no way relieves the owner or operator of the Facility of his/her duty to prepare and fully implement this SPCC Plan in accordance with the:requirernents of 40 CFR§112. • This Plan is valid only to the extent that the Facility''owneror_operator maintains, tests, and inspects equipment, containment, and other devices as`prescribed.in the Plan. • This certification is contingent upon the sucoassful completion, of all implementation measures identified in the Section 2.5: Plan' Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational. Date Paul V Henehan Name of Registered Professional Engineer Signature of Registered Professional Engineer Registration No. 6123 State WY Jackrabbit Compressor Station 2-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.5 Substantial Harm Certification §112 — Appendix Cli CERTIFICATION OF THE APPLICABILITY OF THE SUBSTANTIAL HARM CRITERIA Facility Name : Facility Address: N1/2 SW Sec.33, T5S, R96W 1. Does the facility transfer oil over water to or from vessels and does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equal to 42,000 gallons? YES ❑ NO Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equiefto 1 million°gallons and does the facility lack secondary containment that is sufficiently large td contain the;"capacity of the largest aboveground oil storage tank plus sufficient freeboard to allow for precipitation within any aboveground Jackrabbit Compressor Station oil storage tank area? YES ❑ NO Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or egdalr,to 1 million gallons and is the facility located at a distance (as calculated using the appropriate tortilla in Attachment C -III to this appendix or a comparable formula') such that a discharge from the fac tity could cause injury to fish and wildlife and sensitive environments? For further.. description of fish anti wildlife and sensitive environments, see Appendices 1, II, and 111 to DOC/NOAA's "Guidance -.-:for Facility and Vessel Response Plans: Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environrrients" (59 FR 14713, March 29, 1994) and the applicable Area Contingency Plan. YES ❑ NOIZI Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than •or equal to 1 million gallons and is the facility located at a distance (as calculated using the appropriate formula in Attachment C -III to this appendix or a comparable formula '):such that a discharge from the facility would shut down a public drinking water intake2? YES ❑ -NOE] Does theiacility have a total oil storage capacity -greater than or equal to 1 million gallons and has the facility experienced a reportable oil spill in an amount greater than or equal to 10,000 gallons within the last5;years? YES.D. _NO CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this document, and that; based on my inquiry of those individuals responsible for obtaining this information, I believe that tfe;•submitted information is true, accurate, and complete. Engineer Signature Title Paul V. Henehan Name (please type or print) Date 2 If a comparable formula is used, documentation of the reliability and analytical soundness of the comparable formula must be attached to this form. For the purposes of 40 CFR part 112, public drinking water intakes are analogous to public water systems as described at 40 CFR 143.2(c). Jackrabbit Compressor Station 2-5 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — General 3.0 GENERAL FACILITY INFORMATION 3.1 Facility and Owner/Operator Information §112.7(a)(3) Facility Name: Street Address: Mailing Address: County: Facility Phone: Latitude: Longitude: Nearest Receiving Water: Landside Directions: Owner: Mailing Address: Street Address: Telephone: Jackrabbit Compressor Station Meeker, CO Garfield TBD Control Room 39.5498N -108.118W House Log Gulch (tributary of Parahute Creek) Enterprise Products Operation, LLC c/o Environmental Department, P.O. Box 4324 Houston, TX 77210 713-803-8358 3.2 Contact List and Phone Numbers §112.7(a)(3)(v0 • The contact list and phone numbers for the. Facilityis provided art Appendix A. 3.3 Facility Description §112.7(a)(3) • The Jackrabbit Compressor Station is a natural gas compressor station situated on 17.5 acres of land in Garfield County, Colorado • The primary role of the facility' is to compress the natural gas flow stream for further transport via pipeline to downstream markets. During the compression process, liquid condensate will candense-frorrm=the flow stream. This condensate is stored in bulk storage containers on site '.It: is then transported via tanker to offsite markets. • The facility is located at an approximate elevation of 8,000 feet and is leased from Berry Petroleum Company The limited precipitation in this area supports sparse vegetation characterized mainly by sage brush. The facility drainage pattern is presented on the plot plan :in Appendix B. A topographic map indicates that the local drainage is to the south then -east. • The nearest, water body: is House Log Gulch (a tributary of Parachute Creek) which is located immediately adjacent to the facility. Ephermeral drainages provide a pathway from the facility tohis water body. 3.4 Facility Diagram §142.7(a)(3) a A Facility diagram is provided in Appendix C which includes, at a minimum, the following details and location information (as applicable): • Containers and their contents. • Transfer stations and connecting lines. • Completely buried and bunkered tanks (including USTs covered under 40 CFR Part 280 or 281). • Drum and portable container storage areas. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 4-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention - General 4.0 DISCHARGE PREVENTION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS §112.7 4.1 Potential Discharge Sources, Volumes, and Flow Direction §112.7(b) • Potential discharge sources, volumes, and flow directions at the Facility that are regulated under this Plan are identified in the Container and Potential Spills Table in Appendix B. 4.2 Containment and Diversionary Structures §112.7(c), §112.7(h)(1), §112.8(c)(2) & (11) • The purpose of the SPCC rule and goal of the Facility is to prevent discharges of oil to navigable waters of the United States and adjoining shorelines. One of the primary ways by which this is achieved is through the use of secondary;, containment systems. • Secondary containment requirements are divided into` two (2) categories: • General Secondary Containment Requirements — §112.7(C)..' ✓ Addresses the potential for oil discharges from.all regulated parts of the Facility. ✓ Containment method, design, and capacity are determined by;_good engineering practice to contain the most likely oil discharge until cleanup occurs. • Specific Secondary Containment Requirements — §1 i27(h)(1), §.112.8(c)(2) & (11) ✓ Addresses the potential of oil discharges from specific parts of the Facility including loading/unloading racks and bulk storage containers. ✓ Containment design, sizing, :and freeboard requirements are specified by the SPCC rule to address majorcontainer failures • Methods of secondary containment utilized. at the: Facility include a combination of containment structures, drainage systems, and land-based spill response to prevent oil from reaching navigable watersor adjoining shorelines. • Secondary containment Measures for each regulated spill source at the Facility are identified in Appendix in the Container and Potential Spills Table and further described in Appendix B in the Secondary Containment Systems Table. • Specific secondary containment requirements for loading/unloading racks, if applicable, are discussed in Section 47. Specific secondary containment requirements for bulk storage containers, if applicable, are discussed in Section • Secondary -containment impracticabilities, if applicable, are discussed in Section 4.3. 4.3 Secondary Containment impracticability §112.7(d) a It has been determined that secondary containment is practicable at the Facility. 4.4 Inspection, Tests, and Records §112.7(e) Inspection and integrity Testing • A summary of the inspection and integrity testing requirements applicable to the Facility is provided in Appendix D. Details are provided in applicable sections of the Plan. Records Jackrabbit Compressor Station 4-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — General • Recordkeeping logs and forms are signed by the appropriate supervisor or inspector and maintained at the Facility or the Region or Local Field Office for a minimum period of three (3) years. • The Facility may utilize recordkeeping logs and forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices for meeting the requirements for SPCC. • Optional sample logs and forms are provided in Appendix E. If these forms are opted not to be used, other forms providing the same information will be required. 4.5 Personnel Training and Spill Prevention Briefings §112.7(f) Training • The Facility's training objective is to provide ._a continuous program that teaches employees and drivers the proper procedures andpractioes related totheir particular job assignments to ensure the safe and effective operation of the Facile#y` • The Facility provides the following minimum training to,oil-handling personnel: ✓ Operation and maintenance of equipment to preveptoil discharges; ✓ Oil discharge procedure protocols; ✓ Overview of applicable pollution control' laws, rules, anti regulations; ✓ General facility operations; and ✓ The Facility SPCC Plan. • The training program may be conductedthrough classroom instructions, video/computer based modules, on-the-job training, and safety meetings. • All truck drivers that perform loading and/Or unloading activities at the Facility are appropriately trained to carry`: out their activities in a safe manner. New drivers receive safety orientationlprior to being approved to transfer products at the Facility. • Training records are f aaintained at:the, Corporate EHS&T Office for a minimum period of three .(3) years and are available electronically. Spill=Prevention Briefings • The Facility conducts spill• prevention briefings for oil -handling personnel at least once a year to. assure adequate.understanding of the SPCC Plan for the Facility. • These briefings will include discussion of potential discharges or component failures and recently developed precautionary measures. • These briefings will also include refresher training, as deemed necessary, on the minimum training standards described in the above subsection. • The briefing program is conducted through classroom instructions, video/computer based modules, on-the-job training, safety meetings or actual spill events. • Spill prevention briefing records are maintained at the Facility or the Region or Local Field Office for a minimum period of three (3) years and at the Corporate EHS&T office. • A sample Spill Prevention Briefing Log is provided in Appendix E. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 4-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention -- General 4.6 Facility Security §112.7(g) Fencing • The Facility is surrounded by 6 -ft tall chain link security fencing which encircles the entire footprint of the Facility. • All entrance gates are locked when the Facility is unattended. Lighting • Facility fighting is commensurate with the operations and the type and location of the Facility to assist in the discovery of discharges and_ to prevent discharges occurring through acts of vandalism. • Area lights illuminate the oil storage and transfer -areas. Valves • Drain valves are not utilized in the oil storage secondary containment areas Starter Controls • Starter controls on all oil pumps in non-operating or standby status are locked in the off position and located at a site accessible onlyto personnel. Out -of -Service Piping • The Facility securely caps or blank flanges Abe foadinglunloading connections of facility piping when not in service of :When in standby service for an extended period of time (i.e. greater than 6 months), or when piping is emptied of liquid content either by draining or by inert gas pressure. 4.7 Tank Truck and Tank Car;Loading Racks §112.7(h) • A tank truck loading rack is present at the Facility. • Loading/unloading areas, not defined, as a loading/unloading rack, are required to meet the general secondary containment requirements of §112.7(c) discussed in Section 4.2. Such loading/unloading areas are identified in Appendix B, if applicable. 4.8 Brittle Fracture :Evaluation; §112.7(1) ■ No field -constructed aboveground oil storage containers are present at the facility. 4.9 Conformance with Other State and Local Regulations §112.70) • The facility comples with all State and Local discharge prevention requirements. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 4-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific 5.0 DISCHARGE PREVENTION — SPECIFIC ONSHORE FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Facility Drainage §112.8(b) 5.1.1 Facility Diked Drainage §112.8(b)(1)&(2) • Typically, drainage of stormwater from the Facility's diked storage areas is not intended to occur. It is anticipated that precipitation will be removed via evaporation only. However, drain valves are provided on the oil containment structures. • The contents of the diked storage area are inspected by Facility personnel prior to each draining event to ensure that only oil -free water -(no product sheen) is discharged. • If oil or oil sheen is observed in the diked storage" area, vacuum trucks or other appropriate means will be used to remove any and all oil before_'drainage. • Each drainage event and associated inspection is. recorded on the Secondary Containment Drainage Event Log found in Appendix E. The Facility may ;use logs or forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices in Iteu of the above reference log. 5.1.2 Facility Un diked Area Drainage §112.8(b)(3)&(4) • The Facility does not have the potential to discharge oil into ur3diked areas. 5.1.3 Effluent Treatment Facilities §112.8(b)(5) and §112:13(c)(9) • The Facility does not treat drainage water, prior to discharge. 5.2 Bulk Storage Containers §1128(c) • Bulk storage containerscovered_by this Plan are identified in the Container and Potential Spills Table located:in Appendix B ands the Facility Diagram in Appendix C. • Bulk -storage containers covered underthe SPCC rule includes the following: Field -erected aboveground storage containers. • Shop -built storage containers. ••.:;.'Mobile or portable; storage containers (drums, totes, etc). • Completely or partially buried storage containers. • Underground'storage containers not covered under the technical requirements of 40 CFIR part 280 or a state approved Underground Storage Tank program. • Only bulk storage containers greater than 55 -gallons are subject to the SPCC rule. • Oil -filled electrical, operating, or manufacturing equipment are not bulk storage containers and thus are not subject to bulk storage container requirements identified in this section. 5,2.1 Bulk Storage Container Construction §112.8(c)(1),(7),&(8) • Bulk storage containers are constructed in accordance with industry standards. • The material and construction of the bulk storage containers are compatible with the material stored and conditions of storage such as pressure and temperature. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 5-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific • High liquid level alarms at pre-programmed tank content levels are utilized to prevent overfill. • Containers not equipped with level alarms are equipped with manual sight gauges and/or hand gauged for inventory control prior to filling. • Containers are operated within "Sate Fill" levels positioned below the operating limits of the bulk storage container. • Visible discharges, which result in a loss of product from containers, are promptly corrected. • The Facility's bulk storage container inspection and .integrity testing program is discussed in Section 5.2.5. :.. • The Facility's bulk storage containers do not utilize internal -:heating coils. 5.2.2 Bulk Storage Container Secondary Containment §1;12 80)(2),(3),&(10) .: • Secondary containment structures for bulk storage' containers are' identified in the Container and Potential Spills Table and the Secondary. Containment Systems Table found in Appendix B. • All bulk storage container installations are constructed sd that..a, means of secondary containment is provided for the entire capacity of the largest single container plus sufficient freeboard to contain precipitation. • The Facility utilizes the industry standard API 12R1 for additional freeboard capacity which recommends containment equal to at least 110% of the largest single container. • Where bulk containers are mar!folded together such that the toss of one results in the loss of all, the combined storage capacity of the manifolded containers will be used to determine secondary containment and freeboard capacity. • Secondary .containment diked ;areas are sufficiently impervious to contain discharged oil from reaehing.navigable waters or adjoining shorelines before cleanup begins. • Unless otherwise noted •.in Appendix- B, Secondary Containment Systems Table, dike floors and walls are constructed of;compacted native earthen material. ■; Spills that may occur= inside the diked areas will generally be contained within the containment walls and/or absorbed in the underlying soils before reaching navigable Water§ or adjoining shorelines. a Details concerning the construction of fixed secondary containment systems are provided in'the Secondary Containment Systems Table in Appendix B. • Visible discharges, which result in any accumulations of oil in the diked area(s), are promptly rem_ oved and disposed of according to the applicable regulation and company procedures. • Secondary containment volume calculations are provided in Appendix B. • Drainage from secondary containment areas is discussed in Section 5.1.1. 5.2.3 Completely or Partially Buried Metallic Oil Storage Containers §112.8(c)(4)45) • The Facility does not have completely buried metallic storage containers that were installed on or after January 10, 1974. • The Facility does not have partially buried or bunkered metallic storage containers. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 5-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific 5.2.4 Mobile or Portable Oil Storage Containers § 112.8(c)(11) • Mobile or portable oil storage containers are identified, if applicable, on the Container and Potential Spills Table in Appendix B. • A secondary means of containment is provided for the largest single compartment or container plus sufficient freeboard to contain precipitation. • The Facility utilizes the industry standard API -12R1 for additional freeboard capacity which recommends containment equal to at least 110% of the largest single container. • These containers are generally located in dedicated storage areas which are positioned or located so as to prevent a spill from reaching navigable waters or adjoining shorelines. • These containers are located where they will not be subjeot ,oto periodic flooding or washout. • Dedicated mobile or portable storage container areas` are identified onthe Facility Diagram in Appendix C. • Containers that may be temporary located outside trie_, dedicated storage area are positioned or located so as to prevent a spill from reaching navigable waters or adjoining shorelines until they can be returned to the dedicated storage area. 5.2.5 Bulk Storage Container Inspection and Testing Procedures §112.8(c)(6) Bulk Storage Container Inspection • The outside of all bulk storage- containers and their associated supports and foundations are frequently inspected during normal Facility walk-throughs for signs of deterioration, discharges, or accumulatiOrr Ot ail: inside secondary containment areas. • These frequent Facility wal_k-through inspections are not documented unless a corrective action :must be taken. • Documented visual -'external inspections for all bulk storage containers and their associated supports'and foundations are conducted annually and noted on the Tank, Piping, and Contaiiiment inspection Form. The Facility may use logs or forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices, including any DOT forms required under O&M Manual procedures, in lieu of the above reference form. • Liquid level sensing- devices (overfill prevention) are tested annually to ensure proper opiraton. • In the 'event that a field -constructed aboveground container undergoes a repair, alteration, :reconstruction, or a change in service, the container will be evaluated for the risk ofdlischarge or failure due to brittle fracture or other catastrophe. • inspection forms are maintained at the Facility or the Region or Local Field Office. • A summary of the inspection requirements applicable to the Facility is provided in Appendix D, Facility SPCC Inspection Program. Bulk Storage Container Integrity Testing • The integrity testing program includes a combination of visual inspections and at least one of the following alternate testing techniques: hydrostatic, radiographic, ultrasonic, and/or acoustic emissions. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 5-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention -- Specific • Field -erected aboveground bulk containers are integrity tested on a regular schedule and when material repairs are made using API Standard 653. • Small shop -built containers will follow testing standards set forth in STI-SP001. • The Facility chooses to deviate from the integrity testing requirements of elevated shop -built containers up to 30,000 gallons and single -use containers such as drums, totes, and other small portable containers. These containers are elevated such that all sides of the container are visible during inspections and any problems that may occur will be quickly identified. These frequent inspections, as further described in the subsection above, provide equivalent environmental protection for integrity testing of such containers. • A summary of the integrity testing requirementsapplicable to the Facility is provided in Appendix D, Facility SPCC Integrity Testing;: Program 5.3 Transfer Operations, Pumping, and in -Plant Processes §112.8(d) 5.3.1 Buried Piping §112.8(d)(1) • New or replaced buried piping will be cathodically protected against corrosion and provided with protected wrapping and coating. • If a section of buried line is exposed, it will be -inspected for signs of deterioration and corrective actions will be taken as indicated by t e.magnitude of the damage. • Integrity and leak testing of buried piping is performed at the time of installation, modification, construction, relocation, and/or replacement. • Note: Aboveground piping that passes through dikes and roadways are not considered to be buried piping. 5.3.2 Out -of -Service Piping §T`12.8(d)(2) • Facility connections .are: capped orblank-flanged at the transfer point and marked as to origin when the piping is not in service or in standby service for extended periods (i.e. greater than 6 months). 5.3.3 Aboveground Valves and Piping §112.8(d)(3)&(4) • All pipe: `supports are designed to minimize abrasion and corrosion and allow for expansion and contraction. • Aboveground; valves and piping and appurtenances are regularly examined during normal Facility walk-throughs for general condition and necessity for corrective action. • The following items are included in the examination: ✓ Flange joints, ✓ Expansion joints, ✓ Valve glands and bodies, ✓ Piping supports, ✓ Metal surfaces, ✓ Catch pans, and ✓ Valve locks and/or seals. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 5-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific • These frequent Facility walk-through inspections are not documented unless a corrective action must be taken. • Documented visual inspections of all regulated aboveground valves and piping and appurtenances are conducted annually and noted on the Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Form. The Facility may use logs or forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices, including any DOT forms required under O&M Manual procedures, in lieu of the above reference form. 5.3.4 Vehicle Warnings §112.8(d)(5) • Warning signs are posted at appropriate locations:_ throughout the Facility to prevent vehicles from damaging aboveground piping and:lappurtenances.. s Bumper guards may be provided in critical vehicular access areas to protect aboveground piping and/or other oil transfer operations. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 5-5 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Response 6.0 DISCHARGE RESPONSE 6.1 Discharge Notification §112.7(a)(4) • Any discharge that may occur at the Facility shall be reported to the immediate supervisor. • The Designated Person must be notified. • A discharge of any volume that affects or threatens to affect navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines must be reported immediately to the following: ✓ National Response Center (NRC) ✓ Local Fire Department (911) ✓ State Emergency Response Commission (SERC) ✓ Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC) ✓ Emergency contact numbers including those agencies identified above are provided in Appendix A: Contact List and Phione'Numbers • A Notification Data Sheet is provided in Appendix Ato'assist=in reporting a discharge. • Written reports to the EPA Regional Administrator as required; by §112.4 is discussed in Section 1.5. • Additional discharge notification procedures including internal and external notifications are provided in the following: • Ecerts notification • Spill and Release Reporting'for Wyoming 6.2 Response/Countermeasures °§1.2..7(a)(3)(iv) • Facility personnel are trained to ensure an adequate understanding of the emergency response procedures. • General response actions are as follows: GENERAL RESPONSE ACTIONS PERSONNEL AND PUBLIC SAFETY IS FIRST PRIORITY CONTROL • Eliminate sources of ignition • Isolate;the_source of the discharge, minimize further flow • Keep unnecessary persons and traffic out of the area NOTIFY • Make internal and external notifications • Activate response contractors and other external resources as necessary CONTAIN • Begin spill mitigation and response activities • Monitor and control the containment and clean-up effort • Protect the public and environmental sensitive areas Jackrabbit Compressor Station 6-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Response 6.3 Cleanup Capabilities §112.7(a)(3)(iv) • Generally, cleanup operations will be performed by an approved contractor which has been predetermined to have capabilities necessary for spills that may occur at the Facility. • The contract resources available to the Facility for discharge cleanup are provided in Appendix A: Contact List and Phone Numbers. 6.4 Waste Disposal §112.7(a)(3)(v) • Generally, field environmental personnel will coordinate the proper disposal of any waste material resulting from a spill at the Facility. • Management and disposal of such materials will be ,'conducted` in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. Jackrabbit Compressor Station 6-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix A APPENDIX A NOTIFICATION • • Contact List and Phone Numbers • Notification Data Sheet • Submittal of Information to Regional Administrator for -Qualified Discharge(s) Jackrabbit Compressor Station A-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix A Contact List and Phone Numbers Contact Primary Alternate Designated Persons Accountable For Oil Spill Prevention and/or Facility Response Coordinator Mr. Chris Gauthier 303/330-7952 Mr. Rick Fullmer 970-309-8441 970/309-8441 Facility Office Federal, State and Local Agencies (as necessary) National Response Center 800/424-8802202/267-2675 U.S. EPA Region VIII 3031293-1788 State Emergency Response Commission (SERC) 3071777 4900 Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC) 307/877-9885., Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment :877/5: 8-5608 Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission 303/894-2100 OSHA - (800) 321-6742 Local Fire Department: 911 Local Police Department: 911 Local Hospital: Rangely 970/675-8311 Local Hospital Clagett Memorial (Rifle)'> 970/625-1510 Additional Company Contacts: Corporate:EHS&T Office 713/803-8358 24 -hr Products, Pipeline Control Center;: 800/530-1050 713/759-4765 24 -hr Crude Pipeline :Control Center 800/220-1058 - Cleanup Contractors (as necessary): Belfour Environmental (Denver) 303/425-7526 800/930-0011 (24hr) Fremont Environmental (Denver) 303/956-8714 Jackrabbit Compressor Station A-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix A Submittal of Information to Regional Administrator for Qualified Discharge(s) In the event of a qualified discharge or discharges, this page can be utilized to provide official notification to the Regional Administrator. If the Facility has had a discharge or discharges, which meet one of the following two criteria, then this report or a report with the same required information must be submitted to the Regional Administrator within 60 days. (Check as appropriate.) ❑ This Facility has experienced a reportable spill as referenced in 40 CFR Part 112.1(b) of 10,000 gallons or more. ❑ This Facility has experienced two reportable spills (as referenced in 40 CFR Part 112.1(b) of greater than 42 gallons each within a 12 -month period.., Facility Name and Location: Facility Contact Person (Name, address 1 phone number): Facility maximum storage or handling capacity: Facility normal daily throughput: Describe the corrective, action and countermeasures taken (include description of equipment repairs and replacements):.. Describe the Facility (maps, flow diagrams and topographical maps attached as necessary): Describe the cause of discharge(as referenced in 40 CFR Part 112.1(b)) including failure analysis of the system is: Describe the preventative;'.measures taken or contemplated to be taken to minimize the possibility of recurrence: Other pertinent information: • A copy of this report is also to be sent to the appropriate state agency(ies) in charge of oil pollution control activities. Jackrabbit Compressor Station A-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix B APPENDIX B Facility Container, Secondary Containment, arid Spill Data • Container and Potential Spills Table • Secondary Containment Systems Table • Secondary Containment Volume Calculations Jackrabbit Compressor Station B-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix B CONTAINER AND POTENTIAL SPILLS TABLE Contamer_ID'6-9-640-!1L613.-4'Capacity Stord `'(Garlona) Most Likely Faiiitre;: Bate of ,Plow, ;: Direction of Flow Containment ystenw{s) ID Bulk Storage: -Con tainers-(FieldErei ted.Tankk, Shop-Built.ranks, Buried'Tanks,,Drums1 •Tates "etc) TK -401 Condensate 18,900 Fittingor valve 20 gpm Into dike Vessel containment TK -402 Condensate 18,900 Fitting or valve 20 gpm Into dike Vessel containment TK -403 Condensate 18,900 Fitting or valve 20 gpm Into dike Vessel containment TK -404 Condensate 18,900 Fitting or valve 20:gprn:__;,; Into dike Vessel containment TK -405 Condensate 18,900 Fitting or valve 20 bprri -Intq dike Vessel containment TK -406 Condensate 18,900 Fitting or valve :,-,20 qpm t&dike Vessel containment TK -512 Used Lube Oil 2,100 Fitting or valve 20 gpm Into dike,: Vessel containment TK -513 Lube Oil 4,200 Fitting or valve 20 gpni . Into dike Vessel containment TK -505 Water 18,900 Fitting or valve 20 gpr'n ;. Into dike - Vessel containment Oil -Filled Equipment (Transformers, Hydraulic Systems, Flow Through Process Vessels, etc.) Not applicable Loading/Unloading Racks (Fixed Racks) Truck loading rack Condensate NA Compartment, Fitting, Valve �.:or Hose 3.00 gpm Into containment Rack containment Loading/Unloading Areas (Tank Truck Off -Loading Areas, Add'five Tank Loading Areas, etc.) Not applicable.: Other Potential Spill Sources (Manifold/Pump Areas, Undiked Piping, Buried Piping, Sumps, etc) Transfer pumps Condensate .;:NA Seal/ fitting failure 100 gpm Into dike Pump containment Notes: Jackrabbit Compressor Station B-2 Date: October 2008 SpiII Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix B SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS TABLE Vain - OntID Djainage „Cal.6:010„„ terIaI Condensate tanks Water evaporation Concrete walls & floor containment Concrete TBD Truck loading area Water evaporation TBD TBD TBD Notes: Jackrabbit Compressor Station B-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix C APPENDIX C • Facility Location • Facility Diagram Facility Location and Diagram Jackrabbit Compressor Station C-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix C Facility Location (Insert labeled Topo map) Jackrabbit Compressor Station C-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix C Facility Diagram (Insert Facility Diagram) Jackrabbit Compressor Station C-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix D APPENDIX D Facility SPCC Inspection and Integrity Testin"g Program • Facility SPCC Inspection Program • Facility SPCC Integrity Testing Program Jackrabbit Compressor Station D-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix D FACILITY SPCC INSPECTION PROGRAM Facility Component Action Frequency) Ctrcumstancs; bocurftentation All Bulk Storage Containers Visually inspect outside of containers for signs of deterioration and discharges and inspect the container's supports and foundations Monthly (manned facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities) Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form During normal Facility walk- throughs Only if corrective action is necessary, use above form Field -Erected Aboveground Container Evaluate container for risk of discharge due to brittle fracture or other catastrophe When container undergoes a repair, alterations.; -,.-:Brittle reconstruction •or:=change in service or every 10 years.- . whichever is soon'" er Fracture Inspection Report provide by inspector Liquid Level Sensing Devices (Overfill Prevention) Test for proper operation Monthly'(manned facilities) Periodic.( unmanned facElttiee), Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form Secondary Containment Areas Visually inspect for signs of deterioration, discharges, and accumulation of oil Monthly (manned facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities) Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form During`rlormal Facility walk:. throughs - Only if corrective action is necessary, use above form Visually inspect for presence of di1 or oil sheen Prior to each dreinage event -. Secondary Containment Drainage Event Log Truck Loading Visually inspect lowermost drain and all outlets of riktrucks Priocto`filling and departure No documentation required Effluent Treatment Systems Visually inspect for possible system upsets thatscauld cause a disctiatge During normal Facility walk- throughs Only if corrective action is necessary Aboveground` Valves, Piping, and_ Appurtenances' Access general conditions of items such as flange taints, valve and gland bodies, piping supports, metal surfaces, expansion joints, catch pans, end -valve locks Annually Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Form During normal Facility walk- throughs Only if corrective action is necessary, use above form Buried Piping Visually inspect for signs of deterioration Whenever a section of buried line is exposed Buried Piping inspection Form Electrical Equipment' (e.g. transformers) Visually inspect for signs of deterioration or discharges Monthly (manned facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities) Oil Filled Electrical Equipment Inspection Form Training Conduct spill prevention briefings or CBT for all oil -handling personnel Annually Spill Prevention Briefing Log * Inspection logs and forms used under usual and customary business practices (including daily log sheets for facility walk- throughs) may be used in lieu of the above referenced sample logs and forms which can be found in Appendix E. Forms that may be used include any DOT Forms that are required under O&M Manual procedures. $ Monthly documented inspections of electrical equipment is only required if secondary containment for that instrument is claimed to be impracticable. See Section 4.3. Jackrabbit Compressor Station D-2 Date: October 2008 SpilI Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix D FACILITY SPCC INTEGRITY TESTING PROGRAM 0: peoo- Field-Erected Storage Containers Perform container integrity test As required API - 653 Non'Bovatad8hop'Bu||t Storage Containers Perform container integrity test As required 8T| -8p001 Elevated Silop Built Storage Containers Perform container integrity test. The Facility provides equivalent environmental protection 1h h the use ��fm t visual inspections in Ueuof|ntoOdty testing. See Section 5.2.5,� U|ti�e|k� ' e ^� � �-^ �4�l ^ �r,�� Visual Inspection as described in Ihe Fau|||ty8PCC Inspection Program u m Table, All Bulk StorageContainers o Mobile or Portable Storage Containers Perform container integrity environmental protection through the use of frent visual inspections in Iieu of integrity testing. See Section 5.2.5 °`_ ° |~ .FaniVty0xK7thmughe ., , »--` � .. \�1:F'ari|i1yGPCC Inspection Program Table, All Bulk Storage Containers Completely Buried Metallic Storage Containers Perform leak�s test�� -� Regularly':';: ` ` '� - '~:/ . EpCOoPPm«nd procedure �, �,� Perform integrity~` — leak .. /^°~., w Attip*sit installation, on. replacement EPOOappmvodBuhedp|�n0 procedure Jackrabbit Compressor Station D-3 Date: October 2008 SpiII Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E APPENDIX E Sample Logs and Forms* • Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form • Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Form • ,.' • Oil -Filled Operation Equipment Inspection Form • Buried Piping Inspection Form • Secondary Containment Drainage Event Log • Spill Prevention Briefing Log • The above referenced logs and forms areprovidedassamples. The Facility may use logs and forms that are kept under usual and fCustomary business' practices, including any DOT logs or forms required under O&M Manual procedures, in-lipu of the above referenced logs and forms. Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E TANK, PIPING, AND CONTAINMENT INSPECTION FORM Tank (Container) ID: Facility: Date: Contents: Inspector: Capacity (gallons): Complete all sections belowfor each tank covered by this SPCC Plan monthly. If any of the questions below corrective action must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency. are answered "Yes" a Tank {Contaxser} inspection Yes Nfa NA _ CommentslDescription = eT Corrective �4f lions Taker) ate. Exterior surface shows signs of leakage or staining. External coating is bubbled, cracked, corroded or damaged. Tank (container) is corroded, pitted, or damaged. ., Bolts, rivets, or seams are damaged, cracked, or corroded. Overfill protection system is not working,;: Tank (container) bottoms have accumulated rust, scale, microorganisms, or foreign material. Vents and pressure release devices are obstructed. 'r = External stairways/walkways are unsound or obstructed. External stairways/walkways have low spots where water can accumulate. Level controls are inoperable. Tank (container) roof drains are blocked or damaged. Personnel are not aware of emergency procedures al site. Associated Piping, Valves, Pumps, Gauges Yes No NA Comments/Description Cortake a Actions Tai kenlDate Equipment is not in good working condition. _ Equipment is leaking. Soil stained with product below equipment, Associated Containment (Berm) Inspection Yes No NA Comments/Description Corrective Actions TakanlDate Berm drainage valve, is not closed and locked. Berm shows indicatioiisof erosion or disrepair. Berm has holes, cracks or other breaches lhat could result in' a leak. Vegetation with large rdofsystemns (trees, bushes) is present in berm area. Ramps or other structures as$ociated-with spill control:are damaged. _ Berm area has accumulated water. Sheen or oil observed on accumulated water Pooled oil or stained soil is present. - Drainage pipe or structures are clogged or have accumulated debris. Berm drainage outiall shows signs of erosion or disrepair. Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: 1 Date: 1 Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E Facility: FACILITY ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSPECTION FORM Date: Inspector: Complete all sections below for Facility Aboveground Piping annual y. If any of the questions below are answered "Yes" a corrective action must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency. Retain record for three (3) years. Facility Aboveground Piping°Inspection Leaks: Yes No. Comfy entslDescript on Corrective Actions Taken/Date Existing Clamps/Sleeves Misalignment Piping Misalignment/Restricted Movement Expansion Joint Misalignment Vibration Excessive Overhung Weight Inadequate Support Thin, Small -Bore, or Alloy Piping Threaded Connections Loose Supports Causing Metal Wear Supports Shoes Off Support Hanger Distortion or Breakage Bottomed -Out Spring Brace Distortion/Breakage Loose Brackets Slide Plates/Rollers Counter -Balance Condition Support Corrosion orroston Bolting Support Points Under Clamps Coating/Painting • Deterioration Soi I -to -Ai r;Interfaces Insulation`Inferfabes Biological Gro+tithh` , Corrosion UnderOIL Pods Insulation Damage/Penetrations Missing Jacketing/rnsulatiori` Sealing Deterioration Bulging Banding (broken or missing) TML Ports (missing plugs/cover tape) Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-3 Date: October 2008 SpiII Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E OIL -FILLED OPERATIONS EQUIPMENT INSPECTION FORM Facility: Equipment ID: Date: Contents: Inspector: Capacity (gallons): Complete all sections below for each tank covered by this SPCC Plan month y if some form of seoondary containment is not provided. If any of the questions below are answered 'Yes" a corrective action must be performed and dOoumented to correct the deficiency: Exterior surface shows signs of leakage or staining. 001400C -A6.110** Underlying surface shows signs of leakage or staining, 7.4 External coating is bubbled, cracked, corroded or damaged. Container is corroded, pitted, or damaged. Bolts, rivets, or seams are damaged, cracked, or corroded. Container bottoms have accumulated rust, scale, microorganisms, or foreign material. Additional Remarks Signature Inspectoroy:Sdpervisor Signature: Date: Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Pian Appendix E BURIED PIPING INSPECTION FORM Facility: Date: Inspector: Complete all sections below when buried piping is exposed. If any of the questions below are answered "Yes" a corrective action must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency. Retain record for three (3) years. :General Information Line Description: Line Size: Feet Excavate: Soil Conditions: Buried Piping inspection Yes NA Comments/Description Correative Actions Coating Conditions Visible Damage Poorly Bonded Visible Discoloration Mechanical Damage Soil/Air Interface Damage Insulation Conditions Visible Damage Mechanical Damager .Pipe Condition If Not Coated or Coating Damage/Removed External Corrosion Coating is Not Well Bonded Visible Leaks Visible Misalignment or Bending Minor Pitting_ ExtensivPittg. Pipe Casing Conditions (if applicable) External Corrosion Casing Not in Plebe, Visible Leaks Visible Misalignment or Bending Minor Pitting Extensive Pitting Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: Date: Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-5 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E SECONDARY CONTAINMENT DRAINAGE EVENT LOG * This form is not intended to meet the more stringent requirements of an applicable state or federal water discharge program. Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-6 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E Sign In: e: Kequlrecl topJcs mustu , Plan, see Section 4.5) Name (Please Print) 1. Position/Location Employee 1D 2. 3. 4. 5. .„ . 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. SLibiecUlssi Required Action Implementation Date: Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-7 Date: October 2008 SPILL PREVENTION BRIEFING LOG DATE: LOCATION: INSTRUCTOR: _... See Corporate Training Records TOPICS: • • • • _ , ,.. . _ . . Sign In: e: Kequlrecl topJcs mustu , Plan, see Section 4.5) Name (Please Print) 1. Position/Location Employee 1D 2. 3. 4. 5. .„ . 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. SLibiecUlssi Required Action Implementation Date: Jackrabbit Compressor Station E-7 Date: October 2008 SpiII Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix F APPENDIX F Oil Spill Contingency Plar (Insert Oil SpiII Contingency Plan as`appropriate Jackrabbit Compressor Station F-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix G APPENDIX G Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational Jackrabbit Compressor Station G-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix G Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational Jackrabbit Compressor Station G-2 Date: October 2008 SITE LOCATION MAP 0 0 00 401 f,3 u • 0 a. d N cz t9E w 0so N QT ct - 4 01. C W m U U Cl) rn c SU OI 0 0 0 0 0 f*J 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 LO 0 0 O O O --1 S•7 y 0 0 0 O O O 0 m m USGS 7.5 MINUTE SERIES (TOPOGRAPHIC) 7+00..0- 0 W `.s o A W vi v.I rs FLARE YNi0Qf401 S L, al) 11I1I1IiIMI - M 41.4" /1`==' ld k zr- 4 OVCR SEM Q ra Gs RKm I9'T111x36'b10E6AI®(t C SLEEPERS PIPER �f r�� N s,6tz MiERS 6- OPD• !rw r © i, a 0113 / k3 `fhR a� S lid SI `� r� RS !i� `i ►1 Mid Q .—: - n 4S Br UJEF Veit acro ��••••"'r..rr�•4—; � 0 ej ..- 111111 , it • EEPF S • 1 t PIPIRA« Rat OUTLET • . A ID m4• LJ C 3IjIL J -22 TALL If 31' AIDE 6RIOGE r E ROCA1 IM 2+00'.6- \ OFFICE •r` ®Iff)I VARDIOU',E 0 lt9 0 0-110 16' x 24' BUILDING LEGEND BUILDING ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK CONTAINMENT BERM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Scale (feet) Figure 2 SITE MAP Enterprise Gas Processing Jackrabbit Compressor Station Sec 33, T5S, R96W - Garfield Co, Colorado Project No. ' Prepared by Drawn by C008-018 Date Reviewed by Filename 10/13/08 08018Q FE,MONT NVIRONMENTAL SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL, AND COUNTERMEASURES PLAN For EPA Regulated Facilities Located At: Una Bridge Construction Yard NE NE Sec 33, T7S, R96W Owner Enterprise Product Operating, LLC c/o Environmental Department P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210 October 2008 Copy # Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Table of Contents Regulatory Cross -Reference iv Section 1 — Plan Introduction 1.1 Plan Overview 1-1 1.2 Plan Availability 1-1 1.3 Deviations to the SPCC Rule 1-1 1.4 Plan Review and Update Process 1-2 1.5 Spill Reporting to Regional Administrator 1-3 Section 2 — Plan Administration 2.1 Plan Distribution List 2-1 2.2 Log of Plan Review and Amendments .. 2-2 2.3 Management Approval and Designated Persons 2-3 2.4 Professional Engineer Certification 2-4 2.5 Substantial Harm Certification 2-5 Section 3 — General Facility Information 3.1 Facility and Owner/Operator Information 3-1 3.2 Contact List and Phone Numbers 3-1 3.4 Facility Description and Activities 3-1 3.5 Facility Diagram 3-1 Section 4 — Discharge Prevention— General Requirements 4.1 Potential Discharge Sources, Volumes, and Flow Direction 4-1 4.2 Containment and Diversionary Structures 4-1 4.3 .Secondary Containment Impracticability 4-1 4.4 ,- Inspections, Tests, and Records 4-1 4.5 Personnel Training and Spill Prevention Briefings 4-2 4.6 Facility Security 4-3 4.7 Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading Racks 4-3 4.8 Brittle .Fracture Evaluation 4-3 4.9 Conformance with Other State and Local Regulations 4-3 Section 5 -- Discharge Prevention — Specific Onshore Facility Requirements 5.1 Facility Drainage 5-1 5.1.1 Facility Diked Drainage 5-1 5.1.2 Facility Undiked Drainage 5-1 5.1.3 Effluent Treatment Systems 5-1 5.2 Bulk Storage Containers 5-1 5.2.1 Bulk Storage Container Construction 5-1 5.2.2 Bulk Storage Container Secondary Containment 5-2 5.2.3 Completely or Partially Buried Metallic Oil Storage Containers 5-2 5.2.4 Mobile or Portable Oil Storage Containers 5-3 5.2.5 Bulk Storage Container Inspection and Testing Procedures 5-3 Una Bridge Pipe Yard ii Date: October 2008 SpiII Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd) Page 5.3 Transfer Operations, Pumping, and In -Plant Processes 5-4 5.3.1 Buried Piping 5-4 5.3.2 Out -of -Service Piping 5-4 5.3.3 Aboveground Valves and Piping 5-4 5.3.4 Vehicle Warnings 5-5 Section 6 — Discharge Response 6.1 Discharge Notification 6-1 6.2 Response/Countermeasures 6-1 6.3 Cleanup Capabilities 6-2 6.4 Waste Disposal 6-2 APPENDICES A. Notification A-1 B. Facility Container, Secondary Containment, and Spill Data B-1 C. Facility Location and Diagram C-1 D. Facility Inspection and integrity Testing Program D-1 E. Sample Logs and Forms E-1 F. Oil Spill Contingency Plan F-1 G. Plan implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational G-1 Una Bridge Pipe Yard iii Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward Una Bridge Pipe Yard iv Date: October 2008 REGULATORY CROSS-REFERENCE Citation Description Section §112.3 Requirement to Prepare and Implement a SPCC Plan See below §112.3 Owner/operator must prepare SPCC plan All §112.3(d)(1) Professional Engineer Certification 2.3 §112.3(e) Maintain complete copy of plan 1.2, 2.1 §112.4 Amendment of SPCC Pian by Regional Administrator See below §112.4(a) Report to EPA after specific discharges 1.5, App A §112.4(c) Send above report to appropriate state agencies 1.5, App A §112.5 Amendment of SPCC by Owners / Operators See below §112.5(a) Amendment of SPCC plan by owner or operator 1.4, 2.2 §112.5(b) Management of Five Year Review 1.4, 2.2 §112.5(c) PE certification of amendments 1.4, 2.2 §112.7 General Requirements for SPCC Plans See below §112.7 Management approval of plan 2.3, §112.7 Cross reference table if plan does not follow sequence of regulations - As provided §112.7 Facilities not yet fully operational 2':5 §112.7(a)(1) Discussion of conformance with the requirements of SPCC - All §112.7(a)(2) Explanation of any deviations 1.3, throughout §112.7(a)(3) Physical layout of the facility including facility diagram 3.3, 3.4, App C §112.7(a)(3)(i) Type of oil in each container and its storage capacify :., App B §112.7(a)(3)(ii) Discharge prevention measures including proceduresfor routine handling of products 4.0 §112.7(a)(3)(iii) Discharge or drainage controls such as secondary containrnent'around containers and other structures, equipment and 'procedures for control ofa discharge 4.2 §112.7(a)(3)(iv) Countermeasures for discharge discovery, response and Cleanup 6.2, 6.3 §112.7(a)(3)(v) Methods of disposal of recovered materials 6.4 §112.7(a)(3)(vi) Contact list and phone numbers 3.2, App A §112.7(a)(4) Procedures for reporting a discharge, unless FRP has been submitted 6.1, App A §112.7(b) Discharge predication / Fault analysis ... 4.1, App B §112.7(c) : Appropriate containment or diversion 4.2, App B §112.7(d) Deviations due to impracticability 4.3 §112.7(e) Inspections, tests, and records 4.4 §112.7(f) Employee training and discharge prevention procedures 4.5 §112.7(f)(1) Oil -handling personnel training 4.5 §112.7(f)(2) -Accountable person for discharge prevention 2.2 §112.7(f)(3) Discharge prevention briefings 4.5 §112.7(g) Security;(excluding :oil production facilities) 4.6 §112,7(g)(1) Fencing and ,lock/guard gates Fail-safe valves for containers 4.6 4.6 §112.7(g)(2) §112.7(g)(3) Starter control on each pump 4.6 §112.7(g)(4) Loading/unloading connections of oil pipelines or facility piping when not in service 4.6 §112.7(g)(5) Lighting 4.6 §112.7(h) Tank Car and Tank Truck Loading / Unloading Rack (excludes offshore facilities) 4.7 §112.7(h)(1) Handling discharges 4.7 §l12.7(h)(2) Preventing early vehicle departure 4.7 §112.7(h)(3) Inspection for discharges prior to filling and departure 4.7 §112.7(i) Evaluate field -construct above ground tanks upon repair, etc. 4.8 §112.7(j) Conformance with other requirements 4.9 Una Bridge Pipe Yard iv Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Forward Una Bridge Pipe Yard v Date: October 2008 REGULATORY CROSS-REFERENCE (Cont'd.) §112.8 Requirements for onshore facilities (excluding Production facilities) See below §112.8(a) General and specific requirements 4.0, 5.0 §112.8(b) Facility drainage 5.1 §112.8ib)(1) Restrain drainage from diked storage areas 5.1.1 §112.8(b)(2) Manual valves in diked areas 5.1.1 §112.8(b)(3) _ Facility drainage systems from undiked areas with a potential for a discharge 5.1.2 §112.8(b)(4) if not 8(b)(3), diversion system for ditches 5.1.2 §112.8(b)(5) If pump transfer required for drainage water treatment, provide fail-safe pumps and at least two pumps 5.1.3 §112.8(c) Bulk storage containers 5.2, App B §112.8(c)(1) Material and construction 5.2.1 §112.8(c)(2) Secondary means of containment 5.2.2 §112.8(c)(3) Drainage controls to storm drain or open water bodies 5.1.1 §112.8(c)(4) Protection of completely buried metallic tanks from corrosion 5.2.3 §112.8(c)(5) Partially buried or bunkered metallic tanks protection from corrosion 52.3 §112.8(c)(6) Aboveground container testing for integrity 5.2.5, App D §112.8(c)(7) Monitor possible leakage from defective internal heating coils 5.2.1 §112.8(c)(8) Container installation updates per good engineering practice (fail-safeprecautions) 5.2.1 §112.8(c)(9) Observation of effluent treatment facilities 5.1.3 §112.8(c)(10) Correction of visible discharges - 5.2.2 §112.8(c)(11) For mobile or portable containers provide secondarycontainment 5.2.4 §112.8(d) Facility transfer operations, pumping, and facility process 5.3 §112.8(d)(1) Buried pipe corrosion protection . 5.3.1 §112.8(d)(2) Capping and marking pipe out ofaervice 5.3.2 §112.8(d)(3) Pipe supports 5.3.3 §112.8(d)(4) Inspect aboveground valves, pipelines, appurtenances and buried piping 5.3.3 §112.8(d)(5) Vehicle warnings 5.3.4 Una Bridge Pipe Yard v Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Introduction 1.0 PLAN INTRODUCTION 1.1 Plan Overview 40 CFR §112.1 This Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures ("SPCC") Plan is intended to demonstrate that the Una Bridge Pipe Yard, (hereinafter referred to as the "Facility") is in compliance with the applicable regulations found in EPA's 40 CFR §112, Oil Pollution Prevention; specifically sections §112.1-7 of Subpart A and §112.8 of Subpart B. The SPCC regulations apply to owners or operators of non -transportation related onshore and offshore facilities engaged in drilling, producing, gathering, storing, processing, refining, transferring, distributing, or consuming oil and oil products that meet each of the following criteria: • Due to their location, could reasonably be expected to discharge oil in quantities that may be harmful into or upon navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines and; • Has an aggregate aboveground storage capacity greater than 1,320 gallons, excluding containers less than 55 gallons and/or has an underground storage capacity greater than 42,000 gallons. This SPCC Plan covers the EPA regulated (non -transportation -related), portions of the Facility. It may cover a single storage tank or transfornier up to an entire terminal/station. This SPCC Plan does not include information pertaining to the transportation -related portions of the Facility except for the location of such transportation -related areas on the Facility Diagram. Enterprise Product Operating, LLC has chosen tofollow a company modified version of API's D-16 SPCC Plan Template to comply with SPCC"P-Ian Requirements. The API format is being used for this template because of- agency familiarity with it and accepted compliance reviews that have been conducted on it by multiple industry experts. 1.2 Plan Availability §112.3' A copy of this SPCC Plan is maintained at the following locations and is available for on-site review upon request of the EPA Regional Administrator (a distribution list is provided in Section '21): • Faciliity:(if normally attended at least 4 hours per day). • Regional or Local Field Office. • Corporate EHS&T Office. 1.3 Deviations to the SPCC Rule §112.7(d) The SPCC rule allows deviations from most technical elements of the rule with the exception of any secondary containment requirements, general recordkeeping and training provisions, and the administrative provisions of the rule (§112.1 through §112.5), provided that equivalent environmental protection measures are provided to prevent a discharge. Any deviations to the rule will be identified in this Plan along with reasoning for the nonconformance and a detailed description of the alternative method and how that method will achieve equivalent environmental protection. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 1-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Introduction 1.4 Plan Review and Update Process §112.5 Five Year Review In accordance with §112.5(b), Enterprise Products Operating, LP will complete a formal review and evaluation of this SPCC Plan at least once every five (5) years and document the review on the Log of Plan Review and Amendments located in Section 2.2. This review will be conducted by the Facility's Designated Person (identified in Section 2.3) with assistance from the Field Environmental Representative ("FER"), as needed and will include review of the following: • Accuracy of the Plan with current operations and procedures. • Accuracy of the Plan with current SPCC Regulations. • Applicability of new prevention and control technology that may significantly reduce the likelihood of a spill event from the Facility if such technology has been field -proven at the time of review. • Capacity and structural integrity of secondary containment systems. • SPCC inspection documentation and records. Facility Changes Requiring Plan Revision Whenever there is a change in the Facility design, construction, operation or maintenance which materially affects the Facility's potential for a discharge of oil into or upon the navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines, the SPCC Plan will be amended. Changes that require revision to the Plan may include, but are not limited to: • Commissioning or decommissioning of containers. • Replacement, reconstruction, or movement of containers. • Reconstruction, replacement, or installation of piping systems. • Construction or demolition that might alter secondary or tertiary containment structures and/or drainage systems. • Revision of standard operating or maintenance procedures at the Facility. The Facility's Designated Person is responsible for notifying the FER of such changes to the facility. Revisions and amendments to the Plan will be performed by the Corporate Houston Office. The Plan shall be amended within six (6) months and fully implemented as soon as possible but no later than six (6) months after the preparation of the amendments. Any amendments to the Plan shall be documented on the Log of Plan Review and Amendments located in Section 2.2. Certification of Revisions All amendments which could materially affect the Facility's potential for a discharge into navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shores (technical amendments) must be certified by a Registered Professional Engineer ("PE"). Non-technical amendments such as changes to personnel, telephone references, and other non-technical text changes do not require recertification by a PE. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 1-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Introduction 1.5 Spill Reporting to Regional Administrator §112.7(a)(4) The information found in Appendix A, "Submittal of Information to Regional Administrator for Qualified Discharge(s)" must be submitted to the EPA Regional Administrator within sixty (60) days of a discharge event(s) which meets one of the following conditions: • The Facility has a single discharge event greater than 1,000 gallons of oil or oil products into or upon navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines or: • The Facility has two (2) discharge events greater than 42 gallons of oil or oil products into or upon navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines in a 12 - month period. The FER will submit such reports to the EPA. A copy of this report Will also be sent to the appropriate state agency(ies) in charge of oil pollutioncontrol actiivities:;and the Corporate EHS&T office. All spill events greater than 1 gallon.` must, be internally :reported using the ecerts program. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 1-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.0 PLAN ADMINISTRATION 2.1 Plan Distribution List §112.2(e) Una Bridge Pipe Yard 2-1 Date: October 2008 PLAN DISTRIBUTION LIST GQPY BE NUMBER PLAN HOLDER (Hard Copies) 1 Corporate EHS&T Department Attn: Environmental Plans 2727 North Loop West Houston, TX 77008 2 Una Bridge Pipe Yard Parachute, CO 3 4 5 6 Una Bridge Pipe Yard 2-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.2 Log of Plan Review and Amendments §112.5 LOG OF PLAN REVIEW AND AMENDMENTS NON-TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS • Non-technical amendments do not require recertification by a Professional Engineer. • Examples of changes include, but are not limited to, phone numbers, name changes, or any non- technical text change(s). TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS • Technical amendments require recertification by a Professional Engineer - = • Examples of changes include, but are not limited to, commissioning or decommissioning containers; replacement, reconstruction, or movement of containers, reconstruction,' replacements, or installation of piping systems; construction or demolition that might alter secondary containment .`structures; changes of product or service; or revision of standard operation or maintenance procedures at a facility. • An amendment made under this section will be prepared within six(6) months of the change and implemented as soon as possible but not later than six (6) months following preparation of the amendment. MANAGEMENT REVIEW ■ Management will review this SPCC Plan at least each five (5) years and document the review on the form below. Review/ Amend Date By Whom Activity P'E' Certificatin Required? (Yes/No) Comments/ Affected Section(s) 10/24/2008 Chris Gauthier Prepare Plan Yes Initial Plan. Next Review — 10/24/2013 Una Bridge Pipe Yard 2-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.3 Management Approval and Designated Persons §112.7, §112.7(f)(2) MANAGEMENT APPROVAL AND DESIGNATED PERSONS Facility Name: Una Bridge Pipe Yard Owner/Operator Responsible for Facility: Enterprise Products Operating, LP Enterprise Products Operating, LP is committed to preventing discharges of oil to navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines. By signature below, I approve this Plan and acknowledge that the elements identified in the Plan have been implemented. The Designated Person Accountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the Facility, as identified below, has been giving the authority to commit the necessary resources to implement this Plan. This SPCC Plan will be implemented as herein described. Details to any impracticability are discussed in Section 4.3 of this SPCC Pian. Signature: Date: Name: Rick Fullmer Title: Regional Manager Designated Person Accountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the Facility: Name: Stephen Cochran Title: Plant Supervisor Additional Person Accountable for Oil Spill'. Prevention at the Facility: Name: TBD Title: Additional Person Accountable for Oil Spill Prevention at the Facility: Name: Chris Gauthier Title: Field Environmental Representative Una Bridge Pipe Yard 2-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Plan Administration 2.4 Professional Engineer Certification §112.5(c) PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER CERTIFICATION By means of this Professional Engineer Certification, I hereby attest to the following: • I am familiar with the requirements of 40 CFR §112 and have verified that this Plan has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Part. • I or my agent have visited and examined the Facility(ies). • 1 have verified that this Plan has been prepared in accordance with good engineering practice, including consideration of applicable industry standards. • I have verified that the required inspection and testing: procedures have been established as described in this Plan. • I have verified that the Plan is adequate for the Una Bridge Pipe Yard.: • This certification in no way relieves the owner or operator: of the Facility, of his/her duty to prepare and fully implement this SPCC Plan in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR §112. • This Plan is valid only to the extent that the Facility owner or operator maintains, tests, and inspects equipment, containment, and other devices as prescribed, in the Plan. • This certification is contingent upon the successful completion of all implementation measures identified in the Section 2.5: Plan Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational. Date Paul V": Henehan Name of Registered Professional Engineer Signature of Registered Professional Engineer Registration No. 6123 State WY Una Bridge Pipe Yard 2-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Pian Plan Administration 2.5 Substantial Harm Certification §112 — Appendix CH CERTIFICATION OF THE APPLICABILITY OF THE SUBSTANTIAL HARM CRITERIA Facility Name : Una Bridge Pipe Yard Facility Address: NE NE Sec.33, T7Ss R96W 1. Does the facility transfer oil over water to or from vessels and does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equal to 42,000 gallons? YES ❑ NO 2 Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equal to 1 million gallons and does the facility lack secondary containment that is sufficiently large to contain the, capacity of the largest aboveground oil storage tank plus sufficient freeboard to allow for precipitation within any aboveground oil storage tank area? YES ❑ NO 3 Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equal to 1 million gallons and is the facility located at a distance (as calculated using the appropriate formula in Attachment C -Ili to this appendix or a comparable formula') such that a discharge from the facility .could cause injury to fish and wildlife and sensitive environments? For further description of fish and wildlife and sensitive environments, see Appendices I, II, and Ill to DOC/NOAA's "Guidance for Facility and Vessel Response Plans: Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments" (59 FR 14713, March 29, 1994) and the applicable Area Contingency Plan. YES El NO Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equal to 1 million gallons and is the facility located at a distance (as calculated using the appropriate formula in Attachment C -III to this appendix or a comparable formula 1) such that a discharge from the facility would shut down a public drinking water intake2? YES ❑ NO Does the facility have a total oil storage capacity greater than or equal to 1 million gallons and has the facility experienced a reportable oilspill in an amount greater than or equal to 10,000 gallons within the last 5 years? YES D NO ® CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law: that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this document, and that based on my inquiry of those individuals responsible for obtaining this information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate, and complete. Engineer Signature Title Paul V. Henehan Name (please type or print) Date 2 11a comparable formula is used, documentation of the reliability and analytical soundness of the comparable formula must be attached to this form. For the purposes of 40 CFR part 112, public drinking water intakes aro analogous to public water systems as described al 40 CFR 143.2(c), Una Bridge Pipe Yard 2-5 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — General 3.0 GENERAL FACILITY INFORMATION 3.1 Facility and Owner/Operator Information §112.7(a)(3) Facility Name: Street Address: Mailing Address: County: Facility Phone: Latitude: Longitude: Nearest Receiving Water: Landside Directions: Owner: Mailing Address: Street Address: Telephone: Una Bridge Pipe Yard Parachute, CO Garfield TBD Control Room XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Colorado River Enterprise Products Operation, LLC c/o Environmental Department,; P.O. Box 43.2.4 Houston, TX 77210 713-803-8358 3.2 Contact List and Phone Numbers §112.7(a)(3)(vi) • The contact list and phone numbers for the Facility is provided in Appendix A. 3.3 Facility Description §112.7(a)(3) • The Una Bridge Ppipe Yard is a office, equipment and pipe yard situated on 7 acres of land in Garfield County, Colorado. • The primary role of the facility is an office for construction personnel and equipment and pipe storage. Fuel and oil forconstruction equipment will be utilized and stored on site. • The facility is located at an approximate elevation of 5,600 feet and is leased from EnCana Oil and Gas Inc. The limited precipitation in this area supports sparse vegetation characterized mainly by sage brush. The facility drainage pattern is presented on the plot plan: in Appendix B. A topographic map indicates that the local drainage is to the south then west within the Colorado River. • The nearest water body is ten Colorado River which is located immediately adjacent to the facility. Ephermeral drainages provide a pathway from the facility to this water body. 3.4 Facility Diagram §112.7(a)(3) • A Facility diagram is provided in Appendix C which includes, at a minimum, the following details and location information (as applicable): • Containers and their contents. • Transfer stations and connecting lines. • Completely buried and bunkered tanks (including USTs covered under 40 CFR Part 280 or 281). • Drum and portable container storage areas. 4.0 DISCHARGE PREVENTION — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS §112.7 4.1 Potential Discharge Sources, Volumes, and Flow Direction §112.7(b) Una Bridge Pipe Yard 4-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — General • Potential discharge sources, volumes, and flow directions at the Facility that are regulated under this Plan are identified in the Container and Potential Spills Table in Appendix B. 4.2 Containment and Diversionary Structures §112.7(c), §112.7(h)(1), §112.8(c)(2) & (11) • The purpose of the SPCC rule and goal of the Facility is to prevent discharges of oil to navigable waters of the United States and adjoining shorelines. One of the primary ways by which this is achieved is through the use of secondary containment systems. • Secondary containment requirements are divided into two (2) categories: • General Secondary Containment Requirements — § 112.7(c) ✓ Addresses the potential for oil dischargesfrom all regulated parts of the Facility. ✓ Containment method, design, and capacity are determined by good engineering practice to contain the most likely oil discharge until cleanup occurs. • Specific Secondary Containment Requirements §112.7(h)(1), §112.8(c)(2) & (11) ✓ Addresses the potential of oil discharges from specific parts -of the Facility including loading/unloading racks and bulk storage containers. ✓ Containment design, sizing, and freeboard requirements are specified by the SPCC rule to address major container.failures. • Methods of secondary containment utilized at the Facility include a combination of containment structures, drainage systems, and_ land-based spill response to prevent oil from reaching navigable waters or adjoining shorelines • Secondary containment measures for each regulated spill source at the Facility are identified in Appendix B in the Container and Potential Spills Table and further described in Appendix B in the SecondaryContainment Systems Table. • Specific secondary containment requirements for loading/unloading racks, if applicable, are discussed in Section 4.7. • Specific secondary containment requirements for bulk storage containers, if applicable, are discussed in Section 5.2.2. • Secondary containment impracticabilities, if applicable, are discussed in Section 4.3. 4.3 Secondary Containment Impracticability §112.7(d) • It has been determined that secondary containment is practicable at the Facility. 4.4 Inspection, Tests, and Records §112.7(e) Inspection and Integrity Testing • A summary of the inspection and integrity testing requirements applicable to the Facility is provided in Appendix D. Details are provided in applicable sections of the Plan. Records • Recordkeeping logs and forms are signed by the appropriate supervisor or inspector and maintained at the Facility or the Region or Local Field Office for a minimum period of three (3) years. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 4-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — General • The Facility may utilize recordkeeping logs and forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices for meeting the requirements for SPCC. • Optional sample logs and forms are provided in Appendix E. If these forms are opted not to be used, other forms providing the same information will be required. 4.5 Personnel Training and Spill Prevention Briefings §112.7(t) Training • The Facility's training objective is to provide a continuous program that teaches employees and drivers the proper procedures and practices related to their particular job assignments to ensure the safe and effective operation of the Facility. • The Facility provides the following minimum training to oil -handling personnel: ✓ Operation and maintenance of equipment to prevent oil discharges; ✓ Oil discharge procedure protocols; ✓ Overview of applicable pollution control laws, rules, and regulations; ✓ Generai facility operations; and ✓ The Facility SPCC Plan. • The training program may be conducted: through :classroom instructions, video/computer based modules, on-the-job training, and safety meetings. • All truck drivers that perform loading and/or unloading activities at the Facility are appropriately trained to carry out their activities in a safe manner. New drivers receive safety orientation prior to being approved to transfer products at the Facility. • Training records are maintained at the Corporate EHS&T Office for a minimum period of three (3) years and are available electronically. Spill Prevention Briefings • The Facility conducts'spill prevention`_ briefings for oil -handling personnel at least once a year to assure adequate understanding of the SPCC Plan for the Facility. • These briefings will include,discussion of potential discharges or component failures and recently developed precautionary measures. • These briefings will also include refresher training, as deemed necessary, on the minirruni-training standards described in the above subsection. • The briefing program is conducted through classroom instructions, video/computer based modules, on -the -Job training, safety meetings or actual spill events. • Spill prevention briefing records are maintained at the Facility or the Region or Local Field Office for a minimum period of three (3) years and at the Corporate EHS&T office. • A sample Spill Prevention Briefing Log is provided in Appendix E. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 4-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — General 4.6 Facility Security §112.7(g) Fencing • The Facility is surrounded by 6 -ft tali chain link security fencing which encircles the entire footprint of the Facility. • All entrance gates are locked when the Facility is unattended. Lighting • Facility lighting is commensurate with the operations and the type and location of the Facility to assist in the discovery of discharges and to preventdischarges occurring through acts of vandalism. • Area lights illuminate the oil storage and transfer areas. Valves • Drain valves are not utilized in the oil storage secondary containment -areas Starter Controls • Starter controls on all oil pumps in non-operating or standby -status are locked in the off position and located at a site accessible only to authorized personnel. Out -of -Service Piping • The Facility securely caps or blank flanges the loading/Unloading connections of facility piping when not in service or when in standby service for an extended period of time (i.e. greater than 6 months), or when piping is emptied of liquid content either by draining or by inert gas pressure. 4.7 Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading Racks §112.7(h) ■ A tank truck loading rack is present at the Facility. ■ Loading/unloading areas, not defined as a loading/unloading rack, are required to meet the general secondary containment requirements of §112.7(c) discussed in Section 4.2. Such loading/unloading areas are identified in Appendix B, if applicable. 4.8 Brittle Fracture Evaluation.. §112.7(1) ■ No field -constructed aboveground oil storage containers are present at the facility. 4.9 Conformance with Other State and Local Regulations §112.7(f) ■ The facility comples with all State and Local discharge prevention requirements. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 4-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific 5.0 DISCHARGE PREVENTION — SPECIFIC ONSHORE FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Facility Drainage §112.8(b) 5.1.1 Facility Diked Drainage §112.8(b)(1)&(2) ■ Typically, drainage of stormwater from the Facility's diked storage areas is not intended to occur. It is anticipated that precipitation will be removed via evaporation only. However, drain valves are provided on the oil containment structures. ■ The contents of the diked storage area are inspected by Facility personnel prior to each draining event to ensure that only oil -free water.(no product sheen) is discharged. • If oil or oil sheen is observed in the diked storage area; vacuum trucks or other appropriate means will be used to remove any and all oil before -drainage. • Each drainage event and associated inspection is >recorded an the :<Secondary Containment Drainage Event Log found in Appendix 'E. The Facility. may;_ use logs or forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices in lieu of the above reference log. 5.1.2 Facility Undiked Area Drainage §112.8(b)(3)&(4) a The Facility does not have the potential to discharge oil into undiked areas. 5.1.3 Effluent Treatment Facilities §112.8(b)(5) and §112.8(c)(9); • The Facility does not treat drainage water prior to discharge. 5.2 Bulk Storage Containers §112.8(c) ■ Bulk storage containers covered by this Plan are identified in the Container and Potential Spills Table located in Appendix B and the_Facility Diagram in Appendix C. R Bulk; storage containers covered under the SPCC rule includes the following: • Field -erected aboveground storage containers. Shop -built storage containers. `Mobile or portablestorage containers (drums, totes, etc). • Completely or partially buried storage containers. • Underground ;storage containers not covered under the technical requirements of 40 CFR Part 280 or a state approved Underground Storage Tank program. • Only bulk storage containers greater than 55 -gallons are subject to the SPCC rule. • Oil -filled electrical, operating, or manufacturing equipment are not bulk storage containers and thus are not subject to bulk storage container requirements identified in this section. 5.2.1 Bulk Storage Container Construction §112.8(c)(1),(7),&(8) • Bulk storage containers are constructed in accordance with industry standards. • The material and construction of the bulk storage containers are compatible with the material stored and conditions of storage such as pressure and temperature. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 5-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific • High liquid level alarms at pre-programmed tank content levels are utilized to prevent overfill. • Containers not equipped with level alarms are equipped with manual sight gauges andlor hand gauged for inventory control prior to filling. • Containers are operated within "Safe Fill" levels positioned below the operating limits of the bulk storage container. • Visible discharges, which result in a loss of product from containers, are promptly corrected. • The Facility's bulk storage container inspection and integrity testing program is discussed in Section 5.2.5. • The Facility's bulk storage containers do not utilize internal heating coils. 5.2.2 Bulk Storage Container Secondary Containment §112.8(c)(2),(3),&(10) a Secondary containment structures for bulk storage containers are identified in the Container and Potential Spills Table and the Secondary Containment Systems Table found in Appendix B. • All bulk storage container installations are constructed so that a means of secondary containment is provided for the entire capacity of the largest single container plus sufficient freeboard to contain precipitation. • The Facility utilizes the industry standard API -12111 for additional freeboard capacity which recommends containment equal to at least 110%of the largest single container. • Where bulk containers are manifolded together such that the loss of one results in the loss of all, the combined storage capacity of the manifolded containers will be used to determine secondary containment and freeboard capacity. • Secondary containment diked areas are sufficiently impervious to contain discharged oil from reaching: navigable waters or adjoining shorelines before cleanup begins. • Unless otherwise noted in Appendix B, Secondary Containment Systems Table, dike floors and walls are constructed of compacted native earthen material. • Spills that may occur inside the diked areas will generally be contained within the containment walls andlor. absorbed in the underlying soils before reaching navigable waters or adjoining shorelines. • Details- concerning .the construction of fixed secondary containment systems are provided in; the Secondary Containment Systems Table in Appendix B. • Visible discharges, which result in any accumulations of oil in the diked area(s), are promptly removed and disposed of according to the applicable regulation and company procedures. • Secondary containment volume calculations are provided in Appendix B. • Drainage from secondary containment areas is discussed in Section 5.1.1. 5.2.3 Completely or Partially Buried Metallic Oil Storage Containers §112.8(c)(4)&(5) • The Facility does not have completely buried metallic storage containers that were installed on or after January 10, 1974. • The Facility does not have partially buried or bunkered metallic storage containers. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 5-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific 5.2.4 Mobile or Portable Oil Storage Containers §112.8(c)(11) • Mobile or portable oil storage containers are identified, if applicable, on the Container and Potential Spills Table in Appendix B. • A secondary means of containment is provided for the largest single compartment or container plus sufficient freeboard to contain precipitation. • The Facility utilizes the industry standard API -12R1 for additional freeboard capacity which recommends containment equal to at least 110% of the largest single container. • These containers are generally located in dedicated storage areas which are positioned or located so as to prevent a spill from reaching navigable waters or adjoining shorelines. • These containers are located where they will not be subject_to periodic flooding or washout. • Dedicated mobile or portable storage container areas- are identified on the Facility Diagram in Appendix C. • Containers that may be temporary located outside tk:e. dedicated storage area are positioned or located so as to prevent a spill from ;reaching navigable waters or adjoining shorelines until they can be returned to the dedicated storage area. 5.2.5 Bulk Storage Container Inspection and Testing. Procedures §1,:12.8(c)(6) Bulk Storage Container Inspection • The outside of all bulk storage containers and their associated supports and foundations are frequently inspected during normal Facility walk-throughs for signs of deterioration, discharge$;_ or accumulation of-oil'inside secondary containment areas. • These frequent Facility walk-through inspections are not documented unless a corrective' action: must be taken. • Documented visual external inspections for all bulk storage containers and their associated supports and foundations are conducted annually and noted on the Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form. The Facility may use logs or forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices, including any DOT forms required under O&M:Manual procedures, in lieu of the above reference form. • Liquid level sensing devices (overfill prevention) are tested annually to ensure proper Operation. • In the- event that a field -constructed aboveground container undergoes a repair, alteration; --:reconstruction, or a change in service, the container will be evaluated for the risk of -discharge or failure due to brittle fracture or other catastrophe. • Inspection forms are maintained at the Facility or the Region or Local Field Office. • A summary of the inspection requirements applicable to the Facility is provided in Appendix D, Facility SPCC Inspection Program. Bulk Storage Container Integrity Testing • The integrity testing program includes a combination of visual inspections and at least one of the following alternate testing techniques: hydrostatic, radiographic, ultrasonic, and/or acoustic emissions. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 5-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific • Field -erected aboveground bulk containers are integrity tested on a regular schedule and when material repairs are made using API Standard 653. • Small shop -built containers will follow testing standards set forth in STI-SP001. • The Facility chooses to deviate from the integrity testing requirements of elevated shop -built containers up to 30,000 gallons and single -use containers such as drums, totes, and other small portable containers. These containers are elevated such that all sides of the container are visible during inspections and any problems that may occur will be quickly identified. These frequent inspections, as further described in the subsection above, provide equivalent environmental protection for integrity testing of such containers. • A summary of the integrity testing requirementsapplicable to the Facility is provided in Appendix D, Facility SPCC Integrity Testing Program. 5.3 Transfer Operations, Pumping, and to -Plant Processes §112.8(d) 5.3.1 Buried Piping §112.8(d)(1) • New or replaced buried piping will be cathodically protected against corrosion and provided with protected wrapping and coating • If a section of buried line is exposed, it will be inspected for -signs of deterioration and corrective actions will be taken as indicated by the magnitude of the damage. • Integrity and leak testing of buried piping is performed at the time of installation, modification, construction, relocation, and/or replacement. • Note: Aboveground piping that passes through_, dikes and roadways are not considered to be buried piping. 5.3.2 Out -of -Service Piping §112.8(d)(2) • Facility connections are capped or blank -flanged at the transfer point and marked as to origin when the piping is not in service or in standby service for extended periods (Le. greater than 6 months). 5.3.3 Aboveground Valves and Piping §112.8(d)(3)&(4) • All pipe supports are designed to minimize abrasion and corrosion and allow for expansion and contraction. • Aboveground valves and piping and appurtenances are regularly examined during normal Facility walk-throughs for general condition and necessity for corrective action. • The following items are included in the examination: ✓ Flange joints, ✓ Expansion joints, ✓ Valve glands and bodies, ✓ Piping supports, ✓ Metal surfaces, ✓ Catch pans, and ✓ Valve locks and/or seals. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 5-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Prevention — Specific • These frequent Facility walk-through inspections are not documented unless a corrective action must be taken. • Documented visual inspections of all regulated aboveground valves and piping and appurtenances are conducted annually and noted on the Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Form. The Facility may use logs or forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices, including any DOT forms required under O&M Manual procedures, in lieu of the above reference form. 5.3.4 Vehicle Warnings §112.8(d)(5) • Warning signs are posted at appropriate locations :throughout the Facility to prevent vehicles from damaging aboveground piping and appurtenances. • Bumper guards may be provided in critical vehicular ' access areas to protect aboveground piping and/or other oil transfer operations. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 5-5 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Response 6.0 DISCHARGE RESPONSE 6.1 Discharge Notification §112.7(a)(4) • Any discharge that may occur at the Facility shall be reported to the immediate supervisor. • The Designated Person must be notified. • A discharge of any volume that affects or threatens to affect navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines must be reported immediately to the following: ✓ National Response Center (NRC) ✓ Local Fire Department (911) ✓ State Emergency Response Commission (SERC) ✓ Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC) ✓ Emergency contact numbers including those agencies identified above are provided in Appendix A: Contact List and Phone Numbers. • A Notification Data Sheet is provided in Appendix A to assist in reporting a discharge. • Written reports to the EPA Regional Administrator as required. by §112.4 is discussed in Section 1.5. • Additional discharge notification procedures including internal and external notifications are provided in the following: • Ecerts notification • Spill and Release Reporting for Wyoming 6.2 Response/Countermeasures § 112.7(a)(3)(iv) • Facility personnel are trained to ensure an adequate understanding of the emergency response procedures. • General response actions are as follows: GENERAL RESPONSE ACTIONS PERSONNEL AND PUBLIC SAFETY IS FIRST PRIORITY CONTROL • Eliminate sources of ignition • Isolate the. source of the discharge, minimize further flow • Keep unnecessary persons and traffic out of the area NOTIFY • Make internal and external notifications • Activate response contractors and other external resources as necessary CONTAIN • Begin spill mitigation and response activities • Monitor and control the containment and clean-up effort • Protect the public and environmental sensitive areas Una Bridge Pipe Yard 6-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Discharge Response 6.3 Cleanup Capabilities §112.7(a)(3)(iv) ■ Generally, cleanup operations will be performed by an approved contractor which has been predetermined to have capabilities necessary for spills that may occur at the Facility. ■ The contract resources available to the Facility for discharge cleanup are provided in Appendix A: Contact List and Phone Numbers. 6.4 Waste Disposal §112.7(a)(3)(v) ■ Generally, field environmental personnel will coordinate the proper disposal of any waste material resulting from a spill at the Facility. ■ Management and disposal of such materials will be conducted in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. Una Bridge Pipe Yard 6-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix A APPENDIX A NOTIFICATION • Contact List and Phone Numbers • Notification Data Sheet • Submittal of Information to Regional Administrator for Qualified Discharge(sj Una Bridge Pipe Yard A-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix A Contact List and Phone Numbers Contact Primary Alternate Designated Persons Accountable For Oil Spill Prevention and/or Facility Response Coordinator Mr. Chris Gauthier 303/330-7952 Mr. Rick Fullmer 970-309-8441 970/309-8441 Facility Office Federal, State and Local Agencies (as necessary.): National Response Center800/424-8802 202/267-2675 U.S. EPA Region VIII 303/293-1788 State Emergency Response Commission (SERC) 307/777-4900 Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC) 307/877-9835 Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment 877/518-5608 Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission 303/894-2100 OSHA (800) 321-6742 Local Fire Department: 911 Local Police Department: 911 Local Hospital: Rangely 970/675-8311 Local Hospital: Clagett Memorial (Rifle) 970/625-1510 Additional Company Contacts: Corporate:EIS&7 Office 713/803-8358 24 -hr Products Pipeline Control Center 800/530-1050 7131759-4765 24 -hr Crude Pipeline Control Center 800/220-1058 Cleanup Contractors (as necessary): Belfour Environmental (Denver) 303/425-7526 800/930-0011 (24hr) Fremont Environmental (Denver) 303/956-8714 Una Bridge Pipe Yard A-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix A Submittal of Information to Regional Administrator for Qualified Discharge(s) In the event of a qualified discharge or discharges, this page can be utilized to provide official notification to the Regional Administrator. If the Facility has had a discharge or discharges, which meet one of the following two criteria, then this report or a report with the same required information must be submitted to the Regional Administrator within 60 days. (Check as appropriate.) ❑ This Facility has experienced a reportable spill as referenced in 40 CFR Part 112.1(b) of 10,000 gallons or more. ❑ This Facility has experienced two reportable spills (as referenced in 40 CFR Part 112.1(b) of greater than 42 gallons each within a 12 -month period. Facility Name and Location: Facility Contact Person (Name, address / phone number): Facility maximum storage or handling capacity: Facility normal daily throughput: Describe the correctiveaction and countermeasures taken (include description of equipment repairs and replacements): Describe the Facility (maps, flow diagrams and topographical maps attached as necessary): Describe the cause of discharge (as referenced in 40 CFR Part 112.1(b)) including failure analysis of the system is: Describe the preventative. measures taken or contemplated to be taken to minimize the possibility of recurrence: Other pertinent information: • A copy of this report is also to be sent to the appropriate state agency(ies) in charge of oil pollution control activities. Una Bridge Pipe Yard A-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix B APPENDIX B Facility Container, Secondary Containment and Spill Data e Container and Potential Spills Table • Secondary Containment Systems Table • Secondary Containment Volume Calculations Una Bridge Pipe Yard B-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix B CONTAINER AND POTENTIAL SPILLS TABLE Container ID Substance Stored Capacity (OaHone) Most Likely Failure Rate of Flow.. Direction of "Flow Containment Systems} ID Bulk Storage Containers (Field -Erected Tanks; Shop -Built T anks,;.Buried Tanks; Drums, Totes, etc.) TK -101 Red Diesel 8,000 Fitting or valve 20 gpm Into dike Vessel containment TK -102 Red Diesel 5,000 Fitting or valve 20 gpm Into dike Vessel containment TK -103 Road Diesel 6,000 Fitting or valve 20 gpm Into dike Vessel containment TK -104 Unleaded Gasoline 3,000 Fitting or valve 20 gpm. Into dike Vessel containment Oil -Filled Equipment (Transformers, Hydraulic Systems, Flow -Through Process Vessels, etc.) Not applicable Loading/Unloading Racks (Fixed Racks) Loading/Unloading Areas (Tank Truck Off -Loading Areas, Additive Tank Loading Areas, etc.) Bulk unloading to fuel storage tanks: Petroleum fuels NA Hose or fitting 20 gpm Into dike Berm ordnp pan Other Potential Spill Sources (Manifold/Pump Areas, Undiked Piping, Buried Piping, Sumps, etc.) Notes: Una Bridge Pipe Yard B-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix B SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS TABLE Containment ID` Drainage Method Type of Containment Material of Construction Volum@ (Gallons) Fuel tanks containment Water evaporation Earthen berm Earthen berm >21,000 Notes: Una Bridge Pipe Yard 13-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix C APPENDIX C Facility Location and Diagram• • Facility Location • Facility Diagram Una Bridge Pipe Yard C-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix C Facility Location (Insert labeled Topo map) Una Bridge Pipe Yard C-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix C Facility Diagram (Insert Facility Diagram) Una Bridge Pipe Yard C-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix D APPENDIX D Facility SPCC Inspection and Integrity Testing Program • Facility SPCC Inspection Program • Facility SPCC Integrity Testing Program Una Bridge Pipe Yard D-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan FACILITY SPCC INSPECTION PROGRAM Appendix D Facility Component Action Frequency/ Circumstances Documentation* All Bulk Storage Containers Field -Erected Aboveground Container Liquid Level Sensing Devices (Overfill Prevention) Visually inspect outside of containers for signs of deterioration and discharges and inspect the container's supports and foundations Evaluate container for risk of discharge due to brittle fracture or other catastrophe Test for proper operation Monthly (manned facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities) Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form During normal Facility walk- throughs When container undergoes a repair, alterations;,. reconstruction, -or change__in service or every 10 years.' whichever is sooner Monthly. (nianned.facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities).: Only if corrective action is necessary, use above form Brittle Fracture Inspection Report provide by inspector Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form Secondary Containment Areas Visually inspect for signs of deterioration, discharges, and accumulation of oil Monthly (manned facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities) Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form Duringnormal Facility walk `throughs Only if corrective action is necessary, use above form Visually inspect for presence of oil or oil sheen Prior to each::drainage event Secondary Containment Drainage Event Log Truck Loading Visually inspect lowermost drain and all outlets of tank trucks Prior to filling and departure No documentation required Effluent Treatment Systems Aboveground Valves, Piping, and Appurtenances Buried Piping Electrical Equipment* (e.g. transformers) Visually inspect for possible system upsets that couldcause a discharge Access general conditions of items such as flange joints, valve and gland bodies, piping supports, metal surfaces, expansion joints, catch pans, and valve locks Visually inspect for signs of deterioration Visually inspect for signs of deterioration or discharges During normal Facility walk- throughs Annually Only if corrective action is necessary Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Form During normal Facility walk- throughs Training Conduct spill prevention briefings or CBT for all oil -handling personnel Whenever a section of buried line is exposed Monthly (manned facilities) Periodic (unmanned facilities) Annually Only if corrective action is necessary, use above form Buried Piping Inspection Form Oil -Filled Electrical Equipment inspection Form Spill Prevention Briefing Log * Inspection logs and forms used under usual and customary business practices (including daily log sheets for facility walk- throughs) may be used in lieu of the above referenced sample logs and forms which can be found in Appendix E. Forms that may be used include any DOT Forms that are required under O&M Manual procedures. $ Monthly documented inspections of electrical equipment is only required if secondary containment for that instrument is claimed to be impracticable. See Section 4.3. Una Bridge Pipe Yard D-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix D FACILITY SPCC INTEGRITY TESTING PROGRAM Facility Component Action Frequency/ C ircurnstancee .. Procedure Field Erected Storage Containers Perform container integrity test As required API - 653 Non -Elevated Shop Built Storage Containers Perform container integrity test As required STI-SP001 Elevated Shop -Built Storage Containers Perform container integrity test. The Facility provides equivalent environmental protection through the use of frequent visual inspections in lieu of integrity testing. See Section 5.2.5 Monthly and during normal Facility walk-throughs Visual Inspection as described in the Facility SPCC Inspection Program Table, All Bulk Storage Containers Mobile or Portable Storage Containers Perform container integrity test. The Facility provides equivalent environmental protection through the use of frequent visual inspections in lieu of integrity testing. See Section 5.2.5 Monthly and. during normal Facility Walk-throughs Visual Inspection as "described in the . ' Facility SPCC Inspection Program Table, All Bulk Storage Containers Completely Buried Metallic Storage Containers Perform leak test Regularly EPCO approved procedure Buried Piping Perform integrity test and leak test : At time of installation, modifica#ions, construction, relocation, and/or replacement EPCO approved procedure Una Bridge Pipe Yard D-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Pian Appendix E APPENDIX E Sample Logs and Forms* • Tank, Piping, and Containment Inspection Form • Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Form • Oil -Filled Operation Equipment Inspection Form • Buried Piping inspection Form • Secondary Containment Drainage Event Log • Spill Prevention Briefing Log • The above referenced logs and forms are provided as samples. The Facility may use logs and forms that are kept under usual and customary business practices, including any DOT logs or forms required under O&M Manual procedures, in lieu of the above referenced logs and forms. Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E TANK, PIPING, AND CONTAINMENT INSPECTION FORI11 Facility: Tank (Container) ID: Date: Contents: Inspector: Capacity (gallons): Complete all sections below for each tank covered by this SPCC Plan monthly. if any of the questions below corrective action must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency, are answered "Yes" a Tank (Container) Inspection Yes No. NA Comments/Description Corrective Actions 'f Taken/Date Exterior surface shows signs of leakage or staining. External coaling is bubbled, cracked, corroded or damaged. Tank (container) is corroded, pitted, or damaged. - - Bolts, rivets, or seams are damaged, cracked, or corroded. Overfill protection system is not working. Tank (container) bottoms have accumulated rust, scale, microorganisms, or foreign material. Vents and pressure release devices are obstructed. External stairways/walkways are unsound or obstructed. External stairways/walkways have low spots where water can accumulate. Level controls are inoperable. Tank (container) root drains are blocked or damaged. Personnel are Dig aware of emergency procedures at site. Associated Piping, Valves, Pumps, Gauges Yes No NA Comments/Description Correctiv Actions Taken/Date Equipment is not in good working condition. Equipment is leaking. Soil stained with product below equipment Associated Containment (Berm) Inspection Yes No NA Comments/Description Corrective Actions Taken/Date Berm drainage valve is not closed and locked. Berm shows indications of erosion or disrepair. Berm has holes, cracks; of other breaches that could result in a leak. Vegetation with large roof systems (trees, bushes) is present in berm area. Ramps or other structures associated with spill control are damaged. Berm area has accumulated water. Sheen or oil observed on accumulated water. Pooled oil or stained soil is present. Drainage pipe or structures are clogged or have accumulated debris. Berm drainage outfall shows signs of erosion or disrepair. Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: Date: Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-2 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E FACILITY ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSPECTION FORM Facility: Date: Inspector: Complete all sections below for Facility Aboveground Piping annually. If any of the questions below are answered "Yes" a corrective action must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency. Retain record for three (3) years. Facility Aboveground Piping Inspection Yes No NA Comments/Description Corrective Actions Taken/Date t_ealcs Existing Clamps/Sleeves Misalignment Piping Misalignment/Restricted Movement Expansion Joint Misalignment Vibration Excessive Overhung Weight Inadequate Support Thin, Small -Bore, or Alloy Piping Threaded Connections Loose Supports Causing Metal Wear Supports Shoes Off Support Hanger Distortion or Breakage Bottomed -Out Spring Brace Distortion/Breakage Loose Brackets Slide Plates/Rollers Counter -Balance Condition Support Corrosion Corrosion Bolting Support Points Under Clamps Coating/Painting Deterioration Soil -to -Air Interfaces Insulation •Interfaces Biological Growth Corrosion Under TML Ports Insulation Damage/Penetrations Missing Jacketing/Insulation Sealing Deterioration Bulging Banding (broken or missing) TML Ports (missing plugs/cover tape) Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: r® Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-3 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E OIL -FILLED OPERATIONS EQUIPMENT INSPECTION FORM Facility: Equipment ID: Date: Contents: Inspector: Capacity (gallons): Complete all sections below for each tank covered by this SPCC Plan any of the questions below are answered "Yes" a corrective action month y if some form of secondary containment is not provided. If must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency. Oil -Filled Operational Equipment Inspection Yes NA Comments/Description Corrective'Actions` Taken/Date Exterior surface shows signs of leakage or staining. Underlying surface shows signs of leakage or staining. External coating is bubbled, cracked, corroded or damaged. Container is corroded, pitted, or damaged. Bolts, rivets, or seams are damaged, cracked, or corroded. Container bottoms have accumulated rust, scale, microorganisms, or foreign material. Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: Date: Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-4 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E BURIED PIPING INSPECTION FORM Facility: Date: Inspector: Complete all sections below when buried piping is exposed. It any of the questions below are answered "Yes" a corrective action must be performed and documented to correct the deficiency. Retain record for three (3) years. General Information:' Line Description: Line Size: Feet Excavate: Soil Conditions: Buried Piping Inspection Yes No NA Comments/Description Corrective Actions Taken/Date Coating Conditions Visible Damage Poorly Bonded Visible Discoloration Mechanical Damage Soil/Air Interface Damage Insulation Conditions Visible Damage Mechanical Damager Pipe Condition if Not Coated or Coating Damage/Removed External Corrosion Coaling is Not Well Bonded Visible Leaks Visible Misalignment or Bending Minor Pitting„ Extensive.. Pitting Pipe Casing Conditions (if applicable) External Corrosion Casing Not in Place Visible Leaks Visible Misalignment or Bending. Minor Pitting Extensive Pitting Additional Remarks Signature Inspector or Supervisor Signature: Date: Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-5 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E SECONDARY CONTAINMENT DRAINAGE EVENT LOG Date Containment ID presence • of 0if (Yes/No) Start End Time Time. Valve Resealed (YesINo); Signature.::' This form is not intended to meet the more stringent requirements of an applicable state or federal water discharge program. Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-6 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix E Skin In: ote: equired topics must Inc rude -SPCC Plan, see Section 4.5) SPILL PREVENTION BRIEFING LOG DATE: LOCATION: INSTRUCTOR: See Corporate Training Records TOPICS: • • • • Skin In: ote: equired topics must Inc rude -SPCC Plan, see Section 4.5) Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-7 Date: October 2008 Name (Please Print)Position/Location 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Subject/Issue Identified Required Action Implementation Date: Una Bridge Pipe Yard E-7 Date: October 2008 SpiII Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix F APPENDIX F OiI SpiII Contingency Pian (Insert OiI SpiII Contingency Plan as appropriate) Una Bridge Pipe Yard F-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix G APPENDIX G Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational Una Bridge Pipe Yard G-1 Date: October 2008 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan Appendix G Implementation Measures Not Yet Fully Operational I nplementation, Measure, Responsible Party Actions Taken Una Bridge Pipe Yard G-2 Date: October 2008 1038 Caunrry Rd 323 N4\. RIFIE, CO 81650 Al CEASE '@TPON IMHINR tIVEVT, Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 23- Response letter regarding Development Plan Review Standards and Criteria for Approval. 9.07.06 Please find below a response to each of the checklist items that are required to be reviewed by the Garfield County Building and Planning Department. A. Right-of-way locations related to perimeters of surface property ownerships. 9.07.06 (1) PIease see Tab 2- Vicinity Map- 9.07.04 (1) B. Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission Rules and Regulations, Section 802, Noise Abatement. 9.07.06 (2) Please see attached the following documents: 1. Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline dated 10/22/08. This report was prepared by Hankard Environmental Inc. and notes that our pipeline construction activity will comply with section 802 of the COGCC rules. 2. Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station dated 10/24/08. This report was prepared by Hankard Environmental Inc. and notes that our pipeline construction activity will comply with section 802 of the COGCC Page 1 of 3 rules utilizing the noise mitigation strategies contained within the report. C. Minimize visual impact and disturbance of the land surface. 9.07.06 (3) We have located the new pipeline in existing, disturbed right-of- way to limit surface disturbance to previously disturbed areas. All equipment, above -ground piping and exterior materials on the buildings will be painted in "Juniper Green" color. An 8 ft. chain link fence will be installed at the exterior of the Jackrabbit Compressor Station for security purposes. D. Access Points to public roads. 9.07.06 (4) Please see Tab 16- Traffic Impact- 9.07.04 (15) E. Impact on endangered species. 9.07.06 (5) Please see Tab 11- Sensitive Area Survey- 9.07.04 (10) F. Air contaminant emissions. 9.07.06 (6) The Applicant agrees to meet the control provisions set forth by the Colorado Air Quality Control Program, Title 25, Article 7, C.R.S. Please see the APCD and the Fugitive Dust Permit in Tab 7- 9.07.04 (6). G. Compliance with Colorado State Public Health and Environment, Water Quality Control standards. 9.07.06 (7) Please see Tab 7- Regulatory Permit Requirements- 9.07.04 (6). The Applicant has received the necessary CDPS permits from the CDPHE for the project. H. Compliance with Garfield County Individual Sewage Disposal System regulations. 9.07.06 (8) There will not be ISDS installed at this project. Please see Tab 22 - Construction Management Plan- Page 23- Waste Disposal and sanitation to note the use of portable chemical toilets for human Page 2 of 3 waste during the construction of the pipeline and for the construction and operation of the Jackrabbit Compressor Station. I. Reclamation plan. 9.07.06 (9) Please see Tab 13- Revegetation Plan- 9.07.04 (12) J. Abandoned pipeline removal. 9.07.06 (10) Abandoned pipeline will be abandoned as per the most current Colorado Oil & Gas Conservation Commission regulations at the time of abandonment. Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely VV4 Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page 3 of 3 HANKARD ENVIRONMENTA_L -c-cam 4 it {7 A<i7 l' 97.7• .. C , 7174 October 22, 2008 Phil Vaughan Phil Vaughan Construction Management, Inc. Construction Manager 1038 County Road 323 Rifle, CO 81650 RE: Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline Dear Mr. Vaughan, Per you request, Hankard Environmental predicted the noise levels that will be generated during the installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline, and we compared the predicted noise levels to the noise level limits contained in applicable regulations. A summary of our results is provided first, followed by a technical description of our analysis methods. SUMMARY The 9.2 mile long Marathon Gathering System (MGS) Pipeline will be located in Garfield County, Colorado. It will extend from existing wells northwest of Parachute, Colorado, to the proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station, and then further north. Noise from construction of the pipeline must adhere to Garfield County Zoning Resolution 9.07.06 (2), which refers to the Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (COGCC) Rules and Regulations, Section 802, Noise Abatement. The COGCC Rule 802 says that the maximum noise level from the construction of a pipeline must be at or below 80 dBA (daytime) at a distance of 350 feet away. Based on our analysis, maximum noise levels at a distance of 350 feet from the installation of the MGS Pipeline will range from 67 dBA to 74 dBA, which is below the maximum daytime noise level limit of 80 dBA. Thus, noise from this project is expected to be in compliance with the COGCC Rule 802 and Garfield County Zoning Resolution 9.07.06 (2). Denver Colorado • Madison Wisconsin • Portland Maine phone: (303) 666-0617 • fax (303) 600-0282 • www.hankardinc.com ANKARD FNVIRONMENTAI. a 47, ;! e•.yCi�vs r. APPLICABLE NOISE REGULATIONS Section 9.07.06 (2) of the Garfield County Development Review policy states: Any equipment used in the construct -ion or operation of a pipeline must comply with Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (COGCC) Rules and Regulations, Section 802, Noise Abatement. This regulation goes on to discuss noise mitigation efforts for any areas where a substantial noise impact is anticipated. The COGCC Section 802 (Revision: November 30, 2006) specifically discusses the maximum permissible noise levels for the installation of a pipeline and says that such an installation is subject to the maximum permissible noise Ievels for an Industrial Zone. Table 1 provides the COGCC maximum permissible noise levels per land use zone. This pipeline project will be completed during daytime hours (7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.), and no impulsive type sounds are anticipated aside from backup alarms which are subject to maximum levels 5 dB below those listed in Table 1. Thus, the maximum permissible noise level for all equipment is 80 dBA at a distance of 350 feet from the pipeline installation, and 75 dBA for backup alarms. Note that there is a provision that allows these levels to be exceeded by up to 10 dBA for fifteen minutes in any one-hour period, which will be addressed if necessary. TABLE 1 COGCC MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVELS - dBA Zone Daytime (1),(2) Nighttime (2) (7:OOam to 7:OOpm) (7:OOpm to 7:OOam) Residential Commercial Light Industrial 55 50 60 55 70 65 Industrial 80 75 (1) During the daytime, the noise level can be increased by 10 dBA for 15 minutes in any one-hour period (2) Noise level limit decreased by 5 dBA for impulsive type sounds. Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline page 2 October 22, 2008 IIANKARD ENVIRONMENTAL :c SITE DESCRIPTION AND EQUIPMENT USAGES The proposed 9.2 axile long MGS Pipeline will be located within an active oil and gas area with its most southern terminus located approximately 7.5 miles northwest of Parachute, Colorado. Lands affected by this pipeline include several owned by companies in the oil and gas industry, the Bureau of Land Management and a few private owners. Based on a review of mapping and input from the project team, there are no known residences or noise sensitive areas located in the immediate vicinity the project. For the purposes of the noise analysis, the construction of the pipeline was broken down into six phases. For each phase, the type of equipment to be used and its maximum noise level at 50 feet and at 350 feet are listed in Table 2. The type of equipment and number of units for each phase was based on a review of the development plan for this project, input from the project team, and from experience on previous projects. Note that while the project as a whole may use more equipment than is listed below, the number listed is the quantity that is intended to be used within each phase in a particular geographic area. The maximum noise levels listed in Table 2 were obtained from a database of construction noise levels that was developed for the Central Arterial/Tunnel project in Boston, MA, and is in our opinion the most comprehensive construction noise database in existence in the United States. TABLE 2 Sources and Maximum Noise Levels per Device for Marathon Gathering System Pipeline Installation MAX NOISE MAX NOISE NUMBER OF PHASE EQUIPMENT LEVEL AT 50 LEVEL AT 350 DEVICES FEET (dBA) FEET (dBA) INCLUDED ROW AND GRADING track hoe 88 67 2 (soils removal, and grading) dozer 88 65 2 patrol grader 85 68 1 STRINGING track hoe 85 64 1 (pipe delivery) tow tractor 84 67 1 skid steer 80 62 1 flat bed truck 77 57 2 TRENCHING backhoe 80 61 2 (trenching and boring ditches) drill ng truck 84 62 1 vacuum truck 85 64 2 light tower gen 82 61 1 boring machine 85 68 1 PIPELINE INSTALLATION side booms 83 61 2 (lowering, bending, welding) tow tractor 88 67 2 pipe bending 80 63 1 tack rig I welding 80 61 1 BACKFILLING padding machine 85 64 1 (backfill, compacting) track hoe 85 64 1 CLEANUP & RESTORATION dozer 85 65 1 (seeding) track hoe 85 64 1 drill seeder 80 63 1 Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline page 3 October 22, 2008 HANKARD ENVIRONMENTAL A "-S1 C.5 ,xL V 35.n' 44; COA'. PIPELINE INSTALLATION NOISE ASSESSMENT As previously described, the COGCC Rule 802 maximum permissible noise level from an installation of a pipeline is 80 dBA at 350 feet during the daytime hours (7:00 AM to 7:00 PM) and 75 dBA for backup alarms. To assess if this project is expected to be in compliance with this regulation, the total maximum noise level for each phase was calculated at 350 feet using the individual maximum levels from Table 2. The results of these calculations are shown in Figure 1. As shown, the total maximum noise levels range from 67 dBA to 74 dBA and are all below the maximum permissible noise level of 80 dBA. Testing of the pipeline will be done with pressurized nitrogen rather than using an air compressor, which should not be a significant noise source. A typical backup alarm has a sound power level of around 121 dBA. This corresponds to a sound pressure level at 350 feet of about 72 dBA, which is below the maximum permissible noise level for shrill type noises of 75 dBA during the daytime hours. Thus, this pipeline installation project is predicted to be in compliance with COGCC Rule 802 and subsequently Section 9.07.06 (2) of the Garfield County Development Review for Pipeline Right -of -Way. 90 85 80 75 III 70 v 65 In a- > • 60 • 55 E • 50 T3 W 40 35 30 Phase of Pipeline Installation FIGURE 1 PREDICTED NOISE LEVELS 350 FEET FROM THE INSTALLATION OF THE MGS PIPELINE Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline page 4 October 22, 2008 COGCC Pipeline Installation Noise Level Limit at 350 feet = 80 dBA (daytime) ROW AND GRADING .Fe 0 z T V PIPELINE INSTALLATION STRINGING -- CLEANUP AND RESTORATION BACKFILLING —_ Phase of Pipeline Installation FIGURE 1 PREDICTED NOISE LEVELS 350 FEET FROM THE INSTALLATION OF THE MGS PIPELINE Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline page 4 October 22, 2008 'TANKARD ENVIRONMENTAL f Please call if you have any questions. Sincerely, Jeff M. Cerjan Senior Engineer Noise Analysis for the Installation of the Marathon Gathering System Pipeline page 5 October 22, 2008 H11 ENVIRONMENTAL zac October 24, 2008 Phil Vaughan Phil Vaughan Construction Management, Inc. Construction Manager 1038 County Road 323 Rifle, CO 81650 Re: Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed f ackrabbit Compressor Station Dear Mr. Vaughan, This report describes the results of Hankard Environmental's analysis of noise from the proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station to be located in Garfield County, Colorado. Our analysis demonstrates that noise levels from the proposed facility will be in compliance with the provisions of Garfield County Development Review policy 9.07.06 (2) and Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission Rule 802. A summary of the analysis and results is provided first, which is followed by more detailed descriptions of applicable regulations, the proposed project, and our analysis methods and results. SUMMARY OF RESULTS Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC is proposing to construct a 150 million cubic foot per day natural gas compressor station in Garfield County, Colorado. The major noise -producing equipment associated with this facility include five natural gas engine driven gas compressors, three diesel engine driven electrical generators, engine and lube oil coolers, and elevated pipes. Garfield County's Development Review policy states that a facility such as this must be in compliance with the Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission's (COGCC) Rule 802 (Aesthetics and Noise Control). Rule 802 states that a facility located in a "remote area with no proximate occupied structure", which is the case here, shall not emit noise levels in excess of 65 dBA as measured at a distance of 350 feet or the nearest property line, whichever is greater. Hankard Environmental constructed a three-dimensional computer model of the proposed facility that included each significant noise source, building materials, ground type, terrain, as well as certain noise mitigation measures. The model predicts that noise levels from the proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station will be less than 65 dBA provided that the recommended noise mitigation measures are applied and all modeling assumptions are found to be accurate. The primary noise mitigation recommendation is to use engine exhaust silencers that have an insertion loss of about 40 dBA. One assumption made is that noise from the elevated pipe rack would not be significant (based on measurements from other projects). If noise levels during operation are found to be in excess of 65 dBA, lagging or jacketing of the pipes may be COLORADO • WISCONSIN • MAINE phone: (303) 666-0617 • www.hankardinc.com • fax (303) 600-0282 H ANKARU ENVRONMENTAL necessary. Another assumption made involved the amount of sound transmission loss that will be provided by the translucent Wallite panels that will be used in the compressor building. We were not able to locate sufficient acoustical data on this product, thus estimates were made based on the physical properties of the material and other test data. All of our modeling assumptions are documented at the end of this report. APPLICABLE NOISE REGULATIONS Section 9.07.06 (2) of the Garfield County Development Review policy states: Any equipment used in the construction or operation of a pipeline must comply with Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (COGCC) Rules and Regulations, Section 802, Noise Abatement. This regulation goes on to discuss noise mitigation efforts for any areas where a substantial noise impact is anticipated. The COGCC Rule 802 (Revision: November 30, 2006) provides the maximum permissible noise level for four different land uses/zones, which are listed in Table 1. This project is located within an active oil and gas area with no known occupied structures or noise sensitive areas. All adjacent lands are owned and operated by oil and gas companies. Thus, it may be acceptable to categorize these lands as industrial, but most commonly these lands have been categorized as light industrial. This compressor station will be active 24 hours per day, thus lower nighttime limit of 65 dBA applies. No known impulsive type noises are anticipated, which would be subject to levels 5 dBA lower than those listed in Table 1. Compliance with this maximum noise level is made at the property Line or 350 feet away from the noise source, whichever is greater. Note that there is a provision that allows these levels to be exceeded by up to 10 dBA for fifteen minutes in any one-hour period, which will be addressed if necessary. TABLE 1 COGCC MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVELS - dBA Zone Daytime (1),(2) (7:00am to 7:OOpm) Nighttime (2) (7:OOpm to 7:00am) Residential 1 Ag 1 Rural 55 50 Commercial 60 55 Light Industrial 70 65 Industrial 80 75 CO During the daytime, the noise level can be increased by 10 dBA for 15 minutes in any one-hour period 12) Noise level limit decreased by 5 dBA for impulsive type sounds. Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station Page 2 October 24, 2008 "TANKARD 'a -a -ENVIRONMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE AND PROPOSED COMPRESSOR STATION Figure 1 shows a site plan of the proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station. Major noise producing equipment consists of: • Five Caterpillar (3616 TALE) engines and five Ariel (JGZ/4) compressors housed within a building. • Five Air -X -Changers (156-3Z) engine coolers located outside. • Three Caterpillar (3616B LE) / Marathon (743FSM4368) electrical generators housed within individual enclosures. • Five Air -X -Changers (132-2Z) discharge coolers located outside. • Ancillary pumps and motors that will housed in buildings. • Above -ground high-pressure pipelines. N • 'i I l 1 L_L_L_LLJ Figure 1: Site Plan - Jackrabbit Compressor Station (copied from OPD) Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station Page 3 October 24, 2008 "TANKARD ENVIRONMENTAL ACOUSTICAL MODELING Noise levels from the proposed compressor station were predicted using SoundPlan v6.5, which is an internationally recognized three-dimensional acoustical modeling program that utilizes propagation algorithms from ISO 9613-2 Attenuation of Sound During Propagation Outdoors. A three-dimensional rendering of the acoustical model of the proposed compressor station, surrounding terrain, and COGCC noise prediction locations is provided in Figure 2. The acoustical input data for each major noise -producing piece of equipment is listed in Table 2 along with the assumptions made regarding this data. Table 3 provides the sound transmission loss and insertion loss values for all of the materials and equipment either specified for use in this project or required in order to meet the regulatory noise limits. A majority of the input data was provided by suppliers, taken from published sources, or estimated from a combination of published sources and measurements taken on other projects. Note that generator enclosure sound levels were not known at the time of this analysis. In lieu of this, we have provided a specified sound level for the generators (70 dBA at a distance of 50 feet with two units running) that will ensure that the facility as a whole is in compliance with applicable noise regulations. COGCC Prediction Point (West 350 ft) COGCC Prediction Point (North 350 ft) i I COGCC Prediction Point (East Prop Line) Figure 2: SoundPlan Model Rendering with Elevations - Jackrabbit Compressor Station Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station October 24, 2008 Page 4 H ANKA.RD ENVIRONMENTAL TABLE 2 Sound Pressure Level (SPL) and Sound Power Level (PWL) Input Data - dBA Noise Source 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Overall CAT 3616 TALE Unsilenced Exhaust, PWL 73 102 110 115 124 131 137 142 142 146 Engine Cooler (Horizontal), PWL 71 84 93 97 98 99 94 88 80 104 Discharge Cooler, PWL 71 84 93 97 98 99 94 88 80 104 Generator Enclosure, PWL (1) 86. 89 100 97 97 100 92 87 84 105 Roof Exhaust Fans, PWL 56 69 75 78 81 82 81 77 75 88 Compressor Building Interior, SPL 56 80 92 91 97 99 102 100 90 106 Process, Inst Air, Pump Bldgs Interior, SPL 49 69 77 84 87 89 89 88 82 95 (1) Specification such that with two units operating the whole facility will remain below 65 dBA at each property line TABLE 3 Insertion Loss and Transmission Loss Input Data - dB Noise Source 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Super -Critical Grade Silencer 28 40 42 39 38 36 33 32 Engineered Bldgs (24 ga, 4" insulation, panel) 4 8 12 18 29 37 43 48 45 Standard Louver 0 0 0 2 5 1 6 4 10 Personnel Door (18 ga, steel, hollow, STC 28) 21 21 25 25 26 30 34 Steel Roll -Up Door 3 9 15 18 18 19 20 22 21 Window (double -pane, STC 28) 12 19 24 24 34 39 32 Wallite Panel (0.44 psf, 0.05" thick) (1) --- 10 8 11 16 20 24 (1) Estimated from similar weight honeycomb panels up to 0.13"thick. Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station Page 5 October 24, 2008 !TANKARD FNVIRONMENTA.I c� a RESULTS OF THE NOISE ANALYSES The predicted noise levels from the compressor station for comparison to the 350 -foot COGCC maximum 65 dBA limit are show in Figure 3. Note that the eastern property line is actually greater than 350 feet away from the nearest noise source, and thus the prediction is done at the property line. Each predicted noise level is Less than the 65 dBA. Thus, based on this analysis, the proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station is in compliance with the light industrial standard (65 dBA) of the COGCC Rule 802. A noise contour plot showing how the levels radiate from the site is shown in Figure 4. The noise contour plot demonstrates how the terrain affects the propagation of sound from the compressor station. These results are based on the following: • Engine Exhaust - Compressor Drives: Super -Critical Grade Silencer with a minimum insertion loss specified in Table 3. • Wallite Panels: Panels must achieve the minimum sound transmission loss specified in Table 3. • Generator Enclosures: These units must be no louder than the power level specified in Table 2, which is equivalent to about 70 dBA at a distance of 50 feet per unit. • Building Enclosures: All analyses used sound transmission loss data for structures using 24 gauge steel with 4" insulation (floor to ceiling). It is felt that 26 gauge steel should be acceptable as well, but sound transmission loss data for this was not readily available at the time of this analysis. • Elevated Pipe Noise: While not anticipated to be an issue or is it a requirement for initial compliance, pipe lagging or jacketing (provides -15 dBA of noise reduction) may be required after the station comes online. This assumption was based on a comparison of flow rates with other facilities where pipe noise was measured. • Terrain: This acoustical model considered both existing terrain and the grading plan, and any significant deviations from this plan could affect the results. Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station Page 6 October 24, 2008 HANKARD ENVIR()NMENTAL 62 dBA �" Cirevrota USa °� Etinafo.god rr.r°tai �i 330 ft 1 a°1, + - - [350 t11 - - 4-1 * 51 dBA 49 dBA +-°350 ft • [ cOMprosSat LPOVmss__ Awirsal^r 40oslues { rest a 52dBA 350 ft oeo X11 Figure 3: Predicted COGGC Noise Levels with Mitigation - Jackrabbit Compressor Station Figure 4: Predicted Noise Contours (dBA) with Mitigation - Jackrabbit Compressor Station Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station Page 7 October 24, 2008 HANKARD ENVIRONMENTAL Thank you for involving us with this project. Please call if you have any questions. Sincerely, Jeff M. Cerjan Senior Engineer Noise Analysis and Assessment of the Proposed Jackrabbit Compressor Station Page 8 October 24, 2008 pw\AA; MANAEMENl, 1038 Cowry Rd 323 Ns.,, RiFk, CO 81650 Wird VAL 1,41 ,ONSTR 'RION Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 24. Contact person for Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC for Garfield County to contact for Garfield County inspection. 9.07.11 Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC- Authorized Representative Mr. Alex Lopez P.Q. Box 1298 Grand Junction, CO 81502 Cell Phone: 970-261-6305 Email: aslopez@epco.com Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely “•&"(2 Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page 1 of 1 VAL:€1114\ C€NSTi2 'RION1 MANAfiEWIT, 1038 Counny Rd 323 \, Riff€, CO 81650 Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC Marathon Gathering System- Development Plan Review for Right - of -Way Application Submittal Item Tab 25. Colorado Professional Engineer responsible for statement and certification of project, including a digital copy of the surveyed pipeline as -built. 9.07.11 Forerunner Corporation- Surveying of pipeline as -built 3900 S. Wadsworth Blvd. Ste. 600 Lakewood, CO 80235 Phone: (720) 377-9388 Statement of Certification of Project Mr. Richard Hutchison, P.E. Vice President- Project Management EPCO, Inc. P.D. Box 4735 Houston, TX 77210-4735 Phone: 713-381-6500 These companies will produce the information noted in 9.07.11. Page 1 of 2 Thank you for your assistance on this project. Please contact me with any questions. Sincerely Philip B. Vaughan President PVCMI-Land Planning Division Page 2 of 2